Statement of Environmental Effects Development Application for the Kooba PS2 Storage Dam

February 2020

Progressive Rural Solutions 0408 577 248

Table of Contents

Document Information Record Project Details Client name: Webster Southern Ag Project: Kooba (PS2) Storage Project No: 115-0 Document Control Document Title Statement of Environmental Effects for the Kooba PS2 irrigation storage dam File Name: J115 – SEE – V1R4 Revision: V1R4 Author Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Reviewed by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Approved by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Revision history Version Issue date Reason for issue Author Reviewed by Approved by V1R1 01/10/2019 Initial Document Clare Fitzpatrick NA NA V1V2 06/02/2020 Draft Clare Fitzpatrick M Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick V1V3 10/02/2020 Draft for client review Clare Fitzpatrick Client Clare Fitzpatrick V1R4 17/02/2020 FINAL Clare Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick Client

Distribution Version Recipient Lodgement Copies V1R3 Client for review Electronic 1 V1R4 Client Electronic & Hard 1 V1R4 Leeton Shire Council Electronic & Hard 1 V1R4 WaterNSW Electronic 1 Disclaimer The report has been prepared for the benefit of the client and no other party. Progressive Rural Solutions assumes no responsibility and will not be liable to any other person or organisation for or in relation to any matter dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report, or for any loss or damage suffered by any other person or organisation arising from matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report (including without limitation matters arising from any negligent act or omission of Progressive Rural Solutions or for any loss or damage suffered by any other party relying upon the matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report). Other parties should not rely upon the report or the accuracy or completeness of any conclusions and should make their own enquiries and obtain independent advice in relation to such matters. Progressive Rural Solutions will not be liable to update or revise the report to take into account any events or emergent circumstances or facts occurring or becoming apparent after the date of the report. This report did not include any assessment of the title to or ownership of the properties, buildings and structures referred to in the report nor the application or interpretation of laws in the jurisdiction in which those properties, buildings and structures are located. In preparing the report, the author has relied upon data, surveys, analyses, designs, plans and information provided by the client and other individuals and organisations, most of which are referred to in the report (the data). Except as otherwise stated in the report, the author has not verified the accuracy or completeness of the data. To the extent that the statements, opinions, facts, information, conclusions and/or recommendations in the report (conclusions) are based in whole or part on the data, those conclusions are contingent upon the accuracy and completeness of the data. Progressive Rural Solutions will not be liable in relation to incorrect conclusions should any data, information or condition be incorrect or have been concealed, withheld, misrepresented or otherwise not fully disclosed to Progressive Rural Solutions. It should be recognised that site conditions, can change with time. Subject to the above conditions, this document may be transmitted, reproduced or disseminated only in its entirety. Once printed, this is an uncontrolled document unless issued and stamped Controlled Copy.

Related Documents Type Author Name Date Design Plans PHL Surveyors A3-547276_2A 23/01/2020 Biodiversity Test of Progressive Rural Solutions J115-BTIS-V1R4 17/02/2020 Significance Due Diligence Kooba (PS2) Storage McCardle Cultural Heritage 03/02/2020 Assessment Pump Pond Groundwater Progressive Rural Solutions J115-GWMP-V1R4 17/02/2020 Management Plan Construction Progressive Rural Solutions J115-CMP-V1R4 17/01/2020 Management Plan Confidentiality No information in this report has been classified as confidential.

ACN: 634 646 825 ABN: 58 634 646 825 Mobile: 0408 577 248 Email: [email protected] Mail: PO Box 74 Deniliquin NSW 2710

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 3 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents CONTENTS 1. Introduction ...... 8 1.1. Purpose ...... 8 1.2. Project Value ...... 8 1.3. Application Type ...... 8 1.4. Report Format...... 8 1.5. Background ...... 8 1.6. Engagement ...... 10 1.6.1. Leeton Shire Council ...... 10 1.6.2. WaterNSW ...... 10 1.6.3. Natural Resource Access Regulator ...... 10 1.6.4. NSW DPI – Fisheries ...... 10 1.6.5. NSW DPI Crown Land ...... 10 1.6.6. Department of Planning, Industry and Environment – Biodiversity Conservation Division ...... 11 1.6.7. Environment Protection Authority ...... 11 1.6.8. Transport for New South Wales ...... 11 1.6.9. Murray Darling Basin Authority ...... 11 1.6.10. Local Aboriginal Land Council/Registered Aboriginal Party ...... 11 1.6.11. Surrounding Residents and Occupants ...... 11 2. Site Description and Analysis ...... 12 2.1. Location ...... 12 2.2. Site Description ...... 13 2.3. Surrounding Area ...... 16 3. Details of Proposal ...... 17 3.1. Proposed Works ...... 17 3.2. Infrastructure ...... 18 3.3. Project Methodology ...... 18 Notification ...... 18 Topsoil stripping ...... 18 Excavation of core bank ...... 18 Embankment Walls ...... 18 Installation of pipework ...... 19 3.4. Project Stages and Timing ...... 19 3.5. Alternatives ...... 19 3.5.1. Direct Supply from internal irrigation system ...... 19 3.5.2. Direct Supply from Murrumbidgee Irrigation system ...... 20 3.5.3. This project ...... 20 3.5.4. Justification of the Selected Option ...... 20 4. Planning Context ...... 21 4.1. Commonwealth ...... 21 4.1.1. Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 ...... 21 4.1.2. Water Act, 2007 ...... 21 4.1.3. Native Title Act 1993 ...... 21 4.2. State Legislation ...... 22 4.2.1. Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 ...... 22 4.2.2. State Environmental Planning Policies ...... 24 4.3. Regional Environmental Planning Policies ...... 24 4.4. Local Planning ...... 24 4.4.1. Leeton Local Environmental Plan 2014 ...... 25 4.4.2. Standard Instrument ...... 28 5. Environmental Assessment ...... 30 5.1. Climate, Topography, Soils and Geology ...... 30 5.1.1. Climate ...... 30 5.1.2. Geology, Geomorpholgy and broad vegetation ...... 31 5.1.3. Topography ...... 32 5.2. Soils ...... 32 5.2.1. Introduction ...... 32

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 4 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents 5.2.2. Existing Environment ...... 32 5.2.3. Methodology...... 33 5.2.4. Assessment ...... 33 5.2.5. Results ...... 34 5.2.6. Conclusion ...... 34 5.3. Water ...... 35 5.3.1. Existing Environment ...... 35 5.3.1.1. Surface Water ...... 35 5.3.1.2. Groundwater ...... 35 5.3.2. Assessment ...... 38 5.3.2.1. Surface Water ...... 38 5.3.2.2. Ground Water ...... 39 5.3.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 39 5.3.3.1. Surface Water ...... 39 5.3.3.2. GroundWater...... 39 5.3.4. Approvals Required ...... 40 5.3.5. Conclusion ...... 40 5.4. Biodiversity ...... 40 5.4.1. Methodology...... 40 5.4.2. Assessment Findings ...... 40 5.4.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 42 5.4.4. Conclusion ...... 42 5.5. Indigenous Heritage ...... 43 5.5.1. Methodology...... 43 5.5.2. Existing Environment ...... 43 5.5.3. Assessment Findings ...... 44 5.5.4. Management and Mitigation ...... 44 5.5.5. Conclusion ...... 45 5.6. Non-Indigenous Heritage ...... 45 5.6.1. Methodology...... 45 5.6.2. Existing Environment ...... 45 5.6.3. Assessment Findings ...... 46 5.6.4. Management and Mitigation ...... 46 5.6.5. Conclusion ...... 46 5.7. Air Quality ...... 46 5.7.1. Existing Environment ...... 46 5.7.2. Assessment ...... 47 5.7.2.1. Potential Construction Impacts ...... 47 5.7.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 48 5.7.4. Conclusion ...... 49 5.8. Noise ...... 49 5.8.1. Existing Environment ...... 49 5.8.2. Assessment ...... 49 5.8.2.1. Potential Sources of Noise and Vibration ...... 49 5.8.2.2. Potential Construction Impacts ...... 49 5.8.2.3. Potential Operation Impacts ...... 50 5.8.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 50 5.8.4. Conclusion ...... 50 5.9. Traffic and Access ...... 51 5.9.1. Existing Environment ...... 51 5.9.2. Assessment ...... 51 5.9.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 52 5.9.4. Conclusion ...... 52 5.10. Waste ...... 52 5.10.1. Existing Environment ...... 52 5.10.2. Assessment ...... 52 5.10.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 52

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 5 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents 5.10.4. Conclusion ...... 53 5.11. Visual Amenity ...... 53 5.11.1. Existing Environment ...... 53 5.11.2. Assessment ...... 53 5.11.3. Management and Mitigation ...... 54 5.11.4. Conclusion ...... 54 6. Conclusion ...... 55 Justification ...... 55 Consultation ...... 55 Statutory ...... 55 Soils ...... 55 Water...... 55 Biodiversity ...... 55 Indigenous Heritage ...... 56 Non-Indigenous Heritage ...... 56 Air Quality ...... 56 Noise ...... 57 Traffic and Access ...... 57 Waste ...... 57 Visual ...... 57 Summary ...... 57 7. References ...... 58 8. Appendices ...... 59 8.1. Project and Site Plans ...... 59 8.2. Property Planning Report ...... 60 8.2.1. Consultation ...... 61 8.2.2. Leeton Shire Council ...... 61 From: Clare Fitzpatrick Sent: Tuesday, 3 December 2019 8:16 AM To: Sarah Nash Subject: RE: Irrigation Storage Dams ...... 61 From: Sarah Nash Sent: Monday, 2 December 2019 2:56 PM To: Clare Fitzpatrick Subject: Irrigation Storage Dams ...... 61 8.2.3. WaterNSW ...... 62 8.2.4. Natural Resource Access Regulator ...... 63 8.2.5. NSW DPI – Fisheries ...... 63 8.2.6. NSW DPIE – Biodiversity Conservation Division of DPIE ...... 63 8.2.7. Environment Protection Authority ...... 63 8.2.8. Roads and Maritime Services ...... 63 8.2.9. Local Aboriginal Land Council ...... 63 8.2.10. Adjoining Landowners ...... 63 8.3. Geotechnical Report ...... 64 8.4. Biodiversity Test of Significance ...... 65 8.5. Aboriginal Heritage Due Diligence Assessment ...... 66 8.6. Non-Indigenous Searches ...... 67 8.6.1. World Heritage List ...... 67 8.6.2. Commonwealth Heritage List ...... 67 8.6.3. National Heritage List ...... 67 8.6.4. NSW State Heritage register ...... 67 8.6.5. Leeton Local Environmental Plan 2014 ...... 67 8.7. Construction Management Plan ...... 72 8.8. Groundwater Management Plan ...... 73

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 6 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents FIGURES Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works ...... 9 Figure 2 - Location of project site in relation to the region ...... 12 Figure 3 - Location of projects in relation to the local area ...... 12 Figure 4 – Photo taken in the north east corner ...... 14 Figure 5 – Photo taken in the enter of the site looking north ...... 14 Figure 6 – Photo taken in the south east corner looking west ...... 14 Figure 7 – Photo taken in shouth west corner ...... 14 Figure 8 – Photo showing adjoining channel and road to the right ...... 15 Figure 9 – Photo showing vegetation to the north east of site ...... 15 Figure 10 – Photo showing groundcover vegetation in the site ...... 15 Figure 11 – Photo showing peppercorns within the site ...... 15 Figure 12 - Project site in relation to surrounding receptors ...... 16 Figure 13 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors) ...... 17 Figure 14 - Cross section of the proposed project walls (Source: PHL Surveyors) ...... 19 Figure 15 - Image showing climate data for Griffith (Source: Farmonline) ...... 30 Figure 16 – Evaporation for Coleambally and rainfall for Griffith ...... 31 Figure 17 - The Riverine Plain of South-eastern Australia and its chief physiographic features (Butler 1950, pg 232.) ...... 31 Figure 18 - Image showing topography of the project site. (Source Six maps) ...... 32 Figure 19 - Image showing project site and boreholes investigated ...... 33 Figure 20 - Murrumbidgee Catchment (Source: Water Resources and Management Overview – Murrumbidgee Catchment) ...... 35 Figure 21 - Image showing location of Groundwater monitoring bores in the vicinity of project site. (Source: Google earth) ...... 36 Figure 22 (above) - Graph showing summer Ground Water Levels 2010-2018 ...... 37 Figure 23 (above) - Graph showing winter ground water levels 2010-2018 ...... 37 Figure 24 - Groundwater Quality in the Murrumbidgee Catchment ...... 38 Figure 25 - Overview plan showing existing roads in relation to project sites (Source: Google maps) ...... 51

TABLES Table 1 – Table showing report format ...... 8 Table 2 - Land details of the project ...... 13 Table 3 - Project receptors...... 16 Table 4 - Project earthworks detail ...... 17 Table 5 – Table showing project in relation to the EPA Act clauses ...... 22 Table 6 - Table of Approvals ...... 23 Table 7 - Table of State Environmental Planning Policies ...... 24 Table 8 – Table of Leeton LEP clauses ...... 25 Table 9 – Table showing climate data (Griffith) ...... 30 Table 10 - Ground water bores in the vicinity of the project ...... 36 Table 11 – Water quality mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 39 Table 12 – Biodiversity mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 42 Table 13 – Indigenous heritage mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 44 Table 14 – Non-indigenous heritage mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 46 Table 15 – Air quality mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 48 Table 16 – Proposed construction work times ...... 50 Table 17 – Noise mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 50 Table 18 – Traffic mitigation measures ...... 52 Table 19 – Waste mitigation and monitoring measures ...... 52 Table 20 – Visual impact mitigation measures ...... 54

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. PURPOSE

This Statement of Environmental Effects (SEE) has been prepared by Progressive Rural Solutions (PRS) to accompany a development application for the construction and operation of a 95ML irrigation storage dam on Kooba station known as the PS2 dam. The application is being made under Part 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act) and Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 (EP&A Reg). This report is provided to meet the requirements of Schedule 1 of the EP&A Reg stating, “a development application must be accompanied by a Statement of Environmental Effects (except for a designated development which is accompanied by an Environmental Impact Statement)”. The applicant and owner for this project is Webster Southern Ag. The contractor proposed to undertake the earthworks is Tim McKeon Earthmoving.

1.2. PROJECT VALUE

The estimated value of the project is $120,000

1.3. APPLICATION TYPE

This application is being made under Section 90 (Work Approval) of the Water Management Act 2000 which requires a Work Approval from WaterNSW.

1.4. REPORT FORMAT

This report is set out in the following format: Table 1 – Table showing report format Section Address 1 Purpose, engagement, documentation and background. 2 Site description and analysis. 3 General project details, construction methodology, stages and alternatives considered. 4 Planning context. 5 Description of the existing environment, project impacts and mitigation measures. 6 Conclusion. Appendices Plans and supporting reports.

1.5. BACKGROUND

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 8 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Introduction • Location. The site is located within existing irrigation area to optimise the supply of water to and from the storage and therefore improve overall farm water distribution efficiencies. • Vegetation. No vegetation is required to be removed and there is unlikely to be a loss of habitat as part of the project works, • Soils. The site offers suitable soils for construction, • Pollution. There is no potential for pollution, • Surrounding land uses and residences. There is minimal impact on surrounding land uses and receptors based on the separation distances, and • Heritage. The site has no identified heritage or archaeological sites that would be disturbed during the development.

The proposal has the ability to provide the following benefits: • The storage will potentially reduce the frequency of backflush of filtration systems through the settling of water therefore saving ongoing wear and tear of pumps and filters and related water savings. • The proposal is expected to provide economic benefits through stabilisation of wages, employment and the potential off-site investment for contractors who would service the property. • These above benefits contribute to minimising the significant damage to the region’s economy that are predicted as a result of modification of river and channel operations occurring from implementation of the Murray Darling Basin Plan. • The potential environmental impacts of the proposed development are considered as minimal.

This SEE is proposed to cover works relating to the above described earthen irrigation water storage and recycle dam. This property is not located near a river and does not involve works relating to pumping infrastructure on the Murrumbidgee or any other River. No changes are required to the existing irrigation supply to the property. The client is very experienced in the management of construction for irrigation storage dams and their ongoing operation. Construction activities relating to the project earthworks are expected to take 2 weeks pending timing of works and climatic conditions. In summary, the proposal is not predicted to have any significant environmental impact.

Project Site

Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works

1.6. ENGAGEMENT

During the preparation and review of the proposed works, relevant referral authorities for this project have been consulted to ensure the projects aims, objectives, works and ongoing management are in line with current permitted activities. The following authorities have been consulted with the described outcomes. Specific copies of the correspondence are included in Section 8.3.1.

1.6.1. LEETON SHIRE COUNCIL The Leeton Shire Council has statutory responsibilities with regard to the review of the project within its Shire and Planning Instruments. Comments relating to this application were requested from the Planning Officer Ms Sarah Nash who responded with the following requirements. As part of the Development Council will require the following information at Development Application Stage and some prior to work commencing or work completing. • Statement of Environmental Effects, • Aboriginal Due Diligence Study/Assessment, • Evidence of no vegetation clearing, • Site Plans, • Geotechnical Report, • Construction Management Plan – required prior to any work commencing, and • An Operational Management Plan – required prior to the completion of construction works, All recommendations made in this email from council have been met and are included in or attached to this report.

1.6.2. WATERNSW WaterNSW is responsible for supplying NSW’s bulk water needs, operating NSW’s river systems and providing services to its customers with respect to licensing and approvals, water allocation trades, water licence trades and water resource information. The authority’s representative Ms Simone Tonkin of the Deniliquin office has been consulted as part of this application. A description of the proposed project works was provided on the 4thFebruary, 2020 and WaterNSW nominated that the application would require lodgement and advertising as an integrated Development. General Terms of Approval will be provided indicating that an Amended Work Approval under the Water Management Act 2000 will be required following a determination from Shire. This action will be undertaken as part of the approval process. See Section 8.4.2.

1.6.3. NATURAL RESOURCE ACCESS REGULATOR The Natural Resources Access Regulator (NRAR) is responsible for compliance with and enforcement of the regulatory framework for water including water management rules, and licence and approval conditions. It also undertakes all controlled activity approvals, and licensing for some entities. These works do not relate to works within a waterway or within 40m of the top of a waterway. As a result, no further application is required as part of this proposal.

1.6.4. NSW DPI – FISHERIES The NSW DPI Administers the key pieces of legislation that identify and protect threatened fish and marine vegetation in NSW under the Fisheries Management Act 1994 and the Fisheries Management (General) Regulation 2010. This project does not relate to works within a waterway and as a result, NSW DPI Fisheries have not been consulted.

1.6.5. NSW DPI CROWN LAND NSW DPI – Crown Land is responsible for the management of NSW’s Crown land, covering 42% of the state, including parks, reserves, roads and cemeteries. The department supports a wide range of uses for Crown land. To ensure the land is used correctly, they are responsible for issuing licences, lease and permits. Works proposed are not located on or adjoining Crown land. As a result, no consultation has been undertaken with NSW DPI Crown lands.

1.6.6. DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING, INDUSTRY AND ENVIRONMENT – BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION DIVISION The Biodiversity and Conservation Division has statutory responsibilities relating to biodiversity (including threatened species, populations, ecological communities, or their habitats), Aboriginal cultural heritage and flooding. No consultation has been held with the Department of Planning, Industry and Environment’s (DPIE) Biodiversity and Conservation Division (BCD – formerly part of the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH) however a Biodiversity and Threatened Species Assessment, Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Due Diligence Assessment and Flooding impacts have been addressed as part of this Statement of Environmental Effects.

1.6.7. ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AUTHORITY The Environment Protection Authority (EPA) is responsible for administering the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POE Act) which includes Clean air, water, noise and pollutions including waste. No consultation has been held with the EPA relating to this project. The project does not relate to contaminated land and is not a scheduled activity and mitigation measures are being employed to ensure compliance with relevant legislation.

1.6.8. TRANSPORT FOR NEW SOUTH WALES The NSW Transport for New South Wales (previously known as RMS) have not been consulted as part of this proposal. There are no alterations to or connections proposed within a road reserve, no additional access points are required, and the project does not require the importation or exportation or earth from the site.

1.6.9. MURRAY DARLING BASIN AUTHORITY The Murray Darling Basin Authority has a role in relation to Schedule 1, Clause 49 of the Water Act (2007), which requires a project to be assessed against the possible effects on the flow, use, control and water quality within the Murray River. No consultation has been held with the Murray Darling Basin Authority regarding its comment of the project as the project is not located on the Murray River and will not impact on the MDBA’s ability to operate the Murray or any other River.

1.6.10. LOCAL ABORIGINAL LAND COUNCIL/REGISTERED ABORIGINAL PARTY A Due Diligence Assessment has been undertaken on the project site by a suitably qualified archaeologist with experience in Aboriginal cultural heritage. No consultation with the Local Aboriginal Land Council has been undertaken and consultation is not required as part of the Due Diligence Assessment.

1.6.11. SURROUNDING RESIDENTS AND OCCUPANTS No consultation has been held with adjoining landholders. The Development Application process will require advertising and notification.

The project is located in New South Wales in the Riverina region. Specifically, the site is 1.6kms south west of Whitton 15.2kms south east of Wilbriggie and 16.1kms north east of Darlington point. The irrigation storage dam is located on privately owned freehold land and is over 8kms north of the Murrumbidgee River. Access to the site is via internal private access roads with the property entry being from the Darlington Point Whitton Rd. The project site is surrounded by farming land to the north, west and south and is separated from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation Area irrigation channel by approximately 170m. The specific location of the project site is shown below in Figure 3 and Table 2.

Project Site

Figure 2 - Location of project site in relation to the region

Figure 3 - Location of projects in relation to the local area

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 12 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Site Description The land details of the project are summarised as follows: Table 2 - Land details of the project Details Specific related to project site Lot number 2 Deposited Plan 785724 Parish Bringan County Cooper Local Shire Leeton Shire Council LEP Zone Zone RU1 – Primary Production Catchment Area Murrumbidgee IBRA Sub-region Riverina - Murrumbidgee Mitchell Landscapes Murrumbidgee Channels and Floodplains Traditional Owners/Land Council Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Floodplain Management Plan Nil Land Stature Freehold Area of project 7.7ha GPS Reference MGA Zone 55 E:423803 N:6178975

2.2. SITE DESCRIPTION

The proposed project site is a small area and the activity associated with the development will be confined to the site and adjoining irrigation area. The footprint of the proposed development, including the water storage and infrastructure will be approximately 7.7 hectares. The site is flat with a variance in natural surface of approx. 8cm over the site. The minimal fall is towards the north within the irrigation bays. The average height in the area is 129.7m AHD. Agriculture is responsible for a significant part of the growth and development of the district and evidence of cleared land and other agricultural activities dominate the existing landscape. Structures such as water storage dams are common in the rural environment, particularly those dominated by irrigated cropping. The outer water storage dam embankments will be revegetated, and this will help to visually blend the storage in with the surrounding environment. The final form of the water storage dam is one with quite a natural configuration.

Figure 4 – Photo taken in the north east corner Figure 5 – Photo taken in the enter of the site looking north

Figure 6 – Photo taken in the south east corner looking west Figure 7 – Photo taken in shouth west corner

Figure 8 – Photo showing adjoining channel and road to the right Figure 9 – Photo showing vegetation to the north east of site

Figure 10 – Photo showing groundcover vegetation in the site Figure 11 – Photo showing peppercorns within the site

2.3. SURROUNDING AREA

The project is located within the Riverina area of NSW. This region broadly covers 9,576,964ha (7,090,008ha in NSW). The Murray and the Murrumbidgee Rivers together with the Lachlan and the Goulburn Rivers are the major tributaries which flow from the highlands in the east west across the plains. (NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, 2003) Agriculture is the predominant land use surrounding the project area, specifically smaller irrigated cropping and grazing agricultural practices. Other land uses within the vicinity of the project area are dryland cropping and recreational uses. The closest populated area – Whitton has a population of approximately 496 (2016 census). The Mitchell Landscape for the area is defined as Murrumbidgee Scalded Plains which are defined as: Quaternary alluvial plains with extensive scalding interpreted as relic floodplains or terraces. Grey, brown and red cracking clays, red brown texture-contrast soils with scalds. Levees traces evident, relief generally <1m, up to 5m on associated pans, swamps and lunettes. (Eco Logical Australia, 2008). This bioregion occupies over 1.1million hectares (15.5%) of the entire bioregional area. The area is serviced by local roads, mobile phone service, electricity and irrigation scheme water access. In relation to surrounding receptors, the project location is identified below with a radius of 1km from the project site shown in white. Table 3 below demonstrates the identified receptors and their distances from the project.

Figure 12 - Project site in relation to surrounding receptors Table 3 - Project receptors ID Distance Direction from Type Comment (km) project site MIA Channel 0.37 West Irrigation Scheme NIL Channel Darlington 0.46m West Road Small vegetated buffer located between road Point- and project site Whitton Rd Town 1.3 North east Rural township edge Substantial vegetated buffer between edge of town and project site. W1 2.15 South south-east Rural Residence Several vegetated buffers between residence and project. Lot99 D751696

This proposal is for the construction of a 95ML irrigation and storage dam. These works include the following components: • Stripping of a portion of topsoil from site and stockpiling, • Excavation and construction of core trench and embankment, • Construction of embankment walls, • Installation of pipes through the bank for a recycle and lift pump, and • Placement of topsoil on banks.

An overview of the proposed project is shown below.

Figure 13 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors)

Specific details of the size and dimensions of the project are shown in the table below. Table 4 - Project earthworks detail Detail Project specifics Floor Length 340 Metres Floor Width 110 Metres Orientation East West Maximum height of bank 2.8 Metres Crest Width 4.2 Metres Maximum depth of cut 0.8 Metres

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 17 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Details of Proposal Detail Project specifics Maximum depth of water 2.4 Metres Land area inside banks 4.7 Ha Land area of project 7.7 Ha Storage capacity 95ML Internal batters 8:1 External batters 3:1 Volume core trench 6,245 m³ Volume Topsoil 4,835 m³ Floor Volume of Cut 51,910 m³ Main embankment (98% compaction) 21,850 m³ Core embankment (95% compaction) 13,950m³ Design freeboard 1.0 Metres

3.2. INFRASTRUCTURE

The project infrastructure will include the following: • Earthen irrigation storage dam, and • 1 x 1200mm RRJ concrete pipeline (under earthen wall). Note the pump station shed will be subject to a separate Development Application.

3.3. PROJECT METHODOLOGY

The proposed methodology relating to the project works following the obtaining of all approvals is as follows:

NOTIFICATION Notifications are provided to all required authorities of the intent to commence works.

TOPSOIL STRIPPING The first step in the construction of the project is remove the topsoil from the initial construction areas of the site and stockpile in an area adjacent to the site for later use. Topsoil will only be stripped from the construction areas as works in each section commences. This is to ensure protection of any sub-soil moisture that is important for construction. This also assists in the control of any airborne dust particulates on site. There is a total of 4,835m³ of topsoil to be stripped at the site, approx. 1,210m3 stockpiled, and 4,835m3 to be reused on embankments upon completion of the walls of the water storage.

EXCAVATION OF CORE BANK A core bank is required to ensure the hydraulic loading of the embankments is controlled and the integrity of the walls are maintained. This project is designed to have a 1.0m deep, 3.7m wide core trench excavated. There is approximately 5,455 m³ of earth to be removed and 6,275m³ to be used in construction of the core bank. The material used for construction of the core bank is to be inorganic clay of high plasticity. The soil is to be placed in lifts no greater than 150mm loose thickness and compacted to a dry density ratio of 98% of standard compaction.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 18 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Details of Proposal The embankment wall shown below demonstrates the 4.2m crest sloping towards the inside of the water storage dam, the 8:1 internal batter and the 3:1 external batter. The wall height is variable in relation to surrounding natural surface and will be no higher than 2.8m in total height. Upon completion the embankments will have a topsoil capping to assist with revegetation on the embankments for on-going erosion control and bank maintenance.

Figure 14 - Cross section of the proposed project walls (Source: PHL Surveyors)

INSTALLATION OF PIPEWORK A single pipe is proposed through the embankment as part of this project which is for the purpose of gravity supply into the water storage. This pipeline will be installed during construction of the embankment and will have a cut off wall on the pipeline to prevent potential failure of the water storage dam at this point. No further pipework is required through the embankment. The pumps that are supplied from the storage dam will be located on the top of the southern wall and will have suction pipes installed following the internal alignment of the banks. PLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL ON EMBANKMENTS Following completion of the construction of the embankments and installation of pipelines, the previously stockpiled topsoil is to be replaced on the embankments in a layer of 20cm. This is to ensure that the compacted embankments are protected. A reseeding of the topsoil is recommended to provide a stable cover of vegetation to assist with erosion control. Grass used for this should not be a “deep rooted/runner” type of grass as this can create fissures in the embankments leading to leakage. NOTIFICATION Notification to required authorities of completion of project.

3.4. PROJECT STAGES AND TIMING

The project will be undertaken in one stage.

3.5. ALTERNATIVES

The irrigation storage dam’s purpose is to allow for the reliable supply of settled clean water to the Almond drip irrigation system. The alternate options considered include: • Pumping directly from the existing internal irrigation supply system, • Pumping directly from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation system’s channel, and • This project – installation of the proposed water storage

3.5.1. DIRECT SUPPLY FROM INTERNAL IRRIGATION SYSTEM This proposal would involve the construction of the Almond irrigation pump station being supplied from the existing irrigation system supply channel within the property. Water would be delivered to the same location within the property and would supply the pump station directly from the channel system. The supply of water to the pumps would be designed to match the demand of the Almond drip irrigation system. This option does not allow for the settling of water prior to pumping and there is no ability to ‘buffer’ the supply and demand. This type of system would expose the filtration and pumping systems to unnecessary and excessive wear, leading to a shorter lifespan through the pumping of turbid water. Backflushing of water would be required at shorter intervals to manage the

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 19 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Details of Proposal higher particle load and there would be a substantial increase in management to balance the supply and demand of the system. This option would also potentially place other irrigation areas at jeopardy through the over commitment of internal resources.

3.5.2. DIRECT SUPPLY FROM MURRUMBIDGEE IRRIGATION SYSTEM This option is similar to the option above however the pump station would be located adjoining the Murrumbidgee Irrigation channel. The water would be supplied to the irrigation area through a substantial length of pipelines. The supply of water would be directly from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation system. This option also does not allow for the settling of water prior to pumping however the is no requirement to ‘buffer’ the supply and demand. This type of system would expose the filtration and pumping systems to unnecessary and excessive wear leading to a shorter lifespan through the pumping of turbid water. Backflushing of water would be required at shorter intervals to manage the higher particle load without a storage or internal system, there is no ability to re-use backflush water leading to significant losses from this activity. A large shed to house the pump and filtration system would be required which is adjacent to the Irrigation channel and Darlington Point – Whitton Rd.

3.5.3. THIS PROJECT This proposal as described above, relates to the construction of a 95ML storage dam to allow for the balancing of irrigation supply water to the Almond pump station and also settles the water supplied through the pump system. The backflushing of the filtration systems would also be contained within the storage dam allowing for re-use of this water.

3.5.4. JUSTIFICATION OF THE SELECTED OPTION For the following reasons, the construction of the irrigation water storage dam is the preferred option: • Allows for a more stable and long-term reliable water supply, crop yields and business returns, • Is the highest capital outlay cost however will provide the highest benefit on-farm, • the construction of water storage dam and their management strategy in the irrigation industry is considered standard practice, and • The supply of water to the Almond development is through a buffered system allowing for redundancy within the external and internal supply system, • Settled water supply systems have lower ongoing and maintenance costs and a longer life span, and • The property will continue to stay abreast of technology and irrigation best practice management.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 20 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Planning Context 4. PLANNING CONTEXT A number of statutory planning controls need to be addressed for the project. This section reviews Commonwealth, State and local planning legislation and policies to determine what approvals are likely to be required to allow the proposed development to proceed.

4.1. COMMONWEALTH

4.1.1. ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 This Act is the Australian Governments central piece of environmental legislation. The EPBC Act provides a legal framework to protect and manage nationally and internationally important flora, fauna, ecological communities and heritage places – defined in the EPBC Act as Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES). These eight matters to which this Act applies are: • World heritage sites, • National heritage places, • Wetlands of international importance (Ramsar wetlands), • Nationally threatened species and ecological communities, • Migratory species, • Commonwealth marine areas, • The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, and • Nuclear actions. The EPBC Act confers jurisdiction over actions that have a significant impact on the environment where the actions affect, or are taken on, Commonwealth land, or are carried out by a Commonwealth agency. COMMENT A supporting assessment has been undertaken which include an assessment of MNES in relation to the project sites. The eight matters referred to above have been reviewed and there are no impacts proposed. Further information relating to this legislation and threatened species is described in Section 8.4.

4.1.2. WATER ACT, 2007 The Water Act 2007 is intended to allow the Commonwealth to coordinate the management of water resources in the Murray-Darling Basin in conjunction with the Basin States. The Act establishes the Murray-Darling Basin Authority as the national regulatory authority. A key requirement of the Act was the implementation of the Murray-Darling Basin Plan which provides for a coordinated approach to water management across the Murray–Darling Basin's four states - South Australia, Victoria, NSW and Queensland - and the Australian Capital Territory. The Plan sets the amount of water that can be extracted annually from the Basin for consumptive use (urban, industrial and agricultural) without having a negative impact on the natural environments of the Basin coming into effect in November 2012. COMMENT This project is not located on any creek or river however is supplied from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation Area scheme. The development works will not affect the aims and objectives of the MDBA or the operation of any creek, river or irrigation supply system. Further information relating to this legislation and water use on this is described in Section 5.

4.1.3. NATIVE TITLE ACT 1993 The Native Title Act 1993 provides a national system for the recognition and protection of native title and for its co- existence with the national land management system. The native title is recognised where: the rights and interests are possessed under traditional laws and customs that continue to be acknowledged and observed by the relevant Indigenous Australians, by virtue of those laws and customs, the relevant Indigenous Australians have a connection with the land or waters, the native title rights and interests are recognised by the common law of Australia. COMMENT This project is not subject to a native title claim either past or current.

4.2. STATE LEGISLATION

4.2.1. ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND ASSESSMENT ACT 1979 The Environmental Planning and Assessment Act (EP&A Act) and its associated regulations provide a framework for assessing environmental impacts and determining planning approvals for developments and activities in NSW. Within the EP&A Act, there are two parts which inflict requirements for planning approvals: • Part 4 which relates to decision making process by consent authorities. Section 4.15 under Part4, describes types of impact which must be considered before development approval is granted. It states that consideration must be given for the impact of that development on the environment. • Part 5 governs the decision-making process by State government (determining) authorities (except for State significant infrastructure) regarding activity approval. In the decision making process, under Section 5.5 (previously 111), it is the State government agencies’ duty to consider environmental impacts; and then under Section 5.7 (previously 112), determine whether the level of impact is sufficient to require the preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). COMMENT This project is to be determined under Part 4 and will be an integrated development. The provisions of Section 4.15 are addressed below: Table 5 – Table showing project in relation to the EPA Act clauses Clause Description Project Explanation Consistent Yes/No 1 In determining a development application, a consent authority is to take into consideration such of the following matters as are of relevance to the development the subject of the development application: - the a) provisions of: i) any environmental planning instrument, and Yes See Section 4 ii) any proposed instrument that is or has been the subject of public consultation under this Act and that has been notified to the consent authority (unless the Planning Secretary has notified the consent authority that the making of the proposed instrument has been deferred indefinitely or has not been approved), and iii) any development control plan, and iiia) any planning agreement that has been entered into under section 7.4, or any draft planning agreement that a developer has offered to enter into under section 7.4, and the regulations (to the extent that they prescribe matters for the purposes of this paragraph), iv) (Repealed)that apply to the land to which the v) development application relates, b) The likely impacts of that development, including Yes See Section 5 environmental impacts both on the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality c) The suitability of the site for the development, See section 2 d) Any submissions made in accordance with this Act or NA Noted the regulations, e) The public interest. NA Noted

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 22 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Planning Context Table 6 - Table of Approvals Act Sect Approval Required Report location Coal Mine Subsidence s22 Approval to alter of erect improvements, or to No NA Compensation Act 2017 subdivide land within a mine subsidence district. Fisheries Management s144 Aquaculture permit. No NA Act 1994 s201 Permit to carry out dredging work. No NA s205 Permit to cut, remove, damage or destroy marine No NA vegetation on public water land or an aquaculture lease, on the foreshore of any such land or lease. s219 Permit to: No NA Set a net, netting or other material, or Construct or alter a dam, floodgate, causeway or weir, or Across or within a bay, inlet river or creek or across or around a flat. Heritage Act 1977 s57 Approval in respect of doing or carrying out of an act, No Section matter of thing referred to. 5.6 & 8.6 Mining Act 1992 s63 Grant of a mining lease. No NA or s64 National Parks and s90 Grant of an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit. No Section Wildlife Act 1974 5.5 Petroleum (onshore) Act s16 Grant of a production lease. No NA 1991 Protection of the s43(a Works relating to the following sections of the No NA Environment Operations ), 47 including Environment protection licence to authorize Act 1997 & 55 carrying out of scheduled development work. s43b, Environment protection licence to authorise carrying No NA 48 out of scheduled activities at any premises (excluding &55 any activity described as a “waste activity” but including any activity described as a “waste facility”). s43d, Environment protection licences to control carrying No NA 55 & out of non-scheduled activities for the purposes of 122 regulating water pollution resulting from the activity. Roads Act 1993 s138 Erect a structure or carry out a work in, on or over a No Section public road 5.9 dig up or disturb the surface of a public road remove or interfere with a structure, work or tree on a public road pump water into a public road from any land adjoining the road connect a road (whether public or private) to a classified road. Rural Fires Act 1997 s100b In respect of bush fire safety of subdivision of land that No NA could lawfully be used for residential or rural residential purposes or development of land for special fire protection purposes. Water Management Act s89 Water use approval. No Section 5 2000 s90 Water management work approval. Yes Section 5 s91 Activity approval. No Section 5

4.2.2. STATE ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING POLICIES A table has been provided below showing all the State Environmental Planning Policies identified by the NSW Property Planning Report and their relationship to the project. Table 7 - Table of State Environmental Planning Policies Number Title Relevant Comment Affordable Rental Housing 2009 No Not relevant Building Sustainability Index (BASIX) No Not relevant 2004 Concurrences 2018 No Project is integrated. SEPP will not apply initially unless delays/issues between referral authorities and council. Educational Establishments and Child No Not relevant Care Facilities 2017 Exempt and Complying Development No Project is not exempt Codes 2008 Housing for Seniors or people with a No Not relevant Disability 2004 Infrastructure 2007 No There are no changes proposed relating to service infrastructure as part of the project works. The project is not located within Crown Land and this document provides for consultation with relevant public authorities prior to development commencing. Mining, Petroleum Production and No Not relevant Extractive Industries 2007 Miscellaneous Consent Provisions 2007 No Not relevant Primary Production and Rural No This proposal is for an irrigation storage dam Development 2019 of 95ML is size. Under Clause 13A – 2 this SEPP does not apply as it is included in the Standard Instrument. 1 Development Standards 1980 No Not relevant 21 Caravan Parks 1992 No Not relevant 33 Hazardous and Offensive Development No Not defined as a hazardous or offensive 1992 development 36 Manufactured Home Estates 1993 No Not relevant 44 Koala Habitat Protection No See attached Biodiversity Test of Significance 50 Canal Estate Development 1997 No Not relevant 55 Remediation of Land 1998 No The site is not listed in the NSW EPA or Leeton Shire contaminated land register. 64 Advertising and Signage 2001 No Not relevant 65 Design Quality of Residential Apartment No Not relevant Development 2002

4.3. REGIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING POLICIES

Each region and districts future housing, jobs, infrastructure, commercial cultural and education centres plans are provided with a strategic plan and framework through Region and District Plans. These plans will also provide direction on development and land planning. There are no Regional Environmental Planning policies in this area.

4.4. LOCAL PLANNING

Local Environment Plans (LEPs) guide planning decisions for Local Government Areas (LGAs). These frameworks include zoning and development controls providing a framework for the way land can be used and ensure local development is undertaken appropriately. Development Control Plans (DCPs) often provide additional details relating to development

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 24 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Planning Context standards and character as well as guidance to applicants and planning authorities on how development proposals should give effect to aims of local planning and additional details relating to development standards and character.

4.4.1. LEETON LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN 2014 The table provided below identifies relevant clauses within the LEP, identifies their consistency and provides an explanation where required. Table 8 – Table of Leeton LEP clauses Clause Description Project Explanation Consistent Yes/No 2 The aims of the Leeton LEP are: a) to encourage sustainable economic growth and Yes Project is maintaining relates to an development irrigation development upgrading the irrigation system within the property. b) to preserve rural land for all forms of primary Yes Project is consistent with this aim and production continues primary production. c) to identify, protect, conserve and enhance Leeton’s Yes Project will not impact or remove natural assets Leeton’s natural assets.. d) to identify and protect Leeton’s built and cultural Yes Project does not require the removal of heritage assets for future generations any native vegetation or cultural heritage. e) to allow for the equitable provision of social NA Not applicable to this project services and facilities for the community f) to provide housing choices for the community NA Not applicable to this project h) to minimise land use conflicts and adverse Yes Project continues the existing use and environmental impacts construction works consider the surrounding area. h) to promote ecologically sustainable development Yes Project is in line with the ecologically sustainable development principles. 2.1 Land Use Zones 2.1 RU1 – Primary Production Yes Project is described as a water supply system which is permitted within this zone with consent. 5 Miscellaneous provisions 5.10 Heritage Conservation. Yes See sections 5.4 - Indigenous Heritage and 5.5 - Non-Indigenous Heritage 6 Additional Local Provisions 6.1 Earthworks Yes Project is unlikely to: - Affect drainage patterns, - create ongoing erosion issues with the implementation of Erosion control measures, - affect the future development of land, - affect fill as all earth removed will be re- used within the site. No additional fill is proposed, - disturb relics as works are proposed within existing disturbed area, - Impact on the waterway, drinking water catchment or environmentally sensitive area. 6.2 Flooding. Yes Project site not subject to flooding 6.3 Terrestrial Biodiversity Yes See below. 6.4 Groundwater vulnerability Yes See below. 6.5 Riparian land and watercourses Yes Not applicable 6.6 Wetlands Yes Not applicable

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 25 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Planning Context Clause Description Project Explanation Consistent Yes/No 6.7 Development on river front areas Yes Not applicable 6.8 Development of river bed and banks Yes Not applicable 6.9 Airspace operations Yes Not applicable 6.10 Development in areas subject to aircraft noise Yes Not applicable 6.11 Tourist and vistor accommodation on land within Yes Not applicable Zone RU1 6.12 Essential Services Yes See Below

ZONING

Project Site

The project works are located within one zone being the RU1 – Primary Production. Zone RU1 – Rural has the following objectives: • To encourage sustainable primary industry production by maintaining and enhancing the natural resource base. • To encourage diversity in primary industry enterprises and systems appropriate for the area. • To minimise the fragmentation and alienation of resource lands. • To minimise conflict between land uses within this zone and land uses within adjoining zones. • To provide opportunities for intensive and extensive agriculture in appropriate locations consistent with the environmental capability of the land and access to irrigation water. • To allow the development of processing, service and value-adding industries related to agriculture and primary industry production. • To protect and enhance the water quality of receiving watercourses and groundwater systems so as to reduce land degradation.

COMMENT Works proposed within the RU1 – Primary production zone are consistent with the objectives and are permitted with consent. This application is for consent for a Water Supply System which is described as water reticulation system, water storage facility, water treatment facility and a building or place that is a combination of any of the previously described items.

CLAUSE 6.1 – ESSENTIAL SERVICES Consideration of the following essential services must be undertaken as part of a project.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 26 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Planning Context (a) the supply of water, (b) the supply of electricity, (c) the disposal and management of sewage, (d) stormwater drainage or on-site conservation, (e) suitable road access. COMMENT The project does not require the connection to council’s water supply or sewerage network. No additional vehicle access is required, and the project has outside of this process relocated the electrical network assets in conjunction with the relevant approval authorities. As identified above and below, stormwater, drainage and site conservation measures have been identified through the Erosion and Sediment Control plan.

CLAUSE 6.4 – GROUNDWATER VULNERABILITY The land proposed for the project works is shown below together with the Groundwater vulnerability overlay. It can be seen that the project area identified in blue is located adjoining a groundwater vulnerable overlay.

Project Site

The Leeton LEP 2014, defines the following objectives with regard to land identified as “Groundwater vulnerable” on the map: The objectives of this clause are to maintain the hydrological functions of key groundwater systems and to protect vulnerable groundwater resources from depletion and contamination as a result of development. COMMENT An assessment is provided below and does not identify works as being likely to impact on local groundwater aquifers or any dependant ecosystems as a result of the construction or operation.

CLAUSE 6.3 – TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY The land proposed for the project work is shown below together with the Terrestrial Biodiversity overlay. It can be seen that project is not located within the terrestrial biodiversity overlay area however an area is identified adjoining the site.

Project Site

The Leeton LEP 2014, has the following objectives with regard to land identified as “Biodiversity on the Terrestrial Biodiversity Map: (a) protecting native fauna and flora, and (b) protecting the ecological processes necessary for their continued existence, and (c) encouraging the conservation and recovery of native fauna and flora and their habitats. COMMENT A Biodiversity test of significance has been undertaken which identified that through the implementation of mitigation measures that there is unlikely to be an adverse impact to flora, fauna, vegetation and potential habitat and it will not fragment, diminish the biodiversity or habitat on the site.

OTHER PLANNING LAYERS The site proposed for the project works has been reviewed with none of the following “Protection layers” identified: • Acid Sulfate Soils, • Drinking Water Catchment, • Mineral and Resource Land, • Obstacle Limitation Surface, • Salinity, • Scenic Land Protection, and • Environmentally Sensitive Land.

4.4.2. STANDARD INSTRUMENT This project can also be described as an artificial waterbody which does not fall within the Primary Production and Rural Lands SEPP (project is between 15 and 100ML is size). The Standard Instrument has been referred to which identifies the fallowing in relation to Artificial Waterbodies: waterbody (artificial) or artificial waterbody means an artificial body of water, including any constructed waterway, canal, inlet, bay, channel, dam, pond, lake or artificial wetland, but does not include a dry detention basin or other stormwater management construction that is only intended to hold water intermittently. (3) Development consent is required to carry out development for the purpose of an artificial waterbody on land to which this clause applies if— (a) its storage capacity is 15 megalitres or more but less than 100 megalitres, and (b) the development is carried out in an environmentally sensitive area.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 28 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Planning Context (4) Development consent must not be granted under subclause (3) unless the consent authority has considered the following— (a) a statement of environmental effects relating to the proposed development, (b) if a licence, approval or other authority is required for the proposed development under any legislation (for example, the Local Land Services Act 2013, the Water Management Act 2000 or the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997)—details of the authority, (c) if an exemption from a requirement for a licence, approval or other authority for the proposed development applies or will apply—details of the exemption. COMMENT This project falls within this planning instrument as it is for an irrigation storage dam of between 15 and 100ML is size. This document addresses the considerations required for address by the consent authoritiy.

5. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 5.1. CLIMATE, TOPOGRAPHY, SOILS AND GEOLOGY

5.1.1. CLIMATE The climate in the Griffith area can be described as a semi-arid climate under the Koppen climate classification with warm to hot summers and cool winters. Temperature extremes are quite variable across the year and the highest temperature recorded at Griffith was 46.4 degrees on the 16th January 2019. The lowest temperature was -5.9 on the 17th June 1977. The average annual rainfall is 403.4mm.

Table 9 – Table showing climate data (Griffith) Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year Highest High 46.4 45.8 42.0 36.1 28.6 25.0 23.0 30.0 35.0 39.2 43.0 44.0 46.4 Mean High 33.3 32.3 28.9 24.0 19.3 15.4 14.6 16.6 20.0 24.1 28.4 31.0 23.8 Mean Low 17.6 17.6 14.4 10.3 6.9 4.5 3.5 3.9 5.9 9.1 13.1 15.5 10.0 Lowest Low 6.8 6.6 4.2 0.0 -2.0 -4.0 -5.9 -3.3 -2.0 0.4 1.8 4.2 -5.9 Mean 32.8 29.0 35.6 26.6 34.6 36.7 34.3 33.3 34.5 39.6 34.0 32.4 403.4 rainfall Avg rainfall 4.1 3.9 4.1 4.7 6.5 8.2 10.5 8.6 7.7 6.3 5.3 5.0 67.6 days Avg daily 9.6 8.8 6.6 3.9 2.0 1.3 1.3 2.0 3.3 5.2 7.5 9.2 5.1 Evaporation

Figure 15 - Image showing climate data for Griffith (Source: Farmonline)

Monthly Evaporation vs Rainfall 236 210 191 172 160

mm 119 98 78 54 57 35 35 35 36 38 34 29 28 33 3234 33 34 34

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Total Monthly Evaporation Mean Rainfall Month Figure 16 – Evaporation for Coleambally and rainfall for Griffith It can be noted from this graph that over the past 12 months that for all months except June and July that evaporation exceeded rainfall.

5.1.2. GEOLOGY, GEOMORPHOLGY AND BROAD VEGETATION The project site is located within the Riverine plain of South-Eastern Australia and is bordered by the Great Dividing Range in the south and south-east, the Manara and Cocoparra ranges in the north and north-east, and the Mallee in the west - see Figure 17 below. The Riverine Plain is approximately 76,800 km2

Project Site

Figure 17 - The Riverine Plain of South-eastern Australia and its chief physiographic features (Butler 1950, pg 232.)

The Riverine Plain has built up from alluvial and aeolian sediments deposited over the past 65 million years. Bedrock occurs at the land surface around the southern and eastern rim of the plain while sediments are known to be in excess of 300m in depth in the north-west region near the town of Hay, NSW. The geomorphic (surface features) of the Riverine Plain have developed from fluvial (action of streams), lacustrine (action of lakes and wetlands) and aeolian (action of wind) activity. These processes have resulted in the current level of soil formation on the plain. The pattern of soil deposition, stream location and flooding occurrence determines the vegetation pattern across the plain. River Red Gum (E. Camaldulensis) is generally found close to water courses where a one-in-three to one-in-seven- year flood event is received. Black Box (E. lagiflorens) is generally found at further reaches and is a one-in-ten to one-in- thirty-year flood species.

5.1.3. TOPOGRAPHY The topography of the area is flat. There are no Rivers, lakes, waterways, swamps, sand formations or mountains within or adjoining the project area. The height of the area in relation to Australian Height Datum (AHD) 129.70m.A cross section of the project site from north to south including the proposed works in included in Appendix 1. This cross section identified that the natural surface within the existing irrigation area varies in height by 16cm with the fall toward the north.

Figure 18 - Image showing topography of the project site. (Source Six maps)

5.2. SOILS

5.2.1. INTRODUCTION A Geotechnical investigation of the site has been undertaken by Aitken Rowe Geotechnical Engineering. A full copy of this report is located in Appendix 4 of this report. The purpose of this report and investigation is to determine the nature of the subsurface soils and groundwater conditions by augering, testing and sampling across the proposed site. Based upon the information obtained, comments and assessments recommendations for the design and construction of the proposed dam have been made.

5.2.2. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT This report describes the existing environment as consisting of topsoil to 0.15m overlying naturally high, medium to high and medium plasticity clays from 1.8m to 3.0m. These are in turn underlain by low plasticity sand clay or medium to high plasticity clay to the termination depth of 4.0m. Specific borehole logs are included in the geotechnical report.

5.2.3. METHODOLOGY A drilling investigation was undertaken on the 29th November 2019 and 9th and 10th December 2019 and recorded borehole logs of the 24 sites investigated. Copies in appended report. The borehole logs were augered with a trailer mounted drilling rig to depths of 3.0m to 4.0m at the locations on the plan shown in Figure 19. Laboratory testing has also been undertaken including Atterburg Limit, moisture content, Standard Maximum Dry Density (SMDD), permeability and dispersion tests (Emerson Class) on selected samples recovered at various depths. The samples for permeability were compacted at 95% of Standard Maximum Dry Density (SMDD) and at nearest 100% Standard Optimum Moisture Content (SOMC). Copies in appended report.

5.2.4. ASSESSMENT The appended geotechnical report identified that within the following with relation to the project site. The borehole investigation revealed that the subsurface soil profile across the site generally consisted of topsoil to 0.1 to 0.15m overlying natural high, medium to high and medium plasticity clays to 1.8m to 3.0m (borehole termination depth in BH14 to BH18 and BH24) and 4.0m (borehole termination depth in BH, BH2, BH4 to BH6, BH10 and BH11), which in turn is underlain by low plasticity sandy clay (in BH3, BH7 to BH9, BH12, BH13 and BH19 to BH23), extending to the borehole termination depths at 4.0m in BH3, BH7, BH8 and BH9 and 3.0m in BH19 to BH23 and 3.6m in BH12 and 3.8m in BH13 then medium to high plasticity clay, extending to the borehole termination depth at 4.0m in BH12 and BH13. It should be noted that the low plasticity sandy clay as mentioned above was encountered at depths ranging from 3.2 to 4.0m in BH3, 3.4 to 4.0m in BH7, 1.8 to 4.0m in BH8, 2.2 to 4.0m in BH9, 2.3 to 3.6m in BH12, 2.4 to 3.8m in BH13, 2.2 to 3.0m in BH19, 2.3 to 3.0m in BH20 and BH22, 2.0 to 3.0m in BH21 and 2.4 to 3.0m in BH23 (all borehole termination depths except BH12 & BH13). It should also be noted that low plasticity sandy clay was not encountered within the investigated depth of 4.0m in BH1, BH2, BH4 to BH6, BH10 and BH11 and 3.0m BH14 to BH18 and BH24.

Figure 19 - Image showing project site and boreholes investigated The moisture condition of the underlying natural material was generally varied throughout the profiles of the boreholes drilled across the site at the time of the investigation. No groundwater or seepage was encountered during the course of the drilling investigation within the boreholes drilled at the time of the investigation. However, it should be noted that variations to the water table level could fluctuate with changes to the season, temperature and rainfall.

5.2.5. RESULTS The following recommendations have been made and considered relating to the design of the project: • Cut-off trench excavation should be extended at least 500mm into the impervious clay material and the side batters of 1V: 1H (one vertical to one horizontal) may be adopted. • Embankment using above clay material should have a maximum batter of 2.5H: 1V for the upstream (inside batter) and 2.0H: 1V for the downstream (outside batter). • It should be noted that for any embankments higher than 4m, the inside batters as a minimum should be constructed to 1V:3.5 to 4.0H overall or with benches of 1m for every 4.0m high embankment at 1V:2.5H. If the inside batter is to be constructed at 1V:8H batter as shown in the attached plan (Typical Dam Construction Details) then benches would not be required. • A minimum crest width of 3.0m is recommended. • A minimum freeboard of 1.0m is recommended.

The following recommendations have been made for the construction of the project: • Medium, medium to high and high plasticity clay-based material at the bottom and sides of the dam be scarified to a depth of at least 250mm and re-compacted in such a way that it achieves a minimum of 98% of SMDD at -2 to 0% SOMC in every 200mm thick compacted layers, • Topsoil and fill, if any, shall be stripped in the foundation area of the proposed embankments. The stripping depth for the topsoil is noted to be approximately 0.1m across the site (refer to borehole logs). • Proof roll the exposed subgrade to detect any soft, loose or heaving areas. • Any wet, soft or heave areas, if detected, should be excavated down at least 0.5m and backfilled with appropriate approved excavated materials compacted in 150mm thick layers to the minimum equivalent density of 98% of SMDD at a moisture content within the range of –2% to 0% of SOMC. • Any area of exposed subgrade, which exhibits shrinkage cracking and does not require re-compaction, should be watered and rolled until the shrinkage cracks do not reappear. During this undertaking, care should be exercised to ensure the surface does not become soft. • Once the foundation subgrade is prepared, medium, medium to high and high plasticity clay based material encountered on site or imported similar clay material shall be placed in horizontal layers and compacted in 150mm thickness to the equivalent density of 95 to 98% of SMDD at a moisture content within the range of -2% to 0% of SOMC. • The compaction of the inside batter of the embankment extending to the top of the outside batter, should be strictly controlled in such a way that it achieves relative compaction of at least 98% of SMDD. • If the embankment inside batter is to be protected by applying and mixing with hydrated lime or gypsum, then a minimum of 95% of SMDD at OMC between -2% and 0% for the entire embankment may be adopted. • The compaction of outside batter shall be compacted not less than 95% of SMDD at moisture content within the range of -2% to 0% of SOMC. • Low plasticity sandy clay material from the site, if encountered, should be used on the outside batter of the embankment. • A topsoil layer or less reactive, such as sandy silty clay/silty clayey sand material and non-dispersive soil layer of at least 200mm thick should be placed on the inside batter at a minimum of 95% of SMDD or better as appropriate, which also serves to reduce surface erosion and prevent cracking. The crest and outside batter should also be protected with a topsoil layer or less reactive and non-dispersive soil layer. • Care shall be taken in the placement of compacted materials to avoid laminations occurring between compacted layers.

5.2.6. CONCLUSION The recommendations made by experienced Geotechnical engineers for the design of the project works have been followed. The construction equipment proposed to be utilised to complete this project is suitable to follow the recommended construction methods. The contractors engaged to undertake the earthworks is be suitably qualified and experienced in working within the recommendations made by the Geotechnical Engineers.

5.3. WATER

5.3.1. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

5.3.1.1. SURFACE WATER This project is located within the Murrumbidgee catchment area. This area is bordered by the Great Dividing Range to the east, the Lachlan catchment to the north and the Murray Catchment to the south and covers an area of 84,000 km2 with elevations ranging from over 2,200m to the east, to less than 50m on the western plains. The Murrumbidgee River which is a major tributary of the Murray-Darling River system, drains much of southern NSW and most of the ACT and spans almost 1,600kms. The Murrumbidgee is regulated downstream of the Burrinjuck Dam. This site does not adjoin the Murrumbidgee River and this project and surrounding area is supplied from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation Scheme being ultimately supplied from this River system. The site is located within an existing irrigation field which slopes from south to north.

Project Site

Figure 20 - Murrumbidgee Catchment (Source: Water Resources and Management Overview – Murrumbidgee Catchment) Flooding The project is not located within a Floodplain Management Plan area and is not identified as flood prone. No further assessment will be undertaken relating to flooding within the report.

5.3.1.2. GROUNDWATER This site is identified within the groundwater vulnerability overlay of the Leeton LEP. As a result, further investigations have been undertaken on the local groundwater network and their dependent ecosystems. The objectives of clause 6.4 Groundwater Vulnerability are as follows: (a) to maintain the hydrological functions of key groundwater systems, (b) to protect vulnerable groundwater resources from depletion and contamination as a result of development. There are 4 monitoring bores located within the vicinity of the project with their locations shown below. The closest monitoring bore to the site is GW036096 being approx. 400ms to the north east. A search on the NSW DPI-water’s Groundwater map identified the following distances to the monitoring bores:

Table 10 - Ground water bores in the vicinity of the project Bore Distance Direction GW036359.3.3 20.4kms North west GW036396.1.1 0.4kms North east GW036366.2.2 33kms West South west GW036358.33 34kms West North west

Project Site

Figure 21 - Image showing location of Groundwater monitoring bores in the vicinity of project site. (Source: Google earth)

A search of for Groundwater Dependent Ecosystems (GDEs) in the region was conducted using the Atlas of GDEs (published by the Bureau of Meteorology). A copy of this map is provided in the attached Biodiversity Test of Significance. A review of the groundwater bores in the vicinity has been undertaken. This assessment shows the general trends of the water tables in the regions with their historic and current depths. The below graphs show the water table readings for Summer being taken on the 31st March each year and the Winter being taken on the 30th September each year recording the effects of the irrigation season and winter rainfall on the groundwater network in the region.

Summer Peizometer Readings

Year NORTHING 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

19.1 20.4 21.8 23.1 23.8 25.424.8 24.3 24.7 24.8 25.8 26.2 26.7 26.1 25.8 27.8 28 27.1 28.2 29.330.5 29.6 31.1 31.3 31.4 32.3 Depth Depth to Water Table 33.2 33.1 33.1 32.533.3 34.3 35.4 37.7 38.5

GW036358.3.3 GW036396.1.1 GW036359.3.3 GW036366.2.2

Figure 22 (above) - Graph showing summer Ground Water Levels 2010-2018

Winter Peizometer Readings

Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

17.8 17.4 19.6 18.7 20.8 20.4 21.1 21.7 22.522.1 21.8 23.9 23.9 22.8 23.823.922.9 23.4 24.6325.1 24.4 24 25.1 24 24.7

Depth Depth to Water Table 26.6 29.9 30.1 30.3 30.731.5

GW036358.3.3 GW036396.1.1 GW036359.3.3 GW036366.2.2

Figure 23 (above) - Graph showing winter ground water levels 2010-2018

As can be seen from the graphs above, the local ground water levels are generally remaining stable to slightly falling. The regional water tables are reactive to rainfall inflows but do not seem to be greatly influenced by irrigation practices. The current water table levels in the area are approximately 30m below the surface closest to the project site.

Groundwater Dependent Ecosystems A review of the attached GDE’s has also been undertaken. The review of the regional map shows the following: • There a no aquatic GDEs located within or adjoining the site, • There is a Low potential terrestrial GDE located to the north east, east and south east of the site (native vegetation), • There has been no subterranean GDE analysis undertaken within the region of the project site,

• The areas of vegetation in the general area of the project site have been identified as Low potential GDEs (regional study, • There are no GDE’s located under the project site, • The Inflow Dependence Ecosystem (IDE) Likelihood (I.E. the likelihood that a GDE receives water in addition to rainfall) result was that the project site and surrounds were Likely to be an IDE.

Identified in the “EIS for the construction and operation of 12C irrigation storage on Kooba Station” which investigated the site located approximately 13kms to the west of this site, the Aquatic GDE’s (wetland and river) have a low or moderate potential for groundwater interaction and have been characterized as a losing system being one that surface water is lost to groundwater to deep drainage. Consistent with the EIS, it is concluded in relation to this project that it is unlikely that the GDE’s are dependent on groundwater alone and it is likely that the ecosystems in the region are dependent on surface water and that it is probable that the region is a recharge zone for groundwater.

Groundwater Quality As also identified in the EIS, the WaterNSW (previously NSW Office of Water) in 2011 published the Murrumbidgee Catchment Overview shown below in Figure 24. The area in the region of the project shows the groundwater quality as Fresh (0-500 TDS) quality.

PROJECT SITE

Figure 24 - Groundwater Quality in the Murrumbidgee Catchment

5.3.2. ASSESSMENT

5.3.2.1. SURFACE WATER The potential sources of water pollution from activities within the project sites are as follows: • Local soil erosion during rainfall events within the project footprint during construction, • Surface water run-off from excavation areas, and • Surface run-off from rehabilitated areas prior to full stabilization. The site is fully contained within existing an existing irrigation development with roads either already or proposed to surround the entire storage dam. All run-off water within the project site will be directed to within the site or to adjoining irrigation tail water return systems during construction, therefore it is not envisaged that there will not be any local

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 38 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Environmental Assessment sediment laden surface water carried off site. Construction activities are proposed for approx. 2 weeks which will assist with the management of water run off within the construction timeframe.

5.3.2.2. GROUND WATER As shown above, the nearest monitoring bore indicates that groundwater levels in the area exceed are an average of 25m in depth. Project works are not planned to exceed 1.5m in depth. As a result, it is unlikely that the construction activities will impact on the local groundwater network or any groundwater dependant ecosystem.

5.3.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

5.3.3.1. SURFACE WATER To ensure that surface water is managed to mitigate any potential impacts within the site or the surrounding area, a Construction Management Plan has been prepared and attached to this report. This plan will be referred to and implemented prior to and during the construction phase of the project.

5.3.3.2. GROUNDWATER The works are not proposed to intercept local groundwater aquifers with significant separation distances recorded. Works are also not expected to impact on the local groundwater networks or their dependant ecosystems. A Groundwater Management Plan has been prepared for the application for a Work Approval through WaterNSW and to employ management and mitigation measures to monitor the project in relation to the groundwater. A summary of mitigation measures has been provided below. Table 11 – Water quality mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Surface Water Quality Pre-construction/ Erosion and Sediment control measures will be Construction implemented and maintained in accordance with the relevant section of Managing Urban Stormwater: Soil and Construction Volume 1 (Landcom, 2004). Construction Rehabilitation/stabilisation works are to be undertaken as soon as practicable to stabilise disturbed surface areas. Operation Maintain vegetation cover over embankments to prevent potential erosion of topsoil. Contamination of surface and Construction Storage, refuelling and maintenance of plant and groundwater equipment is to be undertaken in an impervious bunded area – preferably prior to site entry. Vehicle wash down is to be undertaken in a designated bunded wash down area prior to site entry. Daily construction plant maintenance checks will be undertaken to ensure that no oil, fuel or other liquids are leaking. Checks are to be undertaken by qualified staff and will be trained in the management of accidental spills. An emergency spill kit will be kept on site with all staff aware of location and use. Surface Water pondage/ Pre-construction Ensure adequate connection of drainage to inadequate drainage adjoining drainage for early construction works. Construction Ensure Erosion and Sediment Controls are suitable for the site are maintained and monitored. Alteration to local groundwater Operation Installation of groundwater monitoring bores where depth and quality recommended and ongoing monitoring for increase in water level. Groundwater Seepage Construction Construction of walls and floors are to be construction according to Soils section above. Contamination Maintenance Operation Ensure that there is a contingency plan in case of failure.

Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Ensure that the floor of the storage maintained to ensure it is sealed. Filling the storage slowly will ensure that the soil particles bond and prevent leakage through the floor.

5.3.4. APPROVALS REQUIRED A summary of the approvals, licences and permits required for the construction and operation of the proposed development is provided below in Authority Relevant Legislation Approval WaterNSW Water Management Act Permit under section 90 – Water Supply Work 2000 Approval

5.3.5. CONCLUSION The site is not located within a Floodplain Management Plan area or identified as subject to flooding. The site is relatively flat with limited impacts likely to occur through overland water flows. Potential impacts to the project area and surrounds with relation to erosion and sedimentation can be controlled with erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with Landcom during the 2 week expected construction timeframe. Groundwater is unlikely to be affected or contaminated as the local water table level is approximately over 23m below the surface in the vicinity of the project site. Mitigation measures identified during the construction and operation of the project will assist with preventing large volumes of seepage from the constructed project and prevent groundwater contamination. A work approval will be obtained from WaterNSW prior to works commencing.

5.4. BIODIVERSITY

5.4.1. METHODOLOGY A review of the project works has been undertaken to assess and identify potential impacts to biodiversity as part of the construction or operation of the project. Specifically, the project works considered potential impacts to threatened species, populations, communities and biosecurity. A full copy of this report is provided in 8.3 - Biodiversity . The assessment methodology included: • Background review including: o Report on Biodiversity Offsets Scheme Threshold, o A test of significance, o Database searches of Bionet, EPBC Protected Matters, NSW Weedwise, NSW DPI – Fisheries, Atlas of Groundwater Dependant Ecosystems, and the SEED Dataportal. o Desktop assessment • Site inspection including: o Presence of mature trees with hollows, fissures and/or other suitable roosting/nesting places, o Presence of hollow logs/debris and areas of dense leaf litter, o The presence of preferred feed tree species, o Condition, flow and water quality of drainage lines and bodies of water, o Plant Community Type and condition, o Presence of fruiting flora species and blossoming flora species, particularly winter flowering species, o Vegetation connectivity and proximity to neighbouring areas of vegetation, o Presence of caves, hollow trees and/or man-made structures suitable as bat roost sites, o Native flora species and vegetation communities present, o Opportunistic fauna sightings, and o Weed species present and their abundance. • Five part test

5.4.2. ASSESSMENT FINDINGS

The attached report reviewed the project sites with relation to the NSW Biodiversity Values mapping and any clearing required as part of the project works. Due to the siting of the project and construction mythology proposed, no clearing of native vegetation is required, and it has been determined that BDAR is not required and the NSW ‘Five part test’ assessment has been applied. The ’Five part test’ has been undertaken following collation of database records, species and community profiles and a ‘likelihood of occurrence’ assessment has been prepared with reference to the broad habitats contained within the area. This was further refined following a site visit and assessment of any possible habitat present. In summary the attached report identified the following: • No native vegetation of any form requires removal as part of the project works and no dead limbs, fallen timber or logs are proposed for removal within the works site. The only species within the site for removal is Schinus molle (Peppercorn tree). • The site is mapped as Non-native vegetation which is not one of the seven Endangered Ecological Communities (EEC) identified in the desktop search. • The Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) identified four flora species with the potential to occur within 10km of the project sites, with 2 species identified within the Bionet search, 1 being an additional species. None of these species were identified at the site inspection and the requirements of the habitat typical of these species was not identified at the site. • Searches identified one amphibian, sixteen birds, three fish, one bat and two mammals with the potential to occur within 10km of the project site. An assessment of these species was undertaken with additional consideration given to those recorded in close proximity. This assessment did not identify any species at risk as a result of the project construction or operation. • The assessment also considered the works in relation to Key Threatening Processes (KTP) listed under the NSW Biodiversity and Fisheries Management Act and the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act with no KTP identified as part of the project works. • Hygiene protocols (for both weeds and pathogens) are proposed at all sites to ensure disturbed areas aren’t colonised by exotic species, preventing potential long-term impacts. A copy of the Five Part Test from the report has been replicated below.

FIVE PART TEST (a) in the case of a threatened species, whether the proposed development or activity is likely to have an adverse effect on the life cycle of the species such that a viable local population of the species is likely to be placed at risk of extinction. The project construction and operation activities do not require the removal of any native flora species. There are no impacts proposed with relation to hollow bearing trees, feed trees, hollows or logs within the subject site with the only standing tree species proposed for removal being the Schinus mole (Peppercorn). Therefore, it is unlikely that the project works will have an adverse effect on the life cycle of any species, placing any species or population at the risk of extinction. (b) in the case of an endangered ecological community (EEC) or critically endangered ecological community, whether the proposed development or activity: (i) is likely to have an adverse effect on the extent of the ecological community such that its local occurrence is likely to be placed at risk of extinction, or (ii) is likely to substantially and adversely modify the composition of the ecological community such that its local occurrence is likely to be placed at risk of extinction. There are five endangered ecological communities that have been identified in the Protected Matters Report and five in the BioNet search - a total of seven different communities. Plant Community Type mapping and a site inspection identified the Plant Community Type as Introduced Non-Native Species – not an EEC. The project does interact with any community listed under the Fisheries Management Act. No activities proposed will have an adverse effect that will place an EEC at the risk of extinction either locally or otherwise nor will it modify the composition of any EEC.

(c) in relation to the habitat of a threatened species or ecological community: (i) the extent to which habitat is likely to be removed or modified as a result of the proposed development or activity, and (ii) whether an area of habitat is likely to become fragmented or isolated from other areas of habitat as a result of the proposed development or activity, and (iii) the importance of the habitat to be removed, modified, fragmented or isolated to the long-term survival of the species or ecological community in the locality. Project works do not propose the removal or modification to any native vegetation including trees dead or alive or the removal of logs, fallen branches or other potential forms of habitat. Therefore, no habitat will be removed, fragmented or isolated as part of the project work to the extent that a threatened species or community’s survival will be affected. (d) whether the proposed development or activity is likely to have an adverse effect on any declared area of outstanding biodiversity value (either directly or indirectly). The project site does not lie within and will not affect a declared area of outstanding biodiversity value. (e) whether the proposed development or activity is or is part of a key threatening process (KTP) or is likely to increase the impact of a key threatening process. Key Threatening Processes from the EPBC, BC or FM Acts are considered as part of this assessment and one KTP has been identified, this being – invasion of native plant communities by exotic perennial grasses” which are proposed to be sown on the site for bank stabilisation. The site is separated from adjoining native vegetation by irrigated farming operations that maintain excellent weed control. As a result, this KTP is unlikely to increase the impact of perennial exotic grasses on native vegetation.

5.4.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION The attached report reviewed the project works in relation to threatened species, populations, communities and biodiversity and has recommended the following mitigation and management measures. Table 12 – Biodiversity mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Vegetation Clearing Pre-construction and No wooded vegetation is to be removed – all compounds, Construction excavations and access tracks are to be located within cleared areas or areas of introduced vegetation. Construction areas are to be stabilised as soon as practicable (progressively where possible). All ‘No-Go’ zones are to be clearly identified and physically delineated. Hollow-bearing tree Pre-construction No native vegetation or hollow-bearing trees are to be removal removed as part of the project works. Weed and pathogen Pre-construction and Machinery must be inspected and cleaned prior to entering management construction and leaving the site to ensure that weed seeds and propagules are not imported or spread to unaffected areas. Impacts on surrounding Construction Measures to prevent and contain spillage of potential Native Vegetation contaminants must be implemented. In the event of a spill or contamination at the site, all works must cease and the spill management procedure implemented immediately.

5.4.4. CONCLUSION A preliminary desktop assessment has been undertaken on the project area and surrounds reviewing database searches for threatened species, populations and communities with the potential to occur within 10kms of the project site. A review of these results to identify their potential requirements was undertaken and a site inspection was completed on the 27th November 2019.

The project works are proposed on existing farmed agricultural land and mapped as Non-native introduced plant community type. No clearing of native vegetation is proposed as part of the project works with the only species proposed for removal being the Schinus Molle (Peppercorn). There is not potential habitat identified within the project area. Assessments to determine the scale of impact to the listed communities concluded that a significant impact was not likely and therefore an Assessment of Significance or Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC) referral is not required. No threatened flora or fauna species are known to be directly impacted by the project construction or operation. The potential impacts of the project to threatened species considered likely to inhabit or utilise the subject site were assessed in accordance with the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act, Fisheries Management Act and Commonwealth EPBC Act as applicable. Mitigation and management measures are provided and are aimed at ensuring that the project works do not impact biodiversity through the spread of weeds and pathogens, and other indirect impacts. With the effective implementation of management and mitigation measures identified in this Biodiversity Test of Significance and Assessment, risk of impacts to biodiversity is considered negligible.

5.5. INDIGENOUS HERITAGE

5.5.1. METHODOLOGY The methodology utilised to assess and identify any potential impacts to Aboriginal heritage was an assessment utilising the Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales (DECCW, 2010). A full copy of this report is provided in 8.6 - Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Due Diligence Assessment. In summary, the assessment methodology included: • Review of the type of works involved with the project, specifically any vegetation or ground disturbance, • Review of the Aboriginal Heritage Information Management System (AHIMS) within the project and broader area, • Research of any information and reports relating to the project area, • Review of the project location in relation to landscape features that have the potential to contain Aboriginal objects, • Visual assessment of the project site to assess: o Level of previous disturbance with relation to project works, o Landscape features in relation to the works area, and o Any recorded sites within the vicinity. This assessment was undertaken by qualified archaeologist Dr. Penny McCardle from McCardle Cultural Heritage who has extensive experience in Aboriginal Cultural Heritage assessments.

5.5.2. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT The project area is located on the north side of the Murrumbidgee River near Darlington Point and part of the Riverina region. Situated on quaternary flood plains of black and red clayey silt, sand and gravels, the Murrumbidgee River is located along the Kooba property southern boundary. PS2 is located 8 kilometres north of the Murrumbidgee River with no evidence of other natural water supplies in the local area. Thus, being away from reliable water, which is necessary for survival, it is unlikely that the project area was suitable for camping by past Aboriginal people. Whilst it is likely that prior to agricultural activities, including man‐made drains throughout the flood plain area, that natural drainage lines may have been present through the Kooba property. However, as their locations are no longer evident, site prediction in terms of proximity to reliable fresh water is not possible beyond using the Murrumbidgee River as a focal point. Following European settlement of the area in the 1820s, the landscape has been subjected to a range of different modificatory activities including extensive clearing, agricultural cultivation (ploughing), fencing and pastoral grazing resulting in a highly disturbed landscape which has also disturbed/destroyed any the cultural materials that may have been present within the project area. The project area is located within an environment that provided very limited to no resources due to its distance from reliable water and associated subsistence and medicinal resources that would have allowed for sustainable occupation of the area. Areas in close proximity to reliable water were preferred for occupation due to the need for water. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the use of the project area for long‐term grazing activities and vehicle access, excavation and tracks can be expected to have had very high impacts upon the archaeological record.

No Native Title claim has been made on the project site area.

5.5.3. ASSESSMENT FINDINGS No archaeological sites or Potential Archaeological Deposits (PADs) were identified during the survey and this is likely due to a number of factors including: • The project areas may have been used for travel and/or hunting and gathering which manifest in the archaeological record as very low‐density artefact scatters and/or isolated finds; and • Past and present land uses would have displaced and/or destroyed any evidence of past Aboriginal land use. In view of the predictive modelling and the results obtained from the effective coverage, it is concluded that the survey provides a valid basis for determining the probable impacts of the proposal and formulating recommendations for the project. The survey results demonstrate the absence of Aboriginal objects within the project areas. Considering general models of occupation for the locality, the results of this and local investigations, the locality may have been utilised by Aboriginal people. However, due to its considerable distance form reliable fresh water and associated resources, it is possible that the project area may have been used for travel and hunting/gathering by small numbers of people. This project area is unlikely to have been utilised more than a low intensity usage such as transitory movement or hunting/gathering activities.

5.5.4. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Table 13 – Indigenous heritage mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Timing Responsibility Safeguard Impact In the event that a potential Aboriginal object is encountered during project activities the following steps should be undertaken. 1. All ground surface disturbance in the area of the find(s) and the fill Unexpected Construction Contractor zone for earthworks will cease immediately following the discovery finds or potential discovery of a find and a. The discoverer of the find(s) will notify machinery operators in the immediate vicinity of the find(s) so that work can be halted and ensure that there is no further harm to the object, b. The discoverer of the find(s) will secure the area and prevent equipment or personnel from entering the area except in accordance with this protocol, and c. The site supervisor/project manager will be informed of the find(s). 2. If finds are suspected to be human skeletal remains, then NSW Police and the BCD will be contacted as a matter of priority and the procedure for Unexpected Discovery of Possible Human Skeletal Remains should be followed. 3. A Heritage specialist will be engaged to assess the Aboriginal place or object encountered, a Representative from any Registered Aboriginal Party and Local Aboriginal Land Council for the project may also be engaged to assess the cultural significance of the place or object as part of the obligations of the AHIP assessment process, 4. Where appropriate, any project approvals will be reviewed to assess consistency with any approvals to impact Aboriginal heritage within the project area. If the Aboriginal heritage places or objects are found to be covered under the existing approvals (AHIP) to impact Aboriginal heritage within the project area, works may continue to be conducted in accordance with mitigation measures and approval requirements. Where there are no project approvals in place for Impacts to Aboriginal Heritage, the following process must be followed: a. Immediately notify the following authorities or personnel of the Unexpected Construction Contractor discovery if not already done so: finds i. Department of Planning Industry and Environments Biodiversity and Conservation Division (Environment Line: 131 555); and

Potential Timing Responsibility Safeguard Impact ii. Relevant Aboriginal Community Representatives, including the Local Aboriginal Land Council. b. Facilitate, in co-operation by an appropriately qualified person with the appropriate authorities and relevant Aboriginal community representatives: i. The recording and assessment of the finds; ii. Fulfilling any legal constraints arising from the find(s). This will include complying with DPIE BCD directions; and iii. The development and conduct of appropriate management strategies. Strategies will depend on consultation with stakeholders, the assessment of the significance of the find(s) and the relevant permits. 5. Re-commencement of ground disturbing works may only resume in the area of the find(s) following compliance with any consequential legal requirements and gaining written approval from DPIE’s BCD.

5.5.5. CONCLUSION Proximity to water was an important factor in past occupation of the area, with sites reducing in number significantly away from water with most sites located within 50 metres of the tributaries. The project area, located over eight kilometres for the Murrumbidgee River, would not have provided for suitable camping but rather may have been used for hunting and gathering and or travel whereby a background of discarded artefacts may have been present. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the historical clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural land uses has significantly impacted on the project area and any cultural materials that may have been present. If any Aboriginal object is discovered and/or harmed in, or under the land, while undertaking the proposed project works, the project manager/project co-ordinator/owner must: • Not further harm the object, • Immediately cease all work at the particular location, • Secure the area so as to avoid further harm to the Aboriginal object, • Notify the Department of Planning, Industry and Environment as soon as practical on 131555, providing any details of the Aboriginal object and its location • Not recommence any work at the particular location unless authorised in writing by the Department of Planning, Industry and Environment

In the event that skeletal remains are unexpectedly encountered during the activity, work must stop immediately, the area secured to prevent unauthorised access and NSW Police and the Department of Planning, Industry and Environment contacted.

5.6. NON-INDIGENOUS HERITAGE

5.6.1. METHODOLOGY Database searches have been undertaken of the following available information with searches completed by 1st October, 2019. • National Heritage List (Commonwealth of Australia, 2019), • Commonwealth Heritage List (Australian Government Dept. of Environment and Energy, 2019), • NSW State Heritage Register (Heritage, 2019), • State Heritage Inventory (Heritage, 2019), • Leeton LEP 2014 (New South Wales Government, 2019), A copy of these searches has been included in Section 8.6 - Non-Indigenous Searches.

5.6.2. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

A search undertaken of the World, Commonwealth National and State Heritage registers has been undertaken with no items identified at or within the vicinity of the project sites. Searches undertaken of the Leeton LEP 2011 identifies a number of listed heritage items within the local area, however the project site is not located within the close vicinity of these sites and there is no perceived impact to the heritage significance of any identified item as a result of the proposed works. Of particular note is the Kooba homestead which is located on this property however is located over 12kms from the site. The historic township of Whitton is also located to the north of the project site however is separated by an irrigation canal, substantial stands of vegetation and the Darlington Point-Whitton Rd.

5.6.3. ASSESSMENT FINDINGS No items have been identified within or adjoining the project site. Based on the separation distances between the listed items identified above and the project site, impacts to non-indigenous heritage items are unlikely.

5.6.4. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Table 14 – Non-indigenous heritage mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Impact Timing Responsibility Safeguard Construction Contractor Staff working on site during construction will be Unexpected finds instructed to stop work immediately on identification of any suspected heritage artefact. Construction Contractor If any unexpected archaeological remains are discovered during construction, work will stop immediately in the vicinity of the material/find and specialist advice from a suitably qualified heritage consultant will be sought.

5.6.5. CONCLUSION The project works are not proposed within or adjoining any listed World, National or State listed heritage item. Searches of locally listed items in NSW have not identified any item in the vicinity. There is a significant separation distance between listed heritage areas and items and the project site and impacts to these areas are unlikely due to this separation. Mitigation measures have been provided to manage impacts to items should an unexpected find occur.

5.7. AIR QUALITY

5.7.1. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT The project site is situated in a rural region where the existing air quality is regarded as generally good. Air quality does vary seasonally due to the dry nature of the area and surrounding agricultural land use. Emissions from vehicles and dwellings would be considered to be low due to the density of housing and industry within the broader region. As shown below and described above, the prevailing winds in the project region are from the north and east 11% of the time and the west, southwest and south 40% of the time. The strongest winds are from the south west and west. (BOM, 2019).

Dust generation or particulate matter is the main air quality issue relevant to the project particularly the construction activities. Particulate matter refers to a category of airborne particulates, typically less than 30 microns (µm) in diameter and ranging down to 0.1µm. This type of dust is termed Total Suspended Particulates (TSP). Emissions of particulate matter less than 10µm (termed as PM₁₀ and PM₂.₅ in the following subsections) are considered to be an important influence on human health as it has the ability to penetrate the respiratory system and can cause cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, pulmonary and heart diseases as well as reduced lung capacity. Particles that are too large to remain in suspension in the air are referred to as ‘deposited dust’ and are typically greater than 35µm in diameter. Even these particles lack the ability to cause significant harm to human health, they can contribute to reductions in amenity and therefore are considered as part of this section. A review of the National Pollutant Inventory (DEE, 2017) identified the Griffith Airport as the only location within a 50km radius of the site that is currently reporting on emissions (41kg of volatile organic compounds). As the development site is situated in a rural area with no major sources of air pollution, the local air quality is likely to be good and concentrations of pollutants are unlikely to exceed air quality criteria.

5.7.2. ASSESSMENT A wide range of activities can generate dust, and these are usually visible and readily identifiable. The potential sources of airborne particulates from the site has been assessed as being limited to: • Dust lift off from exposed earthen areas, open areas or rehabilitated surfaces, • Dust lift off from stockpiles, and • Dust lift off from access tracks and haul roads resulting from light vehicle and heavy earthmoving traffic. The majority of any airborne particulates from the project site is likely to be visible dust. Proposed activities that have the potential to generate particulate matter include the following: • Construction activities (scrapers, graders), • Vehicle movements on unsealed roads, • Rehabilitation activities, and • Wind erosion from: o Exposed earthworks, and o Exposed rehabilitation areas. 5.7.2.1. POTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION IMPACTS

Impact on Amenity In dry, windy conditions particulates can be lifted from open or disturbed areas resulting in visible dust emissions. Most airborne particulates that originate from these sources are larger than PM10 and are associated with nuisance rather than public health problems. The larger particles tend to settle back to the ground within a short range (<300m) from the source. Dust emissions of this type can cause reduced amenity of an area and reduce visibility for road traffic, potentially creating unsafe driving conditions. It is unlikely that there will be an amenity impact during these project works based on its isolation from receptors and the short construction period. Water carts are proposed to be in operation at all times during construction.

Impact on Vegetation Dust may have physical effects on plants such as: blockage and damage to stomata, shading, abrasion of leaf surface or cuticle, and cumulative effects, e.g. drought stress on already stressed species (NSW Minerals Council 2000). There are no dust deposition guidelines relating to health or condition rating of plant species. The effect of soil erosion can render an area incapable of promoting vegetation growth, which affects rehabilitation programs. It is unlikely that vegetation will be impacted by construction activities based on the limited amount of standing vegetation within the vicinity.

Vehicle Emissions The operation of construction plant and equipment will result in additional exhaust emissions in the area. The number of vehicles, plant and equipment to be used as part of the construction phase is considered to be low and would not substantially increase emissions. Mitigation measures described below will be implemented to mitigate potential impacts from vehicle emissions.

Sensitive Receptors in the vicinity of the Project There are no residences within 1km of the project site. The township of Whitton is location to the north east of the project area however there is an irrigation channel and a significant vegetation area located in the dividing area. The nearest public road is the Darlington Point – Whitton Rd over 200m to the east of the site and the nearest house is located over 2kms to the south-east of the site. Based on these separation distances and short construction timeframe it is highly unlikely that residences will be influenced. Mitigation measures have been recommended in relation to the Darlington Point – Whitton Rd.

POTENTIAL OPERATION IMPACTS

Dust Dust may be generated through mobilization of soil from the floor of the storage dams during high wind events when the storage is empty. These wind events are more likely to occur during and following the months when the storage is in use and will still contain some level of moisture. These events will be short-lived, and minor given the small area involved. It is unlikely that there will be an impact on receptors based on the project’s isolation from receptors.

Pump Station Emissions The pump station will be an electric connection and as a result, the emissions will only relate to the emissions from the creation of electricity required to operate the pumps. The pump station is a new pump station and is designed for maximum efficiency.

5.7.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Mitigation and monitoring measures relating to the project construction and operation will be implemented to minimise potential dust and air quality impacts. These are shown in the table below. Table 15 – Air quality mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard General air quality Pre-construction Inductions for all employees will include information on: impacts • Location of project receptors, • Potential sources of dust, • Monitoring of dust during construction activities, • Mitigation measures for managing dust, and • Speed limits onsite and staying on designated roads. Dust emissions Construction Monitor wind and weather forecasts (Bureau of Meteorology) and activities with the potential to lift dust are to be postponed during excessively windy conditions. (1) Minimise open areas exposed to wind erosion as much as practical and carrying out stabilisation works where necessary. Operate at least one dedicated water cart during dry, windy conditions and during the summer months, across the site to apply water to unsealed operational areas (i.e. roads and loading areas) where required. Apply clay fines(2) or oversize material to all non-active stockpiles prone to wind erosion, within four weeks of disturbance (depositing or moving) during the summer months. Conduct topsoil stripping only during suitable wind and weather conditions, so as to minimise the generation dust. Topsoil stripping will be conducted in areas proposed for construction no more than two months before construction commences, wherever practical. After re-establishment of the soil profile (post construction), vegetative cover will be established as soon as possible, as part of the progressive rehabilitation program. All traffic must adhere to local and site speed limits and designated access areas.

Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Exhaust emissions Construction Construction plant and equipment must be maintained in good working, serviced order. All plant and equipment must be of adequate size to undertake work proposed. Impact on sensitive Construction Wind direction and speed to be monitored during dusty receptors operations. All works to stop if any adjoining receptor are impacted by uncontrolled dust emissions. (1) Shut down periods during excessively windy conditions will be determined following a risk assessment of impact to various sensitive receivers, including motorists on adjacent public roads and employees. (2) Clay fines are effective dust suppressants, in place of chemically manufactured additives.

5.7.4. CONCLUSION Odour emissions generated from the proposed water storage dam are not expected to impact air quality because of the type of project (not effluent storage). Other issues relating to air quality such as dust and minor vehicle emissions are not expected to create significant air quality impacts to the local area, however contractors employed to undertake works will be aware of dust mitigation measures prior to works commencing. It is a requirement to achieve the required project compaction rates that water is applied during construction. This will further mitigate any dust lift from the project footprint. Contractors undertaking works on site will be aware of dust mitigation measures prior to works commencing and will monitor activities for dust.

5.8. NOISE

5.8.1. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT The project site is located in the rural locality of the Riverina and as such is subject to noise emissions associated with agricultural farming activities. These activities include livestock cattle grazing and machinery associated with cropping and irrigation. The site is also within the vicinity of the Darlington Point – Whitton road. Heavy machinery is common in this environment at all hours of the day.

5.8.2. ASSESSMENT

5.8.2.1. POTENTIAL SOURCES OF NOISE AND VIBRATION A wide range of activities and equipment have the potential to generate noise, all of which are readily identifiable. These potential sources of noise are: • Heavy construction machinery, • Vehicles delivering materials including unloading, and • Operation of hand tools. The majority of noise from the construction activities at the project site is likely to be from heavy machinery. Machinery proposed to undertake construction activities that has the potential to generate noise include the following: • Scrapers (3), • Grader (1), • Sheepsfoot Roller (1), • Water Truck (1), • Excavator (1), and • Telehandler or Front-end loader. There is no construction machinery proposed that will cause vibration impacts EG pile driving however heavy machinery will access the site along unsealed roads. No blasting or heavy ground impact activities are required as part of the project works.

5.8.2.2. POTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION IMPACTS The construction machinery proposed for earthworks within this project area have been undertaking works on this property for a long period of time. Construction activities relating to the major earthworks for this project are expected to be completed in a very short time frame – being 2 weeks pending weather.

Other noise generating activities such as the use of a front-end loader, angle grinders and small generators will operate with similar noise emissions to general farming equipment to complete construction activities relating to the pump and pipework. Based on the distance of the project works (greater than 50m from buildings) from sensitive receptors, minor sources of vibration from project construction activities (heavy vehicle movement) are unlikely to create an issue to adjoining land users or receptors. Most activities proposed will produce similar noise emissions to those in general farming activities. Project activities proposed are in line with the NSW Interim Construction Noise Guideline (ICNG) (DECC, 2009) and the environmental Guidelines for Major Construction Sites (EPA, 1996), and will undertake works in the following working hours. Table 16 – Proposed construction work times Period Working Hours Weekday (Mon-Fri) 7AM – 6PM Saturdays 8AM to 1PM Sundays and Public Holidays No Work

5.8.2.3. POTENTIAL OPERATION IMPACTS The operation of the project requires pumping infrastructure to be utilized part of the time. The pump operating times relate to the supply of irrigation water and crop growth - generally be between the months of August to May each year. The design of the pump system and irrigation supply flow rates has taken into consideration the operating duty to ensure that they will not operate at maximum capacity. This pump station is proposed as all electric which operate with minimal noise. The pump station will be enclosed within a shed which will assist with the mitigation of the minimal noise made during the operation of the pump. Note: Pump station shed will be submitted as a separate application.

5.8.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Based on the vicinity of receptors, potential noise impacts can be managed by implementing the following mitigation measures during construction of the proposed project: Construction Activities will only occur within the recommended standard hours being: Monday to Friday – 7am to 6pm Saturdays 8am to 1pm No work on Sundays or Public Holidays Mitigation and monitoring measures relating to the project construction and operation will be implemented to minimise potential noise impacts. These are shown in the table below. Table 17 – Noise mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard General Noise Construction Ensure that all machinery is regularly serviced and has appropriate noise abatement devices. All equipment selected for use on site will be regularly monitored to minimise noise emissions with any excessively noisy equipment stood down until issue rectified. Machines where practical will not operate at full power and will be switched off when left for long periods of time. Construction will only be undertaken during the acceptable time frames. Operation Ensure that all traffic utilises the existing well formed entrances to the property. No additional unauthorised access is permitted as part of the project works.

5.8.4. CONCLUSION Noise generated by construction and operational activities will be short in nature. The project site offers several advantages in terms of potential noise impacts, including being removed from any urban areas, low density of surrounding residences and separation distances.

The construction activities generating potential noise impacts will be temporary in nature and predicted noise levels from these activities are consistent with normal farming operation noises commonly heard in the area. Operating timeframes for construction activities have been recommended and all activities will be undertaken within these times. The irrigation pump operating noise is also consistent with existing agricultural activities of the surrounding area and the noise generated from the proposed project operation is not expected to create a significant impact on the surrounding environment.

5.9. TRAFFIC AND ACCESS

5.9.1. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT The irrigation property will continue to be accessed from the existing entry point on the Darlington Point-Whitton Road near the Kooba station entrance. Internal access tracks will be utilised for access to the project site. An overview of the project site in relation to the local road networks is shown below.

Project Site

Property Access

Figure 25 - Overview plan showing existing roads in relation to project sites (Source: Google maps)

5.9.2. ASSESSMENT

CONSTRUCTION Construction equipment that is already being utilised within the property will be transferred utilising internal access roads to the project site and will remain on site until all construction operations relating to the equipment are complete. The project works will be short in nature and will require no additional volume to the local road network. As a result, no significant traffic volume assessment has been undertaken as part of the Statement of Environmental Effects. The project works do not relate to any local or state-owned infrastructure and no earth is required to by removed or imported into the site. No additional property access points are required as a result of project works.

OPERATION During ongoing operation of the project, it is estimated that there will be no additional extra light vehicle movements as the access to this site will replace previous access and monitoring of the channel supply system. The pump station will

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 51 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Environmental Assessment incorporate a remote monitoring and operation system to prevent any requirement for daily operation access in the future.

5.9.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Mitigation and monitoring measures relating to the project construction will be implemented to minimise impacts to traffic. These are shown in the table below. Table 18 – Traffic mitigation measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Impacts to road traffic Construction All construction traffic is to utilise the existing well-formed network entrance to the property. No additional unauthorised access is permitted as part of the project works.

5.9.4. CONCLUSION Overall, the traffic volumes associated with the construction and operation of the irrigation pumps are not considered significant with traffic movements already occurring for works within the property. Project works will be completed in a short timeframe and there no alterations required to any road network. No earth is required to be imported or exported from site as part of the project works.

5.10. WASTE

5.10.1. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT Waste generation activities from the project works are expected to include packaging materials from construction activities e.g. off-cuts, timber bracing etc. No earth is proposed to be removed from the site and no chemicals are proposed to be utilised within the construction or operation of the projects other than general fuel, lubricant and oils for the operation of the pumps where required.

5.10.2. ASSESSMENT Uncontained and poorly managed waste has the potential to disperse into the surrounding environment potentially causing harm to flora, fauna and visual impacts. Waste products and containers may also contribute and/or transport contaminants that may degrade the local water quality. The strategy of waste and litter management at the project site for both construction and operation is as follows: • To minimize waste production, • To identify waste types and quantities on site, • To provide a dedicated area for all waste management on or close to each project site, • To maximise the beneficial use of production waste material for site construction and rehabilitation activities, • To identify potential re-use or recycling opportunities and ensure appropriate handling and collection procedures are in place, • To investigate methods to minimise waste generated by the project and implement reasonable and feasible measures to minimise waste, • To ensure the disposal of wastes conforms to applicable guidelines or licences, • To ensure areas where fuels, oils or other potential contaminants are stored are appropriately bunded, and • To ensure any sewage disposal does not degrade the wastewater utilisation area.

5.10.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Mitigation and monitoring measures relating to the project construction and operation will be implemented to minimise potential impacts from waste. These are shown in the table below. Table 19 – Waste mitigation and monitoring measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Contamination Construction Construction staff are to be made aware of waste management procedures. Wastes are to be assessed and treated as per the Waste hierarchy identified below. Construction/Operation Waste areas will be clearly identified with clear instructions on the waste separation information.

Potential Impact Timing Safeguard No long term storage of waste material is to occur on site. Waste areas on sites are to be clearly identified as waste storage areas with all contractors aware of recycle and waste separation practices. Waste is to be disposed of by appropriate measures (Ie not buried on site). Waste minimisation strategies are to be employed and recycling undertaken where possible. Disturbance of visual Construction All works are to be confined within the project construction amenity footprint. All waste, vehicles, plant and equipment are to be stored in identified laydown areas and will be removed from the site at project completion.

The Waste hierarchy (shown below) provides guidance on the order of preference of approaches to achieve efficient waste management and resource use.

5.10.4. CONCLUSION The impacts of waste generation from construction works are likely to be minor. Waste will be generated as part of the project works in the form of general construction wastes and disposables. All contractors undertaking work on site will be required to ensure any waste derived on the project site during construction will be suitably removed and managed in accordance with the NSW waste hierarchy.

5.11. VISUAL AMENITY

5.11.1. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT The existing environment within the broader area of the site includes surrounding agricultural land which comprises of cleared land, scattered paddock trees and small areas of remnant vegetation many in a state of decline. Structures associated with intensive irrigation developments such as irrigation supply pumps, sheds, channels and water storage dams are common in the rural environment in this area. The project site works are located within private property. Key public viewpoints to the project area from the Darlington Point – Whitton Rd being over 200m from the site and separated by the Whitton Branch Canal and some stands of Native Vegetation.

5.11.2. ASSESSMENT It is noted at the outset that the value placed upon visual amenity and the impacts upon surrounding visual amenity varies from person to person and from location to location. As a result, a visual amenity assessment is, by its nature, highly subjective. Emphasis has therefore been placed on providing a description of the existing visual amenity surrounding the project site and the measures that would be taken by the contractors and owners to minimise potential visual amenity-related impacts on surrounding users and residents. The viewpoint of the project site from the Darlington Point-Whitton Rd is confined to glimpses from vehicles travelling at up to 100kms an hour. There are very few opportunities within the vicinity of the project site that are safe for vehicles to stop and no public parking or picnic points in the area.

The form of the proposed storage dam is one that is quite unobtrusive to the local landscape. The embankments of the dam will be revegetated as part of the ongoing protection of the walls. Due to this the outer walls will blend into the natural landscape. Any permanent infrastructure will also be of natural colours complementary to the surrounding environment.

5.11.3. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION Mitigation and monitoring measures relating to the project construction and operation will be implemented to minimise potential visual impacts. These are shown in the table below. Table 20 – Visual impact mitigation measures Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Disturbance of visual Construction All works are to be confined within the project construction amenity footprint. All waste, vehicles, plant and equipment are to be stored in identified laydown areas and will be removed from the site at project completion. Existing vegetation will be utilised (and remain undisturbed where required) to provide screening for any machinery storage. Operation The project site must be maintained in a clean and tidy condition at all times. The pump station shed walls must be maintained in natural colours and not painted in colours uncomplimentary to the natural environment.

5.11.4. CONCLUSION The public viewpoints of the project site are limited to glimpses from vehicles travelling on the Darlington Point-Whitton Road – behind the main irrigation canal. There are no public picnic or dedicated stop areas within the vicinity of the area. the form of the completed storage dam will visually blend into the landscape with banks vegetated with shallow rooted grass species to assist with the protection of the outer embankments. The pump station shed will be finished in colours complementary to the natural environment.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 54 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Conclusion 6. CONCLUSION The following provides a justification of the project and a summary of the conclusions drawn throughout this report.

JUSTIFICATION

The works relating to this project are being proposed by a company with a long history of irrigated agriculture within the region. Works have been undertaken over many years on the property which demonstrates a commitment to irrigated agriculture and sustainable farming practices. Significant upgrades are also being undertaken in line with this proposal. Works proposed as part of this application have taken into account all environmental aspects with project infrastructure and installation methodology proposed to minimise impacts to heritage, waterways and the environment, mostly at significant additional construction and operation cost to the owner. No native vegetation is proposed for removal and no impacts to threatened species, populations or communities has been identified. The approval of the project works, and operation will provide a long term benefit to the community through the increased sustainability of these related farming business and the continued operation of a business employing a large number of people from the local community.

CONSULTATION

Consultation with required referral authorities has been undertaken with additional permits required in conjunction with this approval. This application and report have been prepared considering the relevant supporting documents for both the Development Application/Planning Permit and the additional applications through the relevant authorities.

STATUTORY

A review of the project works has been undertaken with relation to Commonwealth, State, Regional and Local planning in NSW. The assessment and related reports have been prepared to address the identified requirements and any matters of concern raised throughout the consultation process. The project meets the requirements of the RU1 Zone – Primary Production of the Leeton Local Environment Plan 2014.

SOILS

The recommendations made by experienced Geotechnical engineers for the design of the project works have been followed. The construction equipment proposed to be utilised to complete this project is suitable to follow the recommended construction methods. The contractors engaged to undertake the earthworks is be suitably qualified and experienced in working within the recommendations made by the Geotechnical Engineers.

WATER

The site is not located within a Floodplain Management Plan area or identified as subject to flooding. The site is relatively flat with limited impacts likely to occur through overland water flows. Potential impacts to the project area and surrounds with relation to erosion and sedimentation can be controlled with erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with Landcom during the 2 week expected construction timeframe. Groundwater is unlikely to be affected or contaminated as the local water table level is approximately over 23m below the surface in the vicinity of the project site. Mitigation measures identified during the construction and operation of the project will assist with preventing large volumes of seepage from the constructed project and prevent groundwater contamination. A work approval will be obtained from WaterNSW prior to works commencing.

BIODIVERSITY

A preliminary desktop assessment has been undertaken on the project area and surrounds reviewing database searches for threatened species, populations and communities with the potential to occur within 10kms of the project site. A review of these results to identify their potential requirements was undertaken and a site inspection was completed on the 27th November 2019.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 55 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Conclusion The project works are proposed on existing farmed agricultural land and mapped as Non-native introduced plant community type. No clearing of native vegetation is proposed as part of the project works with the only species proposed for removal being the Schinus Molle (Peppercorn). There is not potential habitat identified within the project area. Assessments to determine the scale of impact to the listed communities concluded that a significant impact was not likely and therefore an Assessment of Significance or Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC) referral is not required. No threatened flora or fauna species are known to be directly impacted by the project construction or operation. The potential impacts of the project to threatened species considered likely to inhabit or utilise the subject site were assessed in accordance with the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act, Fisheries Management Act and Commonwealth EPBC Act as applicable. Mitigation and management measures are provided and are aimed at ensuring that the project works do not impact biodiversity through the spread of weeds and pathogens, and other indirect impacts. With the effective implementation of management and mitigation measures identified in this Biodiversity Test of Significance and Assessment, risk of impacts to biodiversity is considered negligible.

INDIGENOUS HERITAGE

Proximity to water was an important factor in past occupation of the area, with sites reducing in number significantly away from water with most sites located within 50 metres of the tributaries. The project area, located over eight kilometres for the Murrumbidgee River, would not have provided for suitable camping but rather may have been used for hunting and gathering and or travel whereby a background of discarded artefacts may have been present. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the historical clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural land uses has significantly impacted on the project area and any cultural materials that may have been present. If any Aboriginal object is discovered and/or harmed in, or under the land, while undertaking the proposed project works, the project manager/project co-ordinator/owner must: • Not further harm the object, • Immediately cease all work at the particular location, • Secure the area so as to avoid further harm to the Aboriginal object, • Notify the Department of Planning, Industry and Environment as soon as practical on 131555, providing any details of the Aboriginal object and its location • Not recommence any work at the particular location unless authorised in writing by the Department of Planning, Industry and Environment

NON-INDIGENOUS HERITAGE

The project works are not proposed within or adjoining any listed World, National or State listed heritage item. Searches of locally listed items in NSW have not identified any item in the vicinity. There is a significant separation distance between listed heritage areas and items and the project site and impacts to these areas are unlikely due to this separation. Mitigation measures have been provided to manage impacts to items should an unexpected find occur.

AIR QUALITY

Odour emissions generated from the proposed water storage dam are not expected to impact air quality because of the type of project (not effluent storage). Other issues relating to air quality such as dust and minor vehicle emissions are not expected to create significant air quality impacts to the local area, however contractors employed to undertake works will be aware of dust mitigation measures prior to works commencing. It is a requirement to achieve the required project compaction rates that water is applied during construction. This will further mitigate any dust lift from the project footprint. Contractors undertaking works on site will be aware of dust mitigation measures prior to works commencing and will monitor activities for dust.

NOISE

Noise generated by construction and operational activities will be short in nature. The project site offers several advantages in terms of potential noise impacts, including being removed from any urban areas, low density of surrounding residences and separation distances. The construction activities generating potential noise impacts will be temporary in nature and predicted noise levels from these activities are consistent with normal farming operation noises commonly heard in the area. Operating timeframes for construction activities have been recommended and all activities will be undertaken within these times. The irrigation pump operating noise is also consistent with existing agricultural activities of the surrounding area and the noise generated from the proposed project operation is not expected to create a significant impact on the surrounding environment.

TRAFFIC AND ACCESS

Overall, the traffic volumes associated with the construction and operation of the irrigation pumps are not considered significant with traffic movements already occurring for works within the property. Project works will be completed in a short timeframe and there no alterations required to any road network. No earth is required to be imported or exported from site as part of the project works.

WASTE

The impacts of waste generation from construction works are likely to be minor. Waste will be generated as part of the project works in the form of general construction wastes and disposables. All contractors undertaking work on site will be required to ensure any waste derived on the project site during construction will be suitably removed and managed in accordance with the NSW waste hierarchy.

VISUAL

The public viewpoints of the project site are limited to glimpses from vehicles travelling on the Darlington Point-Whitton Road – behind the main irrigation canal. There are no public picnic or dedicated stop areas within the vicinity of the area. the form of the completed storage dam will visually blend into the landscape with banks vegetated with shallow rooted grass species to assist with the protection of the outer embankments. The pump station shed will be finished in colours complementary to the natural environment.

SUMMARY

This Statement of Environmental Effects (SEE) has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, and the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 requiring an environmental assessment of the project to be undertaken. This report also meets the requirements of the application to amend the existing WaterNSW Work Approval and provided relative information. This report documents the potential environmental impacts of the project and recommends management and mitigation measures to protect the environment where required. It can be concluded that by adopting the safeguards identified in this assessment that it is unlikely that there would be a significant adverse environmental impact and works should proceed with caution.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 57 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved References 7. REFERENCES Australian Government Dept. of Environment and Energy. (2019). National Pollutant Inventory. Retrieved from http://www.npi.gov.au/npidata/action/load/map-search BOM. (2019). Bureau of Meteorology. Retrieved from BOM: http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/data- services/education.shtml Bowler, J. a. (1963). Geomorphic sequance of the Riverine Plain near Echuca. Australian Journal of Science 26, 88. Brown, C. &. (1991). Geology of the Murray Basin South-eastern Australia. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Commonwealth of Australia. (2019). Australian Heritage Database. Retrieved from Department of the Environment and Energy: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/ahdb/search.pl DECC, N. (2009). Interim Construction Noise Guideline. DECCW. (2010). Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in NSW. Sydney: Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water. DPI, N. (2017). NSW Murray Alluvium Water Resource Plan (GW8), Status and Issues Paper. Sydney: NSW DPI. Eco Logical Australia. (2008). Editing Mitchell Landscapes, Final Report. A report prepared for the Department of Environment and Climate Change. Environment Protection Authority. (2017). Noise Policy for Industry. Sydney. EPA. (1996). Environmental Guidelines for Major Construction Sites. Melbourne: Environment Protection Authority. Government, V. (2019, December 16). Victorian Heritage Database. Retrieved from Heritage Council Victoria: https://vhd.heritagecouncil.vic.gov.au/places/68021 Heritage, S. o. (2019). Search for NSW Heritage. Retrieved from NSW Department of Planning Industry and Environment: https://www.environment.nsw.gov.au/heritageapp/heritagesearch.aspx Instruments, Federal Register of Legislative. (2016). National Environment Protection (Ambient Air Quality) Measure. Kuginis L. Dabovic, J. B. (2016). Methods for the identification of high probability groundwater dependant vegetation ecosystems. Sydney: DPI Water. New South Wales Government. (2019). Murray Local Environmental Plan 2011. Retrieved from NSW Legislation: https://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/#/view/EPI/2011/682 (2000). NSW Industrial Noise Policy. NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service. (2003). The Bioregions of New South Wales their biodiversity, conservation and history. Hurstville: Fast Proof Press. NSW RMS. (2018, April 9). Traffic Volume Viewer. Retrieved from NSW Roads and Maritime Services: https://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/about/corporate-publications/statistics/traffic-volumes/aadt- map/index.html#/?z=6 Williams, R. D. (1992). Deniliquin Hydrogeological Map (1:250,000 Scale). Canberra: Australian Geological Survey Organisation. Zenith Town Planning. (2018). Murray River Local Profile. Mathoura: Murray River Council.

8.2. PROPERTY PLANNING REPORT

WHITTON DARLINGTON POINT ROAD WHITTON 2705

Property Details

Address: WHITTON DARLINGTON POINT ROAD WHITTON 2705 Lot/Section 1/-/DP751693 1/-/DP785724 10/-/DP751693 /Plan No: 13/-/DP1096404 14/-/DP1096404 15/-/DP1096404 18/-/DP751693 19/-/DP751693 2/-/DP751693 2/-/DP785724 20/-/DP751693 21/-/DP751693 25/-/DP751693 3/-/DP1241110 3/-/DP702231 3/-/DP751693 3/-/DP785724 34/-/DP751693 35/-/DP751693 35/-/DP751721 36/-/DP751693 37/-/DP751693 38/-/DP751693 39/-/DP751693 4/-/DP1241110 4/-/DP751693 4/-/DP785724 40/-/DP751693 45/-/DP751693 46/-/DP751693 47/-/DP751693 48/-/DP751693 49/-/DP751693 5/-/DP751693 50/-/DP751693 51/-/DP751693 52/-/DP751693 53/-/DP751708 57/-/DP751693 58/-/DP751693 59/-/DP751693 6/-/DP751693 75/-/DP751693 Council: LEETON SHIRE COUNCIL

Summary of planning controls

Planning controls held within the Planning Database are summarised below. The property may be affected by additional planning controls not outlined in this report. Please contact your council for more information. Local Environmental Plans Leeton Local Environmental Plan 2014 (pub. 10-6-2014) Land Zoning RU1 - Primary Production: (pub. 10-6-2014) Height Of Building NA Floor Space Ratio NA Minimum Lot Size 150 ha Heritage Kooba Station Significance: Local Land Reservation Acquisition NA Foreshore Building Line NA Flood Planning Flood Planning Area

This report provides general information only and does not replace a Section 10.7 Certificate (formerly Section 149)

21/10/2019 1:05 PM | 87d7dfaa-9a0a-4818-aa5a-7d5b6ba0ab44 1 / 4 Property Report

WHITTON DARLINGTON POINT ROAD WHITTON 2705

Groundwater Vulnerability Groundwater Vulnerable Local Provisions Murrumbidgee Irrigation Terrestrial Biodiversity Biodiversity Wetlands Wetland

Detailed planning information State Environmental Planning Policies which apply to this property

State Environmental Planning Policies can specify planning controls for certain areas and/or types of development. They can also identify the development assessment system that applies and the type of environmental assessment that is required.

This report provides general information only and does not replace a Section 10.7 Certificate (formerly Section 149)

21/10/2019 1:05 PM | 87d7dfaa-9a0a-4818-aa5a-7d5b6ba0ab44 2 / 4 Property Report

WHITTON DARLINGTON POINT ROAD WHITTON 2705

· State Environmental Planning Policy (Affordable Rental Housing) 2009: Land Application (pub. 31-7-2009) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004: Land Application (pub. 25-6-2004) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Concurrences) 2018: Land Application (pub. 21-12- 2018) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Educational Establishments and Child Care Facilities) 2017: Land Application (pub. 1-9-2017) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Exempt and Complying Development Codes) 2008: Land Application (pub. 12-12-2008) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Housing for Seniors or People with a Disability) 2004: Land Application (pub. 31-3-2004) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Infrastructure) 2007: Land Application (pub. 21-12- 2007) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Mining, Petroleum Production and Extractive Industries) 2007: Land Application (pub. 16-2-2007) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Miscellaneous Consent Provisions) 2007: Land Application (pub. 28-9-2007) · State Environmental Planning Policy (Primary Production and Rural Development) 2019: Land Application (pub. 28-2-2019) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 1—Development Standards: Land Application (pub. 17-10-1980) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 21—Caravan Parks: Land Application (pub. 24-4- 1992) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 33—Hazardous and Offensive Development: Land Application (pub. 13-3-1992) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 36—Manufactured Home Estates: Land Application (pub. 16-7-1993) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 44—Koala Habitat Protection: Land Application (pub. 6-1-1995) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 50—Canal Estate Development: Land Application (pub. 10-11-1997) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 55—Remediation of Land: Land Application (pub. 28- 8-1998) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 64—Advertising and Signage: Land Application (pub. 16-3-2001) · State Environmental Planning Policy No 65—Design Quality of Residential Apartment Development: Land Application (pub. 26-7-2002)

This report provides general information only and does not replace a Section 10.7 Certificate (formerly Section 149)

21/10/2019 1:05 PM | 87d7dfaa-9a0a-4818-aa5a-7d5b6ba0ab44 3 / 4 Property Report

WHITTON DARLINGTON POINT ROAD WHITTON 2705

Other matters affecting the property

Information held in the Planning Database about other matters affecting the property appears below. The property may also be affected by additional planning controls not outlined in this report. Please speak to your council for more information

1.5 m Buffer around Classified Classified Road Adjacent Roads Bushfire Prone Land Vegetation Buffer Vegetation Category Local Aboriginal Land Council GRIFFITH

This report provides general information only and does not replace a Section 10.7 Certificate (formerly Section 149)

21/10/2019 1:05 PM | 87d7dfaa-9a0a-4818-aa5a-7d5b6ba0ab44 4 / 4 Appendices

8.2.1. CONSULTATION

8.2.2. LEETON SHIRE COUNCIL Hi Clare, Thank you for your response. A Construction Methodology will be great. That will cover it. I am happy for you to provide a groundwater management plan. Sorry I missed this one. I don’t see any issues with lodging the Sheds and Dams together. I guess it will depend on the priority. DAs are not to bad, we usually tell people to allow up to 5 weeks for a DA to go through, but then it will depend if it needs to be referred to any external agencies and how long they take to get a response back to Council. I hope this clarifies I too am happy to discuss this over the phone if we need Kind regards,

Sarah Nash | Planning Officer| Leeton Shire Council P:02 6953 0928 | E: [email protected]| www.leeton.nsw.gov.au

23-25 Chelmsford Place, Leeton NSW 2705

From: Clare Fitzpatrick Sent: Tuesday, 3 December 2019 8:16 AM To: Sarah Nash Subject: RE: Irrigation Storage Dams Thanks so much Sarah, I appreciate your assistance. I just wanted to clarify a few things. 1. A construction Management Plan. I usually provide a Construction methodology. Will this cover that? 2. An operation management plan. This would be huge! I am not really sure I have ever seen one of these. We usually provide a groundwater management plan as part of the application for a Work Approval which will be provided as part of the WaterNSW General Terms of Approval. Is this similar? Or can you provide a bit more detail around what this Plan covers? 3. Also we did discuss the staging/multiple DAs etc last week. As you will remember, the total project will cover 3 x 100-250ML irrigation storage dams and 3 x sheds (larger than 200m2) – with each shed beside a dam to house pumps etc. As some of these works would be prioritized to commence as soon as possible and others are not so urgent, is it better to lodge the sheds and dams separately, as stages or are DAs moving quickly through your council? Can you envisage any issues with the dams and sheds being lodged together? (Of course this is all pending the plans). I am happy to lodge 6 DAs or to combine where possible if that is the best way. Happy to discuss this on the phone later today if you require? Thanks again - Clare Progressive Rural Solutions From: Sarah Nash Sent: Monday, 2 December 2019 2:56 PM To: Clare Fitzpatrick Subject: Irrigation Storage Dams Hi Clare, Thank you for your email enquiring about the requirements for Development Application for Irrigation Storage Dams. As part of the Development Council will require the following information at Development Application Stage and some prior to work commencing or work completing.

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 61 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices • Statement of Environmental Effects • Aboriginal Due Diligence Study/Assessment • Evidence of no vegetation clearing • Site Plans • Geotechnical Report • Construction Management Plan – required prior to any work commencing • An Operational Management Plan – required prior to the completion of construction works Should you have any further questions please do not hesitate to contact me. Kind regards,

Sarah Nash | Planning Officer| Leeton Shire Council P:02 6953 0928 | E: [email protected]| www.leeton.nsw.gov.au

23-25 Chelmsford Place, Leeton NSW 2705

8.2.3. WATERNSW Clare, Sounds like you have it all covered. Regards Simone Simone Tonkin Water Regulation Officer Assessment and Approvals Customer & Community

PO Box 453, DENILIQUIN NSW 2710 | 8-20 Edwardes St, DENILIQUIN NSW 2710 T: (03) 5880 1736 | M: 0427 138 188 E: [email protected] www.waternsw.com.au

From: Clare Fitzpatrick Sent: Tuesday, 4 February 2020 4:34 PM To: Simone Tonkin Subject: Webster - Kooba PS2 95ML storage dam Hi Simone, Thanks for your conversation today regarding this project. As discussed, our client Webster Southern Ag are preparing to lodge a DA with the Leeton Shire Council for the construction and operation of a 95ML storage dam on Lot 2 DP785724. I have attached a copy of the proposal plans for your reference. As per our conversation, this application will be lodged as an integrated development with WaterNSW to request the General Terms of Approval for this project. Following the receipt of the DA, a Work Approval Amendment will be lodged requesting the addition of this work prior to construction commencing. A groundwater management plan will also be provided as part of the DA. If there is anything, we have left out, please confirm this at your convenience. Many thanks - Clare Clare Fitzpatrick Principal Progressive Rural Solutions Mob: 0408577248 Email: [email protected] Mail: PO Box 74 Deniliquin NSW 2710

8.2.4. NATURAL RESOURCE ACCESS REGULATOR Nil required and nil undertaken.

8.2.5. NSW DPI – FISHERIES Nil required and nil undertaken.

8.2.6. NSW DPIE – BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION DIVISION OF DPIE Nil undertaken.

8.2.7. ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AUTHORITY Nil required and nil undertaken.

8.2.8. ROADS AND MARITIME SERVICES Nil required and nil undertaken.

8.2.9. LOCAL ABORIGINAL LAND COUNCIL Nil required and nil undertaken.

8.2.10. ADJOINING LANDOWNERS Nil.

8.3. GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 64 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved G Geotechnical Engineering Environmental Consultancy Soil Concrete Aggregate Testing

NATA Accredited Laboratories

ABN 53 058 315 138 ACN 058 315 138

20 January 2020 Reg. No.: GS19-199

Webster Southern Ag Kooba Station Darlington Point, NSW 2706

Attention: Mr. Wayne Andreatta – Development Manager

Dear Sir,

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION – PROPOSED 95ML WATER STORAGE DAM, PS2 DAM, “KOOBA STATION” DARLINGTON POINT-WHITTON ROAD, DARLINGTON POINT, NSW

Further to your request we carried out the geotechnical field investigation for the proposed water storage dam at PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station” Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW. The purpose of the investigation was to determine the nature of the subsurface soils and groundwater conditions by augering, testing and sampling across the proposed site. Based upon the information obtained, comments and recommendations for the suitability of the construction of the proposed dam are to be made.

1.0 SITE DESCRIPTION

The proposed water storage dam site is located at PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station” Darlington Point- Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW approximately 16km north-east of Darlington Point, 1.5km south-west of Whitton and 0.2km west of Darlington Point-Whitton Road. The site is generally flat with a sparse ground cover of grass/weeds. It should be noted some medium to large trees were witnessed directly north east of the proposed water storage dam site and a 2.5m to 3.0m deep borrow pit also witnessed directly east of the proposed water storage dam site at the time of the investigation.

2.0 INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE

2.1 Fieldwork

The fieldwork for the drilling investigation was carried out on 29 November 2019 and 9 and 12 December 2019 by our experienced Geotechnician of Aitken Rowe Testing Laboratories Pty Ltd

Head Office - 4/2 Riedell Street (Po Box 5158), Wagga Wagga, NSW, 2650 – P: (02) 69395555 Email: [email protected] 17b Battista Street, Griffith, NSW, 2680 – P: (02) 69645551 1/60 Boronia Street, Albury, NSW, 2640 – P: (02) 60401661 from Griffith, NSW who nominated the sampling and prepared engineering logs of the boreholes. The borehole logs with explanatory note are herewith attached.

The fieldwork for the drilling investigation consisted of the logging and sampling of twenty-four (24) boreholes, BH1 to BH24 across the site for the proposed water storage dam. The boreholes were augered with our trailer-mounted drilling rig to the depths of 3.0m (BH14 to BH24) to 4.0m (BH1 to BH13) at the locations as shown in the attached borehole location plan. Small and Bulk samples were recovered at various depths from the boreholes for relevant laboratory testing.

2.2 Laboratory Testing

The laboratory testing, including particle size distribution, Atterberg Limit, moisture content, Standard Maximum Dry Density (SMDD), permeability and dispersion tests (Emerson Class) were performed on the selected samples recovered at various depths in the boreholes at our NATA accredited testing laboratory in Griffith, NSW. The samples for permeability testing were compacted at 95% of Standard Maximum Dry Density (SMDD) and at nearest 100% of Standard Optimum Moisture Content (SOMC). The laboratory test reports are herewith attached.

3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS

The borehole investigation revealed that the subsurface soil profile across the site generally consisted of topsoil to 0.1 to 0.15m overlying natural high, medium to high and medium plasticity clays to 1.8m to 3.0m (borehole termination depth in BH14 to BH18 and BH24) and 4.0m (borehole termination depth in BH, BH2, BH4 to BH6, BH10 and BH11), which in turn is underlain by low plasticity sandy clay (in BH3, BH7 to BH9, BH12, BH13 and BH19 to BH23), extending to the borehole termination depths at 4.0m in BH3, BH7, BH8 and BH9 and 3.0m in BH19 to BH23 and 3.6m in BH12 and 3.8m in BH13 then medium to high plasticity clay, extending to the borehole termination depth at 4.0m in BH12 and BH13.

It should be noted that the low plasticity sandy clay as mentioned above was encountered at depths ranging from 3.2 to 4.0m in BH3, 3.4 to 4.0m in BH7, 1.8 to 4.0m in BH8, 2.2 to 4.0m in BH9, 2.3 to 3.6m in BH12, 2.4 to 3.8m in BH13, 2.2 to 3.0m in BH19, 2.3 to 3.0m in BH20 and BH22, 2.0 to 3.0m in BH21 and 2.4 to 3.0m in BH23 (all borehole termination depths except BH12 & BH13). It should also be noted that low plasticity sandy clay was not encountered within the investigated depth of 4.0m in BH1, BH2, BH4 to BH6, BH10 and BH11 and 3.0m BH14 to BH18 and BH24.

The moisture condition of the underlying natural material was generally varied throughout the profiles of the boreholes drilled across the site at the time of the investigation. No groundwater or seepage was encountered during the course of the drilling investigation within the boreholes drilled at the time of the investigation. However, it should be noted that variations to the water table level could fluctuate with changes to the season, temperature and rainfall.

The borehole logs with explanatory note are herewith attached.

2 Registration: GS19-199 Project/Location: Proposed 95ml Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station”, Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag – Darlington Point, NSW

4.0 DISCUSSIONS AND COMMENTS

4.1 Soil Properties

The laboratory tests carried out on the underlying clay-based material recovered from BH2, BH8, BH9, BH10 and BH12 indicated that the material generally contains 11 to 48% sand and 53 to 89% silt and clay content with Plasticity Index (PI) ranging from 15 to 43% on the samples tested. The material is generally classified as “CL– low plasticity sandy clay, fine to medium sand”, “CI – medium plasticity clay, trace fine to medium sand” and “CH – high plasticity clay, trace fine to medium sand” in accordance with “AS1726 - 2017 Geotechnical site investigations.

The permeability tests carried out on three selected clay-based samples from BH2, BH8 and BH12 indicates the permeability of 1 x 10-9 m/sec to 2 x 10-9 m/sec on low plasticity sandy clay and 4 x 10-10 m/sec on high plasticity clay, which were compacted at 95% of SMDD at nearest 100% of SOMC. The dispersion (Emerson Class) tests carried out on selected clay-based samples from BH2, BH8, BH9, BH10 and BH12 showed “Emerson Class 2” and therefore considered generally “potentially highly dispersive”.

4.2 Dam Excavation & Preparation

Based on the subsurface type and condition encountered in the boreholes drilled and assuming similar soil profile across the site, the proposed dam can be built at the site provided some treatment of the material with strict compaction control at the floor and sides of the dam are undertaken.

It is noted that the excavation depth of the proposed water storage dam would be approximately 0.85m (north east) to 1.47m (south west) across the proposed subject site from the existing ground level (refer to attached PHL Surveyors preliminary concept plan page 4). Citing the occurrence of natural high, medium to high and medium plasticity clay material at the location of the proposed water storage dam, the excavation depth may be taken to the proposed design depth of approximately 0.85m (north east) to 1.47m (south west) across the proposed subject site from the existing ground level (refer to attached PHL Surveyors preliminary concept plan page 4).

It is anticipated that all the required earthworks should be capable of being performed by conventional earthmoving plant such as scrapers, dozers, rollers and backhoes or excavators.

The maximum batters of 1V: 1H is recommended for the excavation within the clay materials. After excavation to the recommended depth in the proposed dam area, it would expose a natural subgrade of high, medium to high and medium plasticity clay, which are assessed to be “potentially moderately to highly dispersive”. Therefore, it is highly recommended that the clay material at the bottom and sides of the dam be scarified to a depth of at least 250mm and re- compacted in such a way that it achieves a minimum of 98% of Standard Maximum Dry Density (SMDD) at -2 to 0% Standard Optimum Moisture Content (SOMC) in every 200mm thick compacted layers. 3 Registration: GS19-199 Project/Location: Proposed 95ml Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station”, Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag – Darlington Point, NSW

4.3 Embankment Construction

It is noted that the new embankments would be built using the excavated borrowed high, medium to high and medium plasticity clay material. It is noted that the maximum height of the embankment above natural surface would be no greater than approximately 2.8m and the maximum fetch would be less than 500m and the total water depth would be maximum 2.4m with 1.6m maximum above natural surface (refer to attached PHL Surveyors preliminary concept plan page 6). Based on these design criteria and using the clay material encountered on site, we recommend the followings for the embankment construction;

• Topsoil and fill, if any, shall be stripped in the foundation area of the proposed embankments. The stripping depth for the topsoil is noted to be approximately 0.1m across the site (refer to borehole logs). • Proof roll the exposed subgrade to detect any soft, loose or heaving areas. • Any wet, soft or heave areas, if detected, should be excavated down at least 0.5m and backfilled with appropriate approved excavated materials compacted in 150mm thick layers to the minimum equivalent density of 98% of SMDD at a moisture content within the range of –2% to 0% of SOMC. • Any area of exposed subgrade, which exhibits shrinkage cracking and does not require recompaction, should be watered and rolled until the shrinkage cracks do not reappear. During this undertaking, care should be exercised to ensure the surface does not become soft. • Cut-off trench excavation should be extended at least 500mm into the impervious clay material and the side batters of 1V: 1H (one vertical to one horizontal) may be adopted. • Once the foundation subgrade is prepared, medium, medium to high and high plasticity clay/sandy clay material encountered on site or imported similar clay material shall be placed in horizontal layers and compacted in 200mm thickness to the equivalent density of 95 to 98% of SMDD at a moisture content within the range of -2% to 0% of SOMC. • The compaction of the inside batter of the embankment extending to the top of the outside batter, should be strictly controlled in such a way that it achieves relative compaction of at least 98% of SMDD. • If the embankment inside batter is to be protected by applying and mixing with hydrated lime or gypsum, then a minimum of 95% of SMDD at OMC between -2% and 0% for the entire embankment may be adopted. • The compaction of outside batter shall be compacted not less than 95% of SMDD at moisture content within the range of -2% to 0% of SOMC. • Low plasticity sandy clay material from the site, if encountered, should be used on the outside batter of the embankment. • A topsoil layer or less reactive, such as sandy silty clay/silty clayey sand material and non-dispersive soil layer of at least 200mm thick should be placed on the inside

4 Registration: GS19-199 Project/Location: Proposed 95ml Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station”, Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag – Darlington Point, NSW batter at a minimum of 95% of SMDD or better as appropriate, which also serves to reduce surface erosion and prevent cracking. The crest and outside batter should also be protected with a topsoil layer or less reactive and non-dispersive soil layer. • Care shall be taken in the placement of compacted materials to avoid laminations occurring between compacted layers. • Embankment using above clay material should have a maximum batter of 2.5H: 1V for the upstream (inside batter) and 2.0H: 1V for the downstream (outside batter). • It should be noted that for any embankments higher than 4m, the inside batters as a minimum should be constructed to 1V:3.5 to 4.0H overall or with benches of 1m for every 4.0m high embankment at 1V:2.5H. • A minimum crest width of 3.0m is recommended. • A minimum freeboard of 1.0m is recommended.

The compaction with correct moisture content would also provide structural stability to the embankment and reduces the potential seepage losses due to the tendency of the dispersion of the materials. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the moisture is conditioned accordingly as discussed above.

It would be essential to maintain drainage of the site area during any earthworks to prevent rainfall from adversely affecting the material such that they become unsuitable for direct re-use.

Some settlements may occur from the consolidation of the founding material and therefore the designer is recommended to take appropriate design consideration to maintain the settlement within tolerable limit.

The clays are considered moderately to highly reactive and therefore they are liable to crack if they are subjected to drying and wetting. The dispersion test results showed that the clays are “potentially moderately to highly dispersive”. Similarly, the application of lime into the clay materials, if adopted, may develop shrinkage cracks when they are subjected to drying and wetting. Therefore there is the potential for embankment slope and crest to develop tension cracks. In the long term, these tension cracks will subject to open and close due to drying and wetting cycles, resulting in fretting of the embankment slope and crest and consequently slope stability failure.

It is therefore required to ensure that the inner and outer face of the embankment and crest are given adequate protection. It is therefore recommended that the outer face and crest be covered with topsoil or less reactive materials, such as sandy silty clay/clayey sand material to a minimum thickness of 200mm, measured perpendicular to the slope upon the completion of the embankment. The topsoil is generally non-dispersive, and acts as a protective filter zone and it could minimize interaction of water with clay materials as part of the dispersive action. An adequate cover of topsoil will also promotes grass cover and prevents internal clay materials from drying out and cracking during dry circles. The topsoil should be sown with grass, which generally protects the embankment from erosion.

5 Registration: GS19-199 Project/Location: Proposed 95ml Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station”, Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag – Darlington Point, NSW

When topdressing an embankment, care shall be taken to achieve an even crest and batter finish, free of irregularities and tyre marks etc. Runoff water concentrating in these areas can result in rilling, which can expose the underlying clays and lead to more serious erosion problem. The embankment should be fenced off from stock to prevent grass cover being eaten, and to prevent the formation of deep cattle pads, which promotes scouring. It is also important to carry out regular inspection and maintenance to ensure topsoil cover is maintained. Some form of protection is recommended to prevent surface run-off into the water storage dam.

5.0 GENERAL COMMENT

The degree of compaction should be verified by a NATA accredited testing authority to ensure that it achieves required density in the placement of clay based material and construction of embankment. The failure in undertaking the strict control compaction during the construction would eventually result the collapse of the embankment and consequently face seepage problems. Verification is also required that the clay is being placed in 200mm thick compacted layers for the embankment and there is no lamination occurring between clay layers. Remoulding of the clay is most important during the placement and compaction of clay material to ensure a low isotropic permeability.

In designing the water storage dam, the designer should try to minimize the number of pipes through the embankment, as it is difficult to get adequate compaction around the pipes. Backfilling around the pipes is particularly susceptible to piping failure if poorly compacted. Reinforced concrete cut-off walls at suitable intervals, should be provided around the pipe, and particularly concentrated in the inner face half of the embankment.

The excavations for pipe installations should not be left open for long periods allowing the exposed clays to dry and develop shrinkage cracks. The excavation through the completed embankment creates a point of weakness, which may result in failure. After the pipe is in place, care must be taken to ensure that the excavation trench is backfilled with selected clay materials and compacted thoroughly as specified above. Care must also be taken to ensure the required degree of compaction is achieved below the midline of the pipe. This normally involves the use of hand held compaction equipment. As the embankment is to be constructed from a dispersive soil, lime stabilization around the pipe shall be considered.

It is recommended that the clay material be compacted using a vibrating sheepsfoot roller or tamping roller. Rubber tyred or steel drum rollers are not recommended, as they tend to create horizontal laminations between layers. Care shall be taken in the preparation of the embankment foundation and the placement of compacted materials to avoid laminations occurring between compacted layers as discussed above.

Occasionally, the subsurface soil conditions between the completed boreholes may be found different (or may be interpreted to be different) from those expected. This can also occur with

6 Registration: GS19-199 Project/Location: Proposed 95ml Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station”, Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag – Darlington Point, NSW groundwater conditions, especially after climatic changes. If such differences appear to exist, we recommend that you immediately contact us.

Yours truly,

Jarrod Gornall Geotechnical Engineer

Attachments: • Addendum • Plans showing borehole locations • PHL Surveyors preliminary concept plans (pages 1-6) • Borehole logs with explanatory note • Laboratory test reports

7 Registration: GS19-199 Project/Location: Proposed 95ml Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, “Kooba Station”, Darlington Point-Whitton Road, Darlington Point, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag – Darlington Point, NSW ADDENDUM

LIMITS OF INVESTIGATION The recommendations made in this report are based on the assumption that the test results are representative of the overall subsurface conditions. However, it should be noted that even under optimum circumstances, actual conditions in some parts of the building site may differ from those said to exist, because no geotechnical engineer, no matter how qualified, and no subsurface exploration program, no matter how comprehensive, can reveal all that is hidden by earth, rock and time.

The client should also be aware that our recommendations refer only to our test site locations and the ground level at the time of testing.

The recommendations in this report are based on the following: -

a) The information gained from our investigation. b) The present "state of the art" in testing and design. c) The building type and site treatment conveyed to us by the client. d) Historical Information

Should the client or his agent have omitted to supply us with the correct relevant information, or make significant changes to the building type and/or building envelope, our report may not take responsibility for any consequences and we reserve the right to make an additional charge if more testing is necessary.

Not withstanding the recommendations made in this report, we also recommend that whenever footings are close to any excavations or easements, that consideration should be given to deepening the footings.

Unless otherwise stated in our commission, any dimensions or slope direction and magnitude should not be used for any building costing calculations and/or positioning. Any sketch supplied should be considered as only an approximate pictorial evidence of our work.

BH18 BH24 BH1

BH14 BH6 BH11

BH17 BH5 BH10 BH2

BH7 BH21 BH12 BH16 BH15 BH4 BH23 BH9 BH3

BH8 BH13 BH19 BH22 BH20

TP3

Aitken Rowe Testing Laboratories Pty Ltd Client: WEBSTER SOUTHERN AG – DARLINGTON POINT, NSW Project: GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION Registration Number: GS19-199 PROPOSED WATER STORAGE DAM, PS2 DAM, ‘KOOBA STATION’ WHITTON-DARLINGTON POINT ROAD, DARLINGTON POINT, NSW BOREHOLE TEST LOCATION PLAN

surveyors surveyors surveyors surveyors surveyors Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 1 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178994 E: 0423720

Sample Description Remarks & Field Records Lab. Test Moisture Condition Depth (m) Rel. Density Consistency/ USCS Symbol USCS Type No. L.S % TOPSOIL: Sandy Silty CLAY; low to medium plasticity, fine to medium CL-CI sand, red brown MC

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow 1.0 brown grey

D 1A

1.5

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL grey orange brown 2.0 5%

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 2 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178931 E: 0423710

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey

1.5

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown

2.0

FMC = 14.0% D 2A OMC = 18.0%

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH2) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 3 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178876 E: 0423707

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled 1.5 grey orange brown

2.0 MC>PL 4-5%

2.5

3.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 3.5 D 3A 3%

4.0 End of Borehole (BH3) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 4 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178888 E: 0423779

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey 1.5

2.0

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL grey orange brown 4%

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH4) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 5 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178954 E: 0423787

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0 D 5A

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow 1.5 brown grey

2.0

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown

2.5

MC>PL 3.0 4-5%

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH5) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 6 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178974 E: 0423872

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey 1.5

2.0

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC

MC>PL 3.0 4-5%

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH6) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 7 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178916 E: 0423869

Sample Description Remarks & Field Records Lab. Test Moisture Condition Depth (m) Rel. Density Consistency/ USCS Symbol USCS Type No. L.S % CL-CI TOPSOIL: Sandy Silty CLAY; low to medium plasticity, fine MC

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, red brown VSt.

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey 1.5

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown

2.0

2.5

3.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, mottled 3.5 MC>PL grey orange brown

4.0 End of Borehole (BH7) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 8 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178855 E: 0423867

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, red brown VSt.

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled 1.5 grey orange brown

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, grey brown 2.0

D 8A FMC = 10.9% OMC = 14.6% 2.5

3.0 CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, brown MC>PL

4.0 End of Borehole (BH8) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 9 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178875 E: 0423937

D 9A

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 1.5 D 9B FMC = 18.5%

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, pale grey MC

D 9C

3.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, grey orange MC>PL St.-VSt. brown 3.5 3%

4.0 End of Borehole (BH9) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 10 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178947 E: 0423944

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

D 10A FMC = 16.6%

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled 1.5 grey orange brown

2.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH10) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 11 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178963 E: 0424016

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CI-CH CLAY; medium to high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0 MC

3.5

4.0 End of Borehole (BH11) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 12 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178910 E: 0424007

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, red brown VSt.

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled 1.5 grey orange brown

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 2.5

FMC = 11.2% D 12A OMC = 14.6%

3.0

3.5

CI-CH CLAY; medium to high plasticity, with fine to medium sand, MC>PL 2%

4.0 End of Borehole (BH12) @ 4.0m Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 13 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 29/11/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178853 E: 0423997

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown

1.5

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, mottled 2.5 grey orange brown

3.0

3.5

CI-CH CLAY; medium to high plasticity, with fine to medium sand, MC>PL 4%

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, trace 1.0 fine to medium gravel, yellow brown grey

1.5

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL grey orange brown 2.0 5%

2.5

3.0 End of Borehole (BH14) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 15 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 9/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178903 E: 0423676

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled 1.5 MC

MC>PL 2.0 6%

D 15A

2.5 3%

3.0 End of Borehole (BH15) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 16 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 9/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178898 E: 0423598

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow 1.0 brown grey

1.5

2.0

2.5 CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL 3-4%

3.0 End of Borehole (BH16) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 17 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 9/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178954 E: 0423642

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey

1.5 CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL grey orange brown 5%

2.0

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, with fine to medium sand, yellow 2.5 brown grey 3-4%

3.0 End of Borehole (BH17) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 18 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 9/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6179013 E: 0423615

Sample Description Remarks & Field Records Lab. Test Moisture Condition Depth (m) Rel. Density Consistency/ USCS Symbol USCS Type No. L.S % TOPSOIL: Sandy Silty CLAY; medium plasticity, fine to medium sand, CI red brown MC

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC

MC>PL 2.0 5%

2.5

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, with fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 4%

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 19 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 9/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178847 E: 0423803

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey 1.5

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, grey brown

2.5

3.0 End of Borehole (BH19) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 20 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 9/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178818 E: 0423962

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, pale grey MC

3.0 End of Borehole (BH20) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 21 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 11/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178916 E: 0424046

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow 1.0 brown grey D 21B

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL grey orange brown 1.5

2.0 CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, yellow MC

D 21C 2.5

3.0 End of Borehole (BH21) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 22 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 11/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178835 E: 0424032

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown

1.5

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 2.5

3.0 End of Borehole (BH22) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 23 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 11/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178891 E: 0423552

0.5

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

1.0 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow brown grey

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled 1.5 MC>PL grey orange brown 5%

2.0

CL Sandy CLAY; low plasticity, fine to medium sand, yellow 2.5 MC

3.0 End of Borehole (BH23) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

Registration No.: GS19-199 Logged By: J.P Location: Geotechnical Investigation - Proposed Water Storage Dam, PS2 Dam, 'Kooba Station' Darlington Scale: As shown Point - Whitton Road, Whitton, NSW Client: Webster Southern Ag - Darlington Point, NSW Dry on completion Form R5 Revised 1/11/18 Borehole No.: 24 AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD Sheet No.: 1 of 1 Ground Level: Existing Date: 11/12/2019 Method: Auger Drilling with TC Bit GPS N: 6178996 E: 0423560

0.5 CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, brown

CH CLAY; high plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, yellow 1.0 brown grey

CI CLAY; medium plasticity, trace fine to medium sand, mottled MC>PL grey orange brown 1.5 5-6%

2.0 CI CLAY; medium plasticity, with fine to medium sand, mottled grey orange brown 6%

D 24A

2.5

3.0 End of Borehole (BH24) @ 3.0m

3.5

4.0

AITKEN ROWE TESTING LABORATORIES PTY LTD

LOG SYMBOLS

LOG COLUMN SYMBOLS DEFINITION Standing water level. Time delay following completion of drilling Groundwater may be shown. Record Groundwater seepage into borehole or excavation noted during drilling or excavation. D Small disturbed bag sample taken between the depths indicated by lines. B Bulk disturbed sample taken between the depths indicated by lines. Samples U Undisturbed 50mm diameter tube sample taken between the depths indicated by lines Standard Penetration Test (S.P.T.) performed between depths N=17 indicated by lines. Individual figures show blows per 150mm 4, 7, 10 penetration driven by SPT hammer.

Field Tests Nc 5 Dynamic Cone Penetration Test performed between depths indicated by lines. 7 Individual figures show blows per 100mm penetration for 60 degree 3 solid cone driven by 9 Kg hammer. MC>PL Moisture content estimated to be greater than plastic limit. Moisture MC=PL Moisture content estimated to be approx. equal to plastic limit. Condition MC85 > 50 Hand 300 Numbers indicate individual test results in kPa on representative Penetrometer 250 undisturbed material unless noted otherwise. Readings 280 L.S. % Linear Shrinkage (As per RTA Method T113) M.C. % Field Moisture Content (As per Australian Standard AS1289.2.1.1 or Laboratory Test RTA Method T120) Iss Shrink -Swell Index (As per Australian Standard AS1289.7.1.1) ‘V’ bit Hardened steel ‘V’ shaped bit. ‘TC’ bit Tungsten Carbide wing bit. Remarks T60 Penetration of auger string in mm under static load of rig rear axle without rotation of augers.

AITKEN ROWE Testing Laboratories Pty Ltd PAGE: 1 ARTL Griffith: 17b Battista Street, Griffith NSW 2680 OF: 1 * SUBMITTED BY : ARTL TEST REPORT: GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION - SOIL ANALYSIS DATE SAMPLED: 29/11/19 & 9,11/12/19 CLIENT : WEBSTER SOUTHERN AG - DARLINGTON POINT, NSW DATE SUBMITTED: 12/12/2019 JOB DESCRIPTION : GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION SAMPLING METHOD: AS1289.1.2.1 PROPOSED WATER STORAGE DAM, PS2 DAM, 'KOOBA STATION' SAMPLING CLAUSE: 6.5.3 DARLINGTON POINT-WHITTON ROAD, DARLINGTON POINT, NSW ORDER No.: * MATERIAL SOURCE : IN-SITU BOREHOLES PROPOSED USE : DESIGN MATERIAL TYPE : REFER TO BOREHOLE LOGS REGISTRATION No : R28 GS19-199 SAMPLE NUMBER : 2A 8A 9B 10A 12A * SAMPLING LOCATION : BH2 BH8 BH9 BH10 BH12 * DEPTHS BETWEEN WHICH SAMPLES TAKEN (mm) : 1900-2500 2000-2500 1400-1700 600-900 2500-2900 * TESTS TEST ELEMENT * * * * * * T106 PASS 75.0mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 53.0mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 37.5mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 26.5mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 19.0mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 13.2mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 9.50mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 6.70mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 4.75mm SIEVE % * * * * * * PASS 2.36mm SIEVE % 100 100 100 100 100 * T107 WHOLE PASS 425 µm SIEVE % 99 94 98 97 94 * SAMPLE PASS 75 µm SIEVE % 87 60 89 86 53 * LESS THAN 13.5 µm % 61 44 72 71 42 * T107 PASS 425 µm SIEVE % 99 94 98 97 94 * -2.36mm PASS 75 µm SIEVE % 87 60 89 86 53 * LESS THAN 13.5 µm % 61 44 72 71 42 * OBSERVATIONS * * * * * * A- PASS 425 µm % 99 94 98 97 94 * RATIOS B- PASS 75/425 µm % 88 64 90 89 56 * C- BELOW 13.5/75 µm % 70 74 81 82 79 * AS1289.3.1.2 LIQUID LIMIT % 43 32 65 65 29 * AS1289.3.2.1 PLASTIC LIMIT % 17 15 22 22 14 * AS1289.3.3.1 PLASTICITY INDEX 26 17 43 43 15 * PREPARATION METHOD AS1289.1.1-5.3 AS1289.1.1-5.3 AS1289.1.1-5.3 AS1289.1.1-5.3 AS1289.1.1-5.3 * T111 STANDARD MAX. DRY DENSITY (1L MLD, A.1ii) t/m3 1.74 1.84 * * 1.84 * OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT % 18.0 14.6 * * 14.6 * T113 LINEAR SHRINKAGE % * * * * * * AS1289.2.1.1 FIELD MOISTURE CONTENT % 14.0 10.9 18.5 16.6 11.2 * AS1289.3.8.1 EMERSON CLASS 2 2 2 2 2 * (AIR DRIED) TYPE OF WATER DISTILLED DISTILLED DISTILLED DISTILLED DISTILLED * AS1289.6.7.2 COEFFICIENT OF PERMEABILITY m/sec. 4x10-10 1x10-9 * * 2x10-9 * LABORATORY MOISTURE RATIO % 100 100 * * 100 * FALLING LABORATORY DENSITY RATIO % 95 95 * * 95 * HEAD % OVERSIZE DISCARDED (+19.0mm) 0.0 0.0 * * 0.0 * SURCHARGE MASS APPLIED (1L MOULD, 3kPa) 2.65 2.65 * * 2.65 * All testing completed by ARTL Wagga Wagga Laboratory. Accredited for compliance with * ISO/IEC 17025 - Testing. The results of the tests, * calibrations and/or measurements All samples are oven dried and dry sieved during prep. unless otherwise stated included in this document are traceable to Australian/national standards.

ACCREDITATION NUMBER 4679 APPROVED SIGNATORY : …...... DATE: 13/01/2020 Jarrod Gornall

Form R28 V9 Revised 27/11/2018 Appendices

8.4. BIODIVERSITY TEST OF SIGNIFICANCE

Biodiversity Test of Significance Development Application for the Kooba PS2 Storage Dam

February 2020

Progressive Rural Solutions 0408 577 248

Document Control Document Information Record Project Details Client name: Webster Southern Ag Project: Kooba (PS2) Storage Project No: 115 Document Control Document Title Biodiversity Test of Significance for the Kooba PS irrigation storage dam File Name: J115 – BTS – V1R4 Revision: V1R4 Author Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Reviewed by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Approved by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Revision history Version Issue date Reason for issue Author Reviewed by Approved by V1R1 01/10/2020 Initial Document Clare Fitzpatrick NA NA V1R2 06/02/2020 Draft Clare Fitzpatrick M Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick V1R3 10/02/2020 Draft for client review Clare Fitzpatrick Client Clare Fitzpatrick V1R4 17/02/2020 FINAL Clare Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick Client

Related Documents Type Author Name Date Design Plans PHL Surveyors A3-547276_2A 23/01/2020 Statement of Progressive Rural Solutions J115-SEE-V1R4 17/02/2020 Environmental Effects Due Diligence McCardle Cultural Heritage Kooba (PS2) Storage 03/02/2020 Assessment Pump Pond Groundwater Progressive Rural Solutions J115-GWMP-V1R4 17/02/2020 Management Plan Construction Progressive Rural Solutions J115-CMP-V1R4 17/02/2020 Management Plan Confidentiality No information in this report has been classified as confidential.

ACN: 634 646 825 ABN: 58 634 646 825 Mobile: 0408 577 248 Email: [email protected] Mail: PO Box 74 Deniliquin NSW 2710

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 3 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents CONTENTS Table of Figures ...... 6 Table of Tables ...... 6 1. Introduction ...... 7 1.1. Organisation ...... 7 1.2. Purpose ...... 7 1.1. Report Format ...... 7 1.2. Consultation ...... 7 1.3. Background ...... 7 1.1. Study Area ...... 9 2. Statutory Context ...... 12 2.1. Commonwealth ...... 12 2.1.1. Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 ...... 12 2.2. NSW State Legislation ...... 12 2.2.1. NSW Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979...... 12 2.2.2. NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 ...... 12 2.2.3. NSW Fisheries Management Act 1994 ...... 13 2.2.4. Biosecurity Act 2015 ...... 13 2.2.5. SEPP 44 – Koala Habitat Protection ...... 14 3. Site Description and Works ...... 15 3.1. Location ...... 15 3.2. Project Description ...... 16 3.2.1. Project Works ...... 16 3.2.2. Infrastructure ...... 18 3.2.3. Project Methodology ...... 18 Notification ...... 18 Topsoil stripping ...... 18 Excavation of core bank ...... 18 Embankment Walls ...... 18 Installation of pipework ...... 18 3.2.4. Project Stages and Timing ...... 19 3.3. General Setting and Physiography ...... 19 3.3.1. Climate ...... 19 3.3.2. Geology & Geomorphology ...... 19 3.3.3. Topography ...... 20 3.4. Surrounding Area ...... 20 4. Methodology ...... 21 4.1. Background Review ...... 21 4.1.1. Biodiversity Offset Scheme and Biodiversity Assessment Method ...... 21 4.1.2. Database searches ...... 22 4.1.3. Desktop Assessment ...... 22 4.2. Site Inspection ...... 22 4.3. Combined Assessment ...... 23 5. Results ...... 24 5.1. Biodiversity Offset Scheme Entry Test report ...... 24 5.2. Database Searches ...... 24 5.2.1. Flora...... 25 5.2.2. Priority Weeds ...... 26 5.2.3. Groundwater Dependant Ecosystems...... 26 5.3. Fauna ...... 27 5.3.1. Threatened Fauna ...... 27 5.3.2. Threatened fauna habitat ...... 28 5.3.3. Threatened, protected and migratory fauna species ...... 29 5.4. EPBC Matters of National Environmental Significance ...... 30 6. Assessment of Impacts ...... 31

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 4 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents 6.1. Flora Impacts ...... 31 6.1.1. Loss of Vegetation ...... 31 6.1.2. Threatened Ecological Communities ...... 31 6.1.3. Threatened Flora ...... 31 6.2. Fauna Impacts ...... 31 6.2.1. Habitat Loss ...... 31 6.2.2. Loss of Hollow-bearing Trees and Logs ...... 31 6.2.3. Threatened and Migratory Fauna ...... 31 6.3. Impact of Relevant Key Threatening Processes ...... 32 6.4. Five Part Test ...... 33 7. Mitigation Measures ...... 34 7.1. Avoid and minimise ...... 34 7.2. Management and mitigation...... 34 8. Conclusion ...... 35 9. Glossary ...... 36 10. References ...... 37 11. Appendices ...... 38 11.1. Biodiversity Offset Scheme Entry Threshold Map and Report ...... 38 11.2. Protected Matters Search ...... 39 11.3. NSW Weed Wise Search ...... 40 11.4. Groundwater Dependant Eccosystems ...... 45 11.5. Species Assessment ...... 46 11.6. Site Inspection ...... 68

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 5 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works ...... 8 Figure 2 – Photo taken in the north east corner ...... 9 Figure 3 – Photo taken in the enter of the site looking north ...... 9 Figure 4 – Photo taken in the south east corner looking west ...... 10 Figure 5 – Photo taken in shouth west corner ...... 10 Figure 6 – Photo showing adjoining channel and road to the right ...... 10 Figure 7 – Photo showing vegetation to the north east of site ...... 10 Figure 8 – Photo showing groundcover vegetation in the site...... 11 Figure 9 – Photo showing peppercorns within the site ...... 11 Figure 10 - Location of project site in relation to the region ...... 15 Figure 11 - Location of project site in relation to the local area ...... 15 Figure 12 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors) ...... 17 Figure 13 - Cross section of the proposed project walls (Source: PHL Surveyors) ...... 18 Figure 14 - The Riverine Plain of South-eastern Australia and its chief physiographic features (Butler 1950, pg 232.) ...... 19 Figure 15 - Image showing topography of the project site. (Source Six maps) ...... 20 Figure 16 – Biodiversity Value mapping (BC Act) Searched from 07-02-2020) ...... 24 Figure 17 - Photo showing the project area ...... 25 Figure 18 – Terrestrial GDE’s with the region of the project site (Source BOM) ...... 27 Figure 19 – Images above showing existing pump and project site and below showing existing ground cover ...... 29 Figure 20 - Photo showing area located to the east of the project site. Note: no works proposed within this area...... 29

TABLE OF TABLES Table 1 - Land details of the project ...... 16 Table 2 - Project earthworks detail ...... 17 Table 3 - Ranking for Assessment ...... 21 Table 4 - Summary of database searches ...... 22 Table 5 - Listed Threatened Ecological Communities ...... 25 Table 6 - Threatened Flora identified within the study area ...... 26 Table 7 - Threatened Fauna identified within the study area ...... 27 Table 8 - MNES Wetlands of International Importance ...... 30 Table 9 - Key threatening processes under the BC and FM Acts ...... 32

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. ORGANISATION The organisation that this report has been prepared for is Webster Southern Ag who is the owner and project manager and will be referred to as the Client in the following documentation.

1.2. PURPOSE

This assessment forms part of a Statement of Environmental Effects (SEE) and is to accompany the required applications for the construction and operation of a new 95ML irrigation storage dam on Kooba Station at Darlington Point. The purpose of this report is to determine the relevant assessment methodology and to assess any impacts that may occur to threatened species, populations and communities as part of completing project works described below. This report has been carried out in accordance with the following standards, guidelines, and policies: • Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, • NSW Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979. • NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act, 2016, • NSW Biodiversity Conservation Regulation, 2017, • NSW Fisheries Management Act 1994, • NSW Biosecurity Act 2015, • Local Land Services Amendment Act, 2016, • State Environmental Planning Policy 44 – Koala Habitat, • Biodiversity Offsets Scheme threshold, and • Threatened species ‘test of significance’. This document also aims to provide further clarity surrounding biodiversity within the project site with relation to the project works and potential impacts.

1.1. REPORT FORMAT This report is set out in the following format: Section Address 1 Objectives, documentation and background. 2 Statutory and planning context. 3 Site description and analysis. 4 Project assessment methodology. 5 Findings. 6 Assessment of impacts. 7 Identification of mitigation measures. 8 Conclusion. Appendices Plans and supporting reports.

1.2. CONSULTATION

No consultation has occurred relating to biodiversity as part of the preparation of this report however the report is included in the application process and as such provided for comment by relevant authorities. This plan may be amended to meet additional requirements as part of conditions of consent.

1.3. BACKGROUND

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 7 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Introduction This proposal forms an integral part of this development and construction of this storage is proposed to manage the supply of irrigation water to one section of the Almond development area. The primary purpose of the storage is to allow water delivered to the property from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation System to settle prior to being pumped through the drip irrigation system and allows for the management of water balances within the irrigation footprint – IE the storage will hold at least 1 days irrigation supply. The earthen irrigation storage dam site has been selected taking into account many factors. These are as follows: • Location. The site is located within existing irrigation area to optimise the supply of water to and from the storage and therefore improve overall farm water distribution efficiencies. • Vegetation. No vegetation is required to be removed and there is unlikely to be a loss of habitat as part of the project works, • Soils. The site offers suitable soils for construction, • Pollution. There is no potential for pollution, • Surrounding land uses and residences. There is minimal impact on surrounding land uses and receptors based on the separation distances, and • Heritage. The site has no identified heritage or archaeological sites that would be disturbed during the development.

Project Site

Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works

1.1. STUDY AREA The proposed project site is a small area and the activity associated with the development will be confined to the site and adjoining irrigation area. The footprint of the proposed development, including the water storage and infrastructure will be approximately 7.7 hectares. The site is flat with a variance in natural surface of approx. 8cm over the site. The minimal fall is towards the north within the irrigation bays. The average height in the area is 129.7m AHD. Agriculture is responsible for a significant part of the growth and development of the district and evidence of cleared land and other agricultural activities dominate the existing landscape. Structures such as water storage dams are common in the rural environment, particularly those dominated by irrigated cropping. The outer water storage dam embankments will be revegetated, and this will help to visually blend the storage in with the surrounding environment. The final form of the water storage dam is one with quite a natural configuration.

Figure 2 – Photo taken in the north east corner Figure 3 – Photo taken in the enter of the site looking north

Figure 4 – Photo taken in the south east corner looking west Figure 5 – Photo taken in shouth west corner

Figure 6 – Photo showing adjoining channel and road to the right Figure 7 – Photo showing vegetation to the north east of site

Figure 8 – Photo showing groundcover vegetation in the site Figure 9 – Photo showing peppercorns within the site

Activities that have the potential to disturb or substantially modify the flora, fauna, threatened and endangered ecological communities, groundwater dependant ecosystems and biosecurity include the following components: • Ground preparation works on the area, • Excavation and construction works within the project area, • Water management infrastructure (pumps & pipelines), and • General construction works on site.

2. STATUTORY CONTEXT 2.1. COMMONWEALTH

2.1.1. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 The Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) protects nationally and internationally important flora, fauna, ecological communities and heritage places, which are defined in the EPBC Act as Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES). An action will require approval from the Minister if the action has, will have, or is likely to have, a significant impact on a matter of national environmental significance. The Act identifies seven matters of national environmental significance: • World Heritage properties, • National heritage places, • Wetlands of international importance (Ramsar wetlands), • Threatened species and ecological communities, • Migratory species, • Commonwealth marine areas, • The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, • Nuclear actions (including uranium mining), and • A water resource, in relation to coal seam gas development and large coal mining development. The EPBC Act Policy Statement 1.1 Significant Impact Guidelines (DEH 2006) outline an assessment process, including detailed criteria, to assist in deciding whether or not referral to the Minister is required. Significance of impacts is determined in accordance with the Significance impact guidelines 1.1 – matters of national environmental significance (Department of the Environment, 2013). Where a project is likely to have a significant impact on a MNES, the project is referred to the Federal Environment Minister.

2.2. NSW STATE LEGISLATION

2.2.1. NSW ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND ASSESSMENT ACT 1979 The Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act) provides the framework for the assessment of the project. This project is being assessed under the following regimes: Division 4.1, previously Part 4, applies to projects that require development consent from a consent authority. A statement of environmental effects or environmental impact statement (for designated development) is to be prepared to assess environmental impacts. Section 1.7 of the EP&A Act requires that Part 7 of the Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 and Part 7A of the Fisheries Management Act 1994 relate in connection with the terrestrial and aquatic environment. As such a significance of the impact of the project on terrestrial and aquatic threatened species, populations and Endangered Ecological Communities (EEC) is required. Schedule 1 of the EP&A Regulation, 2000 item 1 identifies that: A development application must contain the following information: (e) an indication as to whether the development is likely to significantly affect threatened species, populations or ecological communities, or their habitats, unless the development is taken to be development that is not likely to have such an effect because it is biodiversity compliant development, (ea) for biodiversity compliant development, an indication of the reason why the development is biodiversity compliant development. COMMENT This document has been prepared to meet the above requirement.

2.2.2. NSW BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 2016 The Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 (BC Act) replaced the Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 as of 25 August 2017. The purpose of the BC Act is to maintain a healthy, productive and resilient environment for the greatest well-being of the community, now and into the future, consistent with the principles of ecologically sustainable development (described in section 6 (2) of the Protection of the Environment Administration Act 1991), and in particular:

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 12 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Statutory Context a) To conserve biodiversity at bioregional and State scales, b) To maintain the diversity and quality of ecosystems and enhance their capacity to adapt to change and provide for the needs of future generations, c) To improve, share and use knowledge, including local and traditional Aboriginal ecological knowledge, about biodiversity conservation, d) To support biodiversity conservation in the context of a changing climate, e) To support collating and sharing data, and monitoring and reporting on the status of biodiversity and the effectiveness of conservation actions, f) To assess the extinction risk of species and ecological communities, and identify key threatening processes, through an independent and rigorous scientific process, g) To regulate human interactions with wildlife by applying a risk-based approach, h) To support conservation and threat abatement action to slow the rate of biodiversity loss and conserve threatened species and ecological communities in nature, i) To support and guide prioritised and strategic investment in biodiversity conservation, j) To encourage and enable landholders to enter into voluntary agreements over land for the conservation of biodiversity, k) To establish a framework to avoid, minimise and offset the impacts of proposed development and land use change on biodiversity, l) To establish a scientific method for assessing the likely impacts on biodiversity values of proposed development and land use change, for calculating measures to offset those impacts and for assessing improvements in biodiversity values, m) To establish market-based conservation mechanisms through which the biodiversity impacts of development and land use change can be offset at landscape and site scales, n) To support public consultation and participation in biodiversity conservation and decision making about biodiversity conservation, and o) To make expert advice and knowledge available to assist the Minister in the administration of this Act. COMMENT This document has been prepared to meet the above requirements.

2.2.3. NSW FISHERIES MANAGEMENT ACT 1994 The Fisheries Management Act 1994 (FM Act) identifies threatened aquatic species, populations and ecological communities and also requires an assessment of significance of impacts on threatened biota. If the following activities form part of a project, a permit from the Department of Primary Industries (DPI) under the FM Act may be required (pending other approvals): • Aquaculture, • Harm marine vegetation such as mangrove, seagrass or seaweed, • Dredging or reclamation of waterways, including removal of snags or aquatic vegetation (sections 198 and 199), • Temporary or permanent blockage of fish passage (section 219). COMMENT This project does not relate to a waterway. The assessment has considered potential impacts to the broader area relating to waterways.

2.2.4. BIOSECURITY ACT 2015 The Biosecurity Act 2015 and its subordinate legislation commenced on the 1st July 2017. The Biosecurity Strategy 2013- 2021 and Biosecurity Act 2015 (which repeals the Noxious Weeds Act 1993) provide a streamlined, clear framework for safeguarding primary industries, natural environments and communities from a range of pests, diseases and weeds. The broad objectives of this Act and for biosecurity in NSW are to manage biosecurity risks from animal and plant pests and diseases, weeds and contaminants by: • Preventing their entry into NSW, • Quickly finding, containing and eradicating any new entries, • Effectively minimising the impacts of those pests, diseases, weeds and contaminants that cannot be eradicated through robust management arrangements.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 13 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Statutory Context The Biosecurity Act provides a flexible and responsive statutory framework to help achieve these objectives for the benefit of the NSW economy, environment and community. COMMENT Potential impacts relating to Biosecurity are identified and assessed in Section 5.2.2.

2.2.5. SEPP 44 – KOALA HABITAT PROTECTION The koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) is an iconic Australian marsupial that is in decline and vulnerable to extinction in NSW. As with many endangered species the management of koalas extends over a variety of legislation and policy. In the NSW planning system a dedicated state environmental planning policy was introduced in 1995 to protect koala habitat. State Environmental Planning Policy No 44 – Koala Habitat Protection encourages the conservation and management of koala habitat to ensure populations remain in their present range and the trend of population decline is reversed. At present, the policy manages koala habitat through a series of interlinked steps. The steps include: • The identification of potential1 and core koala2 habitat on land greater than one hectare in area that is subject to a development application within a listed council; and • The preparation and approval of a plan of management for core koala habitat as prepared by council or an applicant. 1 Potential koala habitat is defined in clause 4 of SEPP 44 as areas of native vegetation where the trees of the types listed in Schedule 2 constitute at least 15% of the total number of trees in the upper or lower strata of the tree component. 2 Core koala habitat is defined in clause 4 of SEPP 44 as an area of land with resident koalas, evidenced by the presence of, for example, breeding females or recent sightings or historical records. COMMENT The proposed works area is located within the Leeton Shire Council Local Government Area, which is listed on Schedule 1 of SEPP 44. A review of the area shows that the project site and surrounding area do not contain species currently listed as feed trees on Schedule 1 of SEPP 44.

3. SITE DESCRIPTION AND WORKS 3.1. LOCATION The project is located in New South Wales in the Riverina region. Specifically, the site is 1.6kms south west of Whitton 15.2kms south east of Wilbriggie and 16.1kms north east of Darlington point. The irrigation storage dam is located on privately owned freehold land and is over 8kms north of the Murrumbidgee River. Access to the site is via internal private access roads with the property entry being from the Darlington Point Whitton Rd. The project site is surrounded by farming land to the north, west and south and is separated from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation Area irrigation channel by approximately 170m. The specific location of the project site is shown below in Figure 5, Figure 6, and Table 1.

Project Site

Figure 10 - Location of project site in relation to the region

Figure 11 - Location of project site in relation to the local area

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 15 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Site Description and Works The land details of the project are summarised as follows: Table 1 - Land details of the project Details Specific related to project site Lot number 2 Deposited Plan 785724 Parish Bringan County Cooper Local Shire Leeton Shire Council LEP Zone Zone RU1 – Primary Production Catchment Area Murrumbidgee IBRA Sub-region Riverina - Murrumbidgee Mitchell Landscapes Murrumbidgee Channels and Floodplains Plant Community Type (site) Not Native (PCT – 000) Blackbox grassy open woodland wetland of rarely flooded Plant Community Type (adjoining) depressions in SW NSW (PCT – 000) Traditional Owners/Land Council Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Floodplain Management Plan Nil Land Stature Freehold Area of project: (ha) 7.7ha GPS Reference E: 423803 GPS Reference N: 6178975 MGA Zone: 55

3.2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3.2.1. PROJECT WORKS This proposal is for the construction of a 95ML irrigation and storage dam. These works include the following components: • Stripping of a portion of topsoil from site and stockpiling, • Excavation and construction of core trench and embankment, • Construction of embankment walls, • Installation of pipes through the bank for a recycle and lift pump, and • Placement of topsoil on banks.

An overview of the proposed project is shown below.

Figure 12 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors)

Specific details of the size and dimensions of the project are shown in the table below. Table 2 - Project earthworks detail Detail Project specifics Floor Length 340 Metres Floor Width 110 Metres Orientation East West Maximum height of bank 2.8 Metres Crest Width 4.2 Metres Maximum depth of cut 0.8 Metres Maximum depth of water 2.4 Metres Land area inside banks 4.7 Ha Land area of project 7.7 Ha Storage capacity 95ML Internal batters 8:1 External batters 3:1 Volume core trench 6,245 m³ Volume Topsoil 4,835 m³ Floor Volume of Cut 51,910 m³ Main embankment (98% compaction) 21,850 m³ Core embankment (95% compaction) 13,950m³ Design freeboard 1.0 Metres

3.2.2. INFRASTRUCTURE The project infrastructure will include the following: • Earthen irrigation storage dam, and • 1 x 1200mm RRJ concrete pipeline (under earthen wall). Note the pump station shed will be subject to a separate Development Application.

3.2.3. PROJECT METHODOLOGY The proposed methodology relating to the project works following the obtaining of all approvals is as follows:

NOTIFICATION Notifications are provided to all required authorities of the intent to commence works.

EMBANKMENT WALLS The walls of the water storage dam are to also be constructed from inorganic clay of high plasticity. The soil is to be placed in lifts no greater than 150mm loose thickness and compacted to a dry density ratio of 95% of standard compaction for 13,950m³ and a facing of earth to be used and compacted to 98% of standard compaction for 21,850m3. The embankment wall shown below demonstrates the 5.0m crest sloping towards the inside of the water storage dam, the 8:1 internal batter and the 3:1 external batter. The wall height is variable in relation to surrounding natural surface and will be no higher than 2.8m in total height. Upon completion of the embankments they will have a topsoil capping to assist with revegetation on the embankments for on-going erosion control and bank maintenance.

Figure 13 - Cross section of the proposed project walls (Source: PHL Surveyors)

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 18 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Site Description and Works the embankment. The pumps that are supplied from the storage dam will be located on the top of the southern wall and will have suction pipes installed following the internal alignment of the banks. PLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL ON EMBANKMENTS Following completion of the construction of the embankments and installation of pipelines, the previously stockpiled topsoil is to be replaced on the embankments in a layer of 20cm. This is to ensure that the compacted embankments are protected. A reseeding of the topsoil is recommended to provide a stable cover of vegetation to assist with erosion control. Grass used for this should not be a “deep rooted/runner” type of grass as this can create fissures in the embankments leading to leakage. NOTIFICATION Notification to required authorities of completion of project.

3.2.4. PROJECT STAGES AND TIMING The project will be undertaken in one stage.

3.3. GENERAL SETTING AND PHYSIOGRAPHY

3.3.1. CLIMATE The climate in the Griffith area can be described as a semi-arid climate under the Koppen climate classification with warm to hot summers and cool winters. Temperature extremes are quite variable across the year and the highest temperature recorded at Griffith was 46.4 degrees on the 16th January 2019. The lowest temperature was -5.9 on the 17th June 1977. The average annual rainfall is 403.4mm.

3.3.2. GEOLOGY & GEOMORPHOLOGY The project site is located within the Riverine plain of South-Eastern Australia and is bordered by the Great Dividing Range in the south and south-east, the Manara and Cocoparra ranges in the north and north-east, and the Mallee in the west - see Figure 14 below. The Riverine Plain is approximately 76,800 km2

Project Site

Figure 14 - The Riverine Plain of South-eastern Australia and its chief physiographic features (Butler 1950, pg 232.)

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 19 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Site Description and Works The Riverine Plain has built up from alluvial and aeolian sediments deposited over the past 65 million years. Bedrock occurs at the land surface around the southern and eastern rim of the plain while sediments are known to be in excess of 300m in depth in the north-west region near the town of Hay, NSW. The geomorphic (surface features) of the Riverine Plain have developed from fluvial (action of streams), lacustrine (action of lakes and wetlands) and aeolian (action of wind) activity. These processes have resulted in the current level of soil formation on the plain. The pattern of soil deposition, stream location and flooding occurrence determines the vegetation pattern across the plain. River Red Gum (E. Camaldulensis) is generally found close to water courses where a one-in-three to one-in-seven- year flood event is received. Black Box (E. lagiflorens) is generally found at further reaches and is a one-in-ten to one-in- thirty-year flood species.

3.3.3. TOPOGRAPHY The topography of the area is flat. There are no Rivers, lakes, waterways, swamps, sand formations or mountains within or adjoining the project area. The height of the area in relation to Australian Height Datum (AHD) 129.70m.A cross section of the project site from north to south including the proposed works in included in Appendix 1. This cross section identified that the natural surface within the existing irrigation area varies in height by 16cm with the fall toward the north.

Figure 15 - Image showing topography of the project site. (Source Six maps)

3.4. SURROUNDING AREA The project is located within the Riverina area of NSW. This region broadly covers 9,576,964ha (7,090,008ha in NSW). The Murray and the Murrumbidgee Rivers together with the Lachlan and the Goulburn Rivers are the major tributaries which flow from the highlands in the east west across the plains. (NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, 2003) Agriculture is the predominant land use surrounding the project area, specifically smaller irrigated cropping and grazing agricultural practices. Other land uses within the vicinity of the project area are dryland cropping and recreational uses. The closest populated area – Whitton has a population of approximately 496 (2016 census). The Mitchell Landscape for the area is defined as Murrumbidgee Scalded Plains which are defined as: Quaternary alluvial plains with extensive scalding interpreted as relic floodplains or terraces. Grey, brown and red craking clays, red brown texture-contrast soils with scalds. Levees traces evident, relief generally <1m, up to 5m on associated pans, swamps and lunettes. (Eco Logical Australia, 2008). This bioregion occupies over 1.1million hectares (15.5%) of the entire bioregional area. The area is serviced by local roads, mobile phone service, electricity and irrigation scheme water access.

4. METHODOLOGY 4.1. BACKGROUND REVIEW

4.1.1. BIODIVERSITY OFFSET SCHEME AND BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMENT METHOD The Biodiversity Offsets Scheme Entry Threshold (BOSET) is a test used to determine when it is necessary to engage an accredited assessor to apply the Biodiversity Assessment Method (BAM) to assess the impacts of a project. It is used for local NSW developments and clearing that does not require development consent in urban areas and areas zoned for environmental conservation (under the NSW State Environmental Planning Policy - Vegetation in Non-Rural Areas 2017). The NSW Biodiversity Conservation Regulation 2017 sets out threshold levels for when the Biodiversity Offsets Scheme will be triggered. The threshold has two elements: • whether the amount of native vegetation being cleared exceeds a threshold area, and • whether the project impacts occur on an area mapped on the Biodiversity Values map published by the Minister for the Environment. If clearing and other impacts exceeds either trigger, the Biodiversity Offset Scheme applies to the proposed development including biodiversity impacts prescribed by clause 6.1 of the Biodiversity Regulation 2017. Applicants are also required to undertake a ‘test of significance’ to ensure that the project will not have significant impact on biodiversity – specifically threatened species. The form of this assessment is through the utilisation of the ‘Five part test’. This project does not relate to any clearing of Native Vegetation and as a result, does not exceed the trigger. As required, the ’Five part test’ was undertaken following collation of database records and species and community profiles and a ‘likelihood of occurrence’ assessment was prepared with reference to the broad habitats contained within the study area. This was further refined following a site visit and assessment of any possible habitat present. A likelihood of occurrence ranking was attributed to threatened biota and migratory species based on the framework outlined in Table 2 below. Table 3 - Ranking for Assessment Presence of habitat Definition Present Potential of known habitat is within the project site. Marginal Habitat present in project site is not typical but may be suitable. Absent No potential or known habitat is present within the project site. Unlikely Species not previously recorded within a 10km radius and suitable habitat not recorded within the project site.

Likelihood of occurrence Definition Known Species recorded within the project site either from previous records or field survey results Likely Species previously recorded within a 10km radius and suitable habitat occurs within the project site. Possible Species recorded within 10km radius, but no suitable habitat recorded, or species not previously recorded within a 10km radius, but the project site is located within species known distribution and suitable habitat occurs within the project site. Unlikely Species not previously recorded within a 10km radius and suitable habitat not recorded within the project site.

Possible to be impacted Definition No The project would not result in an impact to this species. No Assessment of Significance (AoS) is necessary for this species. Low The project is unlikely to result in an impact to the species. No Assessment of Significance (AoS) is necessary for this species.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 21 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Methodology Possible to be impacted Definition Moderate The project could impact on this species of its habitats. This species is considered further in the Assessment. The risk to this species is considered manageable and an AoS is not considered necessary. High The project is likely to impact on this species or its habitats. An AoS has been applied to these entities.

4.1.2. DATABASE SEARCHES Database searches were undertaken prior to the site inspection to identify threatened species or communities known to, or potentially occurring in the locality (within 10kms of the center of the project area) based on previous records (Table 4). These searches utilised the following resources. Table 4 - Summary of database searches Resource Target Search Date Search Area Results Location Biodiversity Offsets 21/10/2019 Assessment Level Project site Section 11.2 Search Entry Tool 07/02/2020 Threatened flora and fauna OEH Wildlife Atlas Data species, populations and 21/10/2019 Study area (10km Section 5.2 (BioNet) ecological communities 07/02/2020 radius of project site) listed under the BC Act. Threatened flora and fauna, EPBC Act Protected endangered populations 21/10/2019 Study area (10km Section 11.3 Matters Search and ecological communities 07/02/2020 radius of project site) and migratory species. NSW Weed Wise Priority weeds declared in Leeton Local 12/11/2019 Section 11.4 database the relevant region Government Area Key fish habitat, species, NSW Primary Industries populations or communities 21/10/2019 threatened and listed under schedules 4 and Murrumbidgee Section 5.2

protected fish database 5 and their relation to the project site. Bureau of Meteorology Vegetation communities National Atlas of 21/10/2019 Study area (10km Section 5.2.3 and that are likely to rely on Groundwater 07/02/2020 radius project site) 11.5 groundwater. Dependant Ecosystems Regional and local mapping, 21/10/2019 Study area and SEED data portal Section 11.6 Aquatic Fauna. 07/02/2020 surrounds.

4.1.3. DESKTOP ASSESSMENT The species identified by database searches were evaluated for their potential to occur in the project site and study area (10km) based on habitat requirements, species sightings and records. This approach assumes that if suitable habitat is present on site, and local records of species occur, the project site may have the potential to harbour those species. The habitat evaluation approach increases the integrity of the site inspection to determine presence or absence of threatened species. This detailed assessment is included in Section 11.7.

4.2. SITE INSPECTION

A site inspection was undertaken on the 27th November, 2019 with a focus on identifying habitat features associated with threatened species identified in the desktop assessment. Particular attention was taken in identifying the project footprint and access with relation to: • Presence of mature trees with hollows, fissures and/or other suitable roosting/nesting places, • Presence of hollow logs/debris and areas of dense leaf litter, • The presence of preferred feed tree species, • Condition, flow and water quality of drainage lines and bodies of water, • Areas of dense vegetation,

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 22 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Methodology • Presence of fruiting flora species and blossoming flora species, particularly winter flowering species, • Vegetation connectivity and proximity to neighbouring areas of vegetation, • Presence of caves, hollow trees and/or man-made structures suitable as bat roost sites, • Native flora species and vegetation communities present, • Opportunistic fauna sightings, and • Weed species present and their abundance.

4.3. COMBINED ASSESSMENT

Following the site inspection, this report reviews the findings of both the desktop assessment, site inspection and records the results in relation to the ‘Five-part test’, NSW SEPP 44 test and EPBC referral assessment. Any mitigation measures required will be recommended and a conclusion will be provided at the end of the report.

5. RESULTS 5.1. BIODIVERSITY OFFSET SCHEME ENTRY TEST REPORT

The Biodiversity Offsets Scheme Entry Threshold Tool (BOSET) was accessed on 21st October 2019 prior to a site inspection and again on the 7th February 2020 during the report writing. The map produced as part of this review demonstrates that the: • Project site is located on land excluded from the LLS Act. • Project site is not located within an area of mapped Biodiversity Value. • Threshold report identifies that a Biodiversity Development Assessment Report (BDAR) is required, however, as the project does not include clearing of vegetation, a BDAR is not required. The BOSET mapping is shown below in Figure 16 showing the project site with relation to the Biodiversity Values mapping. The full BMAT report is located in Section 11.2. A site inspection has been undertaken to determine the extent of any clearing of native vegetation as part of the project construction or operation. Due to the type of construction methodology, the design and siting of the project, no clearing of vegetation is required, therefore, a BDAR is not required and the ‘Five part test’ assessment will be applied.

Figure 16 – Biodiversity Value mapping (BC Act) Searched from 07-02-2020)

5.2. DATABASE SEARCHES

The following results have been determined as part of the mapping and database searches: Detail Specific related to Project Site Bioregion Riverina Sub-region Murrumbidgee Soil Type Predominantly Grey Cracking Clays Mitchell Landscape Murrumbidgee Channels and Floodplains Vegetation Formation Not Native Vegetation Class Not Native Vegetation Type Not Native

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 24 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Results Detail Specific related to Project Site Plant Community Type ID 0 Surface Water Sharing Plan (WSP) WSP for the Murrumbidgee Unregulated and Alluvial Water Sources 2012 Surface Water Source Murrumbidgee Ground Water Sharing Plan Lower Murrumbidgee Shallow Groundwater Source Ground Water Management Area Lower Murrumbidgee Shallow Groundwater Sources 2003

5.2.1. FLORA

PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES – ECOLOGICAL VEGETATION CLASSES The NSW State Vegetation Type Map: Riverina Region Version V1.2 – VIS_ID4469 (OEH, 2016) has been utilised to identify the Plant Community Type (PCT) in project site area. This map identified a PCT of Not Native. This is consistent with vegetation identified in the site inspection.

Figure 17 - Photo showing the project area

THREATENED ECOLOGICAL COMMUNITIES Database searches undertaken on the 21st October 2019 and the 7th February 2020 revealed the following listed Ecological Communities with the potential to occur within the study area (10 km of the project site). These are identified below in Table 5. Table 5 - Listed Threatened Ecological Communities Threatened Ecological Communities Database ID Acacia melvillei (Yarran) Shrubland in the Riverina and Murray-Darling Depression bioregions Bionet Allocasuarina luehmannii (Bulloak) Woodland in the Riverina and Murray-Darling Depression Bionet/PMST Bioregions Eucalyptus microcarpa (Inland Grey Box) Woodland in the Riverina, NSW South Western Bionet/PMST Slopes, Cobar Peneplain, Nandewar and Brigalow Belt South Bioregions Poplar Box Grassy Woodland on Alluvial Plains PMST Acacia pendula (Weeping Myall/Boree) Woodland in the Darling Riverine Plains, Brigalow Belt Bionet/PMST South, Cobar Peneplain, Murray-Darling Depression, Riverina and NSW South Western Slopes bioregions

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 25 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Results Threatened Ecological Communities Database ID Sandhill Pine Woodland in the Riverina, Murray-Darling Depression and NSW South Western Bionet Slopes bioregions White Box-Yellow Box-Blakely’s Red Gum Grassy Woodland and Derived Grassland PMST

The site assessment undertaken did not indicate any evidence of the above vegetation ecological communities and confirmed the mapped PCT of Non Native vegetation identified in the desktop review.

THREATENED FLORA The BioNet database search for threatened flora species listed under the BC Act revealed two threatened species with records within the study area (10kms of site). The PMST suggests four threatened flora species with the potential to occur within the study area. Of these species none are considered as having a high likelihood occurring within the study area based on the species likelihood of occurrence habitat assessment (Section 11.7). The species identified in the search are: Table 6 - Threatened Flora identified within the study area Potential Recorded at Scientific Name Common Name NSW C'Wealth EPBC Bionet for site impact Austrostipa A spear-grass E E No Yes Low wakoolica Brachyscome Mossgiel Daisy V V No Yes Yes Low papillosa

Cullen parvum Small Scurf-pea E NL No Yes No

Sclerolaena Turnip Copperburr E E No Yes Low napiformis Swainsona Slender Darling Pea V V No Yes Low murrayana NL – Not Listed, V – Vulnerable, E – Endangered, CE – Critically Endangered, PE – Presumed extinct

5.2.2. PRIORITY WEEDS The Biosecurity Act 2015 dictates that all plants are regulated with a general biosecurity duty to prevent, eliminate or minimise any biosecurity risk they may pose. Any land managers or authorities who deal with any plant has a duty to ensure the risk is prevented, eliminated or minimised, so far as is reasonably practicable. Within the Leeton Shire Area there are 88 listed priority weeds, none of which were recorded during the site visit. It should be noted that due to season of the survey, the presence of priority weeds cannot be discounted entirely. Other weed species that were identified within the study area are common within the region and are often encountered within areas disturbed by farming activities. Section 7 details mitigation measures that will aid in alleviating any potential biodiversity risks associated with the assisted spread of exotic flora.

5.2.3. GROUNDWATER DEPENDANT ECOSYSTEMS A search of the Australian Groundwater Dependant Ecosystems Atlas which has identified that the project site is located in an area with potential for Groundwater integration as shown in green below. (Layer based on Groundwater Dependant Ecosystems (GDE) National Atlas). The site is located adjoining an identified groundwater dependant ecosystem.

Project Area

Figure 18 – Terrestrial GDE’s with the region of the project site (Source BOM)

Section 5.3 of the prepared Statement of Environmental Effects has undertaken an assessment of the groundwater within the area of the project sites. These results indication that the groundwater levels within the area are approx. 26m below the natural surface. The project works are proposed at an average of 1.5m below the natural surface. Based on this significant difference in levels, the project construction and operation works are unlikely to impact on a GDE.

5.3. FAUNA

5.3.1. THREATENED FAUNA A total of twenty-three listed species have been identified through the above desktop searches. Of these identified species, there are one amphibian, sixteen aves, three fish, two mammals and one bat. A summary showing these species and their potential for impact is shown below in Table 7. Table 7 - Threatened Fauna identified within the study area Species Scientific Name Common NSW C'Wealth Recorded EPBC Bionet/ Potential Name at site SEED for impact Amphibian Litoria raniformis Southern Bell E V No Yes Yes Low Frog Aves Botaurus Australasian E E No Yes Yes No poiciloptilus Bittern Aves Burhinus Bush Stone- E NL No Yes No grallarius curlew Aves Calidris Curlew E CE No Yes No ferruginea Sandpiper Aves Chthonicola Speckled V NL Yes Low sagittata Warbler Aves Circus assimilis Spotted Harrier V NL No Yes Low

Aves Climacteris Brown V NL No Yes Low picumnus Treecreeper victoriae

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 27 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Results Species Scientific Name Common NSW C'Wealth Recorded EPBC Bionet/ Potential Name at site SEED for impact (eastern subspecies) Aves Grantiella picta Painted V V No Yes No Honeyeater Aves Grus rubicunda Brolga V NL Yes No

Aves Haliaeetus White-bellied V Listed No Yes Yes No leucogaster Sea-Eagle Marine Aves Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl E V No Yes No Aves Pedionomus Plains- E CE No Yes No torquatus wanderer Aves Petroica Flame Robin V NL No Yes No phoenicea Aves Polytelis Superb Parrot V V No Yes Yes Low swainsonii Aves Pomatostomus Grey-crowned V NL No Yes Low temporalis Babbler temporalis (eastern subspecies) Aves Rostratula Australian E E No Yes No australis Painted Snipe Aves Numenius Eastern Curlew NL CE No Yes No madagascariensis Fish Galaxias Flathead CE CE NA Yes No rostratus Galaxias Fish Maccullochella Murray Cod NL V NA Yes No peelii Fish Macquaria Macquarie E E NA Yes No australasica Perch Mammal Phascolarctos Koala V V No Yes No cinereus Bat Nystophilus Corben’s Long- V V No Yes No eared Bat NL – Not Listed, V – Vulnerable, E – Endangered, CE – Critically Endangered, PE – Presumed extinct

No threatened fauna species were recorded during the site inspection. Based on the habitat values present within the study area, there have been no species considered to have a moderate likelihood of occurring within the project site (Section 11.7).

5.3.2. THREATENED FAUNA HABITAT The area proposed for disturbance as part of the construction and infrastructure work is highly modified by historical agricultural land use, access tracks and invasion of exotic flora grass species and is therefore unlikely to contain optimal habitat for threatened fauna. Groundcover across this area consists of sown pasture, therefore ground-dwelling species, other than introduced rabbits and foxes, are unlikely to be a common occurrence. As a result, these works are unlikely to impact on ground dwelling species.

Figure 19 – Images above showing existing pump and project site and below showing existing ground cover

There are no native trees recorded within the works site with only peppercorn trees identified within the site. No nests, dens or other significant roosting features were observed within the site. The site is unlikely to contain suitable habitat for species which prefer complex habitat features and a variation of structure.

Figure 20 - Photo showing area located to the east of the project site. Note: no works proposed within this area.

The area adjoining the project site contains potential foraging and nesting/roosting habitat for woodland birds, parrots and arboreal mammals in the form of flowering eucalypts and hollow-bearing trees. There are no works proposed within this area.

5.3.3. THREATENED, PROTECTED AND MIGRATORY FAUNA SPECIES The PMST revealed one migratory marine species, three terrestrial migratory species and twelve migratory wetland species with the potential to occur within the study area (10kms of the site). Four Ramsar wetlands are identified as being located more than 300km from the study area and one (Fivebough and tuckerbil Swamps) is located within 10kms of the

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 29 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Results project site. No wetland will be impacted either directly or indirectly by the project, through the installation or operation work of the project. Results of PMST is provided in Section 11.3. Table 8 - MNES Wetlands of International Importance MNES - Wetlands of International Importance Proximity Banrock station wetland complex 500-600kms Riverland 400-500kms The Coorong and Lakes Alexandrina and Albert wetland 600-700kms Hattah-Kulkyne lakes 300-400kms Fivebough & Tuckerbil Swamps Within 10-20kms

5.4. EPBC MATTERS OF NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL SIGNIFICANCE

There are no MNES that have been identified with the potential to occur within the project site.

6. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS 6.1. FLORA IMPACTS

6.1.1. LOSS OF VEGETATION The proposed works will result in the loss of zero ha of native vegetation. The project works are located within existing irrigation and cleared areas. No works are proposed within the adjoining vegetation areas.

6.1.2. THREATENED ECOLOGICAL COMMUNITIES The project site has been described as Not Native which is not a BC Act listed Endangered Ecological Community (EEC). The project will not reduce the extent of any threatened or endangered ecological community.

6.1.3. THREATENED FLORA No threatened flora was identified during the site inspection nor is any known to occur within the project site. The PMST identified four species and the Bionet search one additional (two in total) species with potential to occur within the study area however the site does not contain the characteristics usually required by these species. The assessments contained within Section 11.7, concluded that the project would not have a significant impact to any of these species listed under the BC Act and/or EPBC Act.

6.2. FAUNA IMPACTS

6.2.1. HABITAT LOSS There is no identified habitat proposed for removal for the construction or operation of the project. This is as a result of design and construction methods proposed to install infrastructure. There is no clearing of vegetation or removal of hollows, logs or snags proposed as part of the project works.

6.2.2. LOSS OF HOLLOW-BEARING TREES AND LOGS There is no native vegetation proposed for removal within the project works area and the introduced species proposed for removal are young peppercorn trees with no hollows or potential nesting value.

6.2.3. THREATENED AND MIGRATORY FAUNA The impact assessment as described above and attached in Section 11.7, has identified no species with a higher than low potential for impact. Species with additional special considerations are summarised below:

Koala - Phascolarctos cinereus The above described Koala habitat assessment determined that land of and adjoining the project site does not contain Potential Koala habitat. There are no habitat trees within the site and no tree species identified in SEPP 44 directly adjoining the site. There are no recordings of sightings within 10kms of the project area.

Plains Wanderer – Pedionomus torquatus As described in the species assessment, the Plains Wanderer is found in the west of the region bounded by Hay, Narrandera on the Murrumbidgee River in the north, the Cobb highway in the west, the Billabong creek in the south and Urana in the east. Also in North-central Victoria and central-western QLD. The species live in semi-arid, lowland native grasslands that typically occur on hard red-brown soils. Habitat structure appears to play a more important role than plant species composition. Preferred habitat of the Plains-wanderer typically comprises 50% bare ground, 10% fallen litter, and 40% herbs, forbs and grasses. Its food source is predominantly insects. This species has been included as the PMST search has identified the species or species habitat as being likely within the area. The Bionet search has not identified this species as likely to occur in this area and a review of the Local Government Area mapping in both the Leeton and Griffith Shire areas does not indicate that the area includes, mapped primary or secondary habitat. This is consistent with the grass cover and management of the site.

Superb Parrot – Polytelis swainsonii As described in the species assessment, the superb parrot is found in eastern inland NSW Breeding on the South-western slopes, migrating to the Namoi & Gwydir regions during winter. It is found in Red river gums, black box, yellow box, river

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 31 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Assessment of Impacts oak, mostly near rivers; mallee, stubbles, pastures, gardens. Superb parrots feed mostly on grass seed and herbaceous plants but also fruits, berries, nectar, bud’s, insects and flowers. It breeds Sept-Jan to producing 4-6 round white eggs in a nest in the hollow of red river gum or yellow box near water. This species has been identified in both the PMST search and there are Bionet sightings from 2004 and 2013 to the south of the site and one record of a call in 2004 to the east of the site. The project does not relate to the removal of any tree species utilised by the Supurb parrot and there are few of the species identified as feed species located within the project area. Therefore it is unlikely that this project will impact the Superb Parrot.

6.3. IMPACT OF RELEVANT KEY THREATENING PROCESSES

The following Key Threatening Processes have been identified as being relevant to the project and the potential impacts as a result of the project works have been addressed below. Table 9 - Key threatening processes under the BC and FM Acts Key Threatening Processes BC Act EPBC Act FM Act Relevance Clearing of Land Clearance No native vegetation is proposed to be removed as Native part of the proposed works. Weed control and Vegetation management within the project site will prevent the spread of weeds and associated decline in biodiversity values. Loss of Hollow- N/A No loss of hollow-bearing trees proposed. bearing Trees Removal of N/A Removal of large The site does not contain dead wood or dead trees dead wood and woody debris from and none are proposed for removal within the dead trees NSW rivers and surrounding area. streams Infection of Infection of frogs N/A The proposed works are unlikely to result in an frogs by by amphibian increased risk of infection to the local frog amphibian chytrid causing the population from chytrid fungus. chytid causing disease the disease chytridiomycosis chytridiomycosis Alteration to the N/A Installation and The project will not alter the course of the river or natural flow operation of the floodplain. regimes of rivers instream structures and streams and and other their floodplains mechanisms that and wetlands alter natural flow regimes of rivers and streams N/A N/A Degradation of There are no impacts proposed to riparian native riparian vegetation. Works are occurring either outside the vegetation Riparian Zone or within a previously disturbed area. Invasion of N/A N/A Exotic grasses and weeds formed the majority of the native plant groundcover layer within the project site at the time communities by of inspection. The project works and operation is exotic perennial unlikely to create an invasion of exotic grasses grasses

6.4. FIVE PART TEST

An assessment of all recorded threatened species within the project site and study area has been undertaken with the result recorded in Section 11.7. (a) in the case of a threatened species, whether the proposed development or activity is likely to have an adverse effect on the life cycle of the species such that a viable local population of the species is likely to be placed at risk of extinction. The project construction and operation activities do not require the removal of any native flora species. There are no impacts proposed with relation to hollow bearing trees, feed trees, hollows or sticks and snags within the project site with the only standing tree species proposed for removal being the Schinus mole (Peppercorn). Therefore, it is unlikely that the project works will have an adverse effect on the life cycle of any species, placing any species or population at the risk of extinction. (b) in the case of an endangered ecological community (EEC) or critically endangered ecological community, whether the proposed development or activity: (i) is likely to have an adverse effect on the extent of the ecological community such that its local occurrence is likely to be placed at risk of extinction, or (ii) is likely to substantially and adversely modify the composition of the ecological community such that its local occurrence is likely to be placed at risk of extinction. There are five endangered ecological communities that have been identified in the Protected Matters Report and five in the BioNet search - a total of seven difference communities. Plant Community Type mapping and a site inspection identified the Plant Community Type as Introduced Non-Native Species – not an EEC. The project does interact with any community listed under the Fisheries Management Act. No activities proposed will have an adverse effect that will place an EEC at the risk of extinction either locally or otherwise nor will it modify the composition of any EEC. (c) in relation to the habitat of a threatened species or ecological community: (i) the extent to which habitat is likely to be removed or modified as a result of the proposed development or activity, and (ii) whether an area of habitat is likely to become fragmented or isolated from other areas of habitat as a result of the proposed development or activity, and (iii) the importance of the habitat to be removed, modified, fragmented or isolated to the long-term survival of the species or ecological community in the locality. Project works do not propose the removal or modification to any native vegetation including trees dead or alive or the removal of logs, fallen branches or other potential forms of habitat. Therefore, no habitat will be removed, fragmented or isolated as part of the project work to the extent that a threatened species or community’s survival will be affected. (d) whether the proposed development or activity is likely to have an adverse effect on any declared area of outstanding biodiversity value (either directly or indirectly). The project site does not lie within and will not affect a declared area of outstanding biodiversity value. (e) whether the proposed development or activity is or is part of a key threatening process (KTP) or is likely to increase the impact of a key threatening process. Key Threatening Processes from the EPBC, BC or FM Acts are considered as part of this assessment and one KTP has been identified, this being – invasion of native plant communities by exotic perennial grasses” which are proposed to be sown on the site for bank stabilisation. The site is separated from adjoining native vegetation by existing and continued farming operations that maintain excellent weed control. As a result, this KTP is unlikely to increase the impact of perennial exotic grasses on native vegetation.

7. MITIGATION MEASURES 7.1. AVOID AND MINIMISE

The proposed work site has been selected and designed to eliminate vegetation clearing where possible and minimise potential impacts to specific threatened species and communities that may be present in the project site.

7.2. MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

The following mitigation and monitoring measures relating to the project construction and operation will be implemented to minimise potential impacts biodiversity. These are shown in the table below. Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Vegetation Clearing Pre-construction and No wooded vegetation is to be removed – all compounds, Construction excavations and access tracks are to be located within cleared areas or areas of introduced vegetation where possible. Construction areas are to be stabilised as soon as practicable (progressively where possible). All ‘No-Go’ zones are to be clearly identified and physically delineated. Hollow-bearing tree Pre-construction No hollow-bearing trees are to be removed as part of the removal project works. Weed and pathogen Pre-construction and Machinery must be inspected and cleaned prior to entering management construction and leaving the site to ensure that weed seeds and propagules are not imported or spread to unaffected areas. Impacts on Construction Measures to prevent and contain spillage of potential surrounding Native contaminants must be implemented. Vegetation In the event of a spill or contamination at the site, all works must cease and the spill management procedure implemented immediately.

8. CONCLUSION A preliminary desktop assessment has been undertaken on the project area and surrounds reviewing database searches for threatened species, populations and communities with the potential to occur within 10kms of the project site. A review of these results to identify their potential requirements was undertaken and a site inspection was completed on the 27th November 2019. The project works are proposed on existing farmed agricultural land and mapped as Non-native introduced plant community type. No clearing of native vegetation is proposed as part of the project works with the only species proposed for removal being the Schinus Molle (Peppercorn). There is not potential habitat identified within the project area. Assessments to determine the scale of impact to the listed communities concluded that a significant impact was not likely and therefore an Assessment of Significance or Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC) referral is not required. No threatened flora or fauna species are known to be directly impacted by the project construction or operation. The potential impacts of the project to threatened species considered likely to inhabit or utilise the project site were assessed in accordance with the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act, Fisheries Management Act and Commonwealth EPBC Act as applicable. Mitigation and management measures are provided and are aimed at ensuring that the project works do not impact biodiversity through the spread of weeds and pathogens, and other indirect impacts. With the effective implementation of management and mitigation measures identified in this Biodiversity Test of Significance and Assessment, risk of impacts to biodiversity is considered negligible.

Abbreviation Term ACT Australian Capital Territory BC Act Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 BOM Bureau of Meteorology DA Determining Authority DPI Department of Primary Industries DECCW Former NSW Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water (Now BCD) DP Deposited Plan EEC Endangered Ecological Community EPBC Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 FM Fisheries Management Act 1994 GDE Groundwater Dependant Ecosystem MNES Matters of National Environment Significance NSW New South Wales OEH Office of Environment and Heritage PCT Plant Community Type PMST Protected Matters Search Tool Project site The area directly affected by the proposal. SEED Sharing and Enabling Environmental Data Study Area The project site and additional areas likely to be affected by the proposal, either directly or indirectly. TEC Threatened Ecological Community

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 36 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved References 10. REFERENCES Cunningham, G., Mulham, W., Milthorpe, P. and Leigh, J., 1981. Plants of Western New South Wales. 1st ed. Australia: N.S.W Government Printing Office. Martin, D. and Porteners, M., 2002. The Use of Locally-Native Trees & Shrubs in the Southern Riverina. 1st ed. Deniliquin: Reliance Press Pty Ltd. NRAR, 2018, Guide to the application form for a new or amended controlled activity approval, NSW Government, Natural Resources Access Regulator. NSW Office of Water, 2012, Guidelines for riparian corridors on waterfront land, NSW Government Dept of Trade and Investment, Regional Infrastructure and Services. NSW Office of Water, 2012, Guidelines for vegetation management plans on waterfront land, NSW Government Dept of Trade and Investment, Regional Infrastructure and Services. NSW Office of Water, 2012, Guidelines for instream works on waterfront land, NSW Government Dept of Trade and Investment, Regional Infrastructure and Services. NSW Office of Water, 2012, Guidelines for outlet structures on waterfront land, NSW Government Dept of Trade and Investment, Regional Infrastructure and Services.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 37 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices 11. APPENDICES 11.1. BIODIVERSITY OFFSET SCHEME ENTRY THRESHOLD MAP AND REPORT

1: 7,314

Metres 371.5 0 185.77 371.5 This map is a user generated static output from an Internet mapping site and is for reference only. Data layers that appear on WGS_1984_Web_Mercator_Auxiliary_Sphere this map may or may not be accurate, current, or otherwise reliable.

THIS MAP IS NOT TO BE USED FOR NAVIGATION

Legend

Biodiversity Values that have been mapped for more than 90 days Notes Biodiversity Values added within last 90 days © Office of Environment and Heritage | NSW Environment & Heritage Biodiversity Values Map and Threshold Report

Results Summary

Date of Calculation 07/02/2020 10:39 AM BDAR Required*

Total Digitised Area 8.08 ha

Minimum Lot Size Method LEP

Minimum Lot Size 150 ha

Area Clearing Threshold 1 ha

Area clearing trigger Unknown # Unknown # Area of native vegetation cleared

Biodiversity values map trigger Impact on biodiversity values map(not including values added within the last 90 days)? no no

Date of the 90 day Expiry N/A

*If BDAR required has:

· at least one ‘Yes’: you have exceeded the BOS threshold. You are now required to submit a Biodiversity Development Assessment Report with your development application. Go to https://customer.lmbc.nsw.gov.au/assessment/AccreditedAssessor to access a list of assessors who are accredited to apply the Biodiversity Assessment Method and write a Biodiversity Development Assessment Report · ‘No’: you have not exceeded the BOS threshold. You may still require a permit from local council. Review the development control plan and consult with council. You may still be required to assess whether the development is ‘“likely to significantly affect threatened species’ as determined under the test in s. 7.3 of the Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016. You may still be required to review the area where no vegetation mapping is available. # Where the area of impact occurs on land with no vegetation mapping available, the tool cannot determine the area of native vegetation cleared and if this exceeds the Area Threshold. You will need to work out the area of native vegetation cleared - refer to the BOSET user guide for how to do this. On and after the 90 day expiry date a BDAR will be required.

Disclaimer

This results summary and map can be used as guidance material only. This results summary and map is not guaranteed to be free from error or omission. The State of NSW and Office of Environment and Heritage and its employees disclaim liability for any act done on the information in the results summary or map and any consequences of such acts or omissions. It remains the responsibility of the proponent to ensure that their development application complies will all aspects of the Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016. The mapping provided in this tool has been done with the best available mapping and knowledge of species habitat requirements. This map is valid for a period of 30 days from the date of calculation (above). Acknowledgement

I as the applicant for this development, submit that I have correctly depicted the area that will be impacted or likely to be impacted as a result of the proposed development.

Signature______Date:______07/02/2020 10:39 AM Appendices 11.2. PROTECTED MATTERS SEARCH

EPBC Act Protected Matters Report

This report provides general guidance on matters of national environmental significance and other matters protected by the EPBC Act in the area you have selected.

Information on the coverage of this report and qualifications on data supporting this report are contained in the caveat at the end of the report.

Information is available about Environment Assessments and the EPBC Act including significance guidelines, forms and application process details.

Report created: 07/02/20 11:30:42

Summary Details Matters of NES Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act Extra Information Caveat Acknowledgements

This map may contain data which are ©Commonwealth of Australia (Geoscience Australia), ©PSMA 2010

Coordinates Buffer: 10.0Km

Summary

Matters of National Environmental Significance

This part of the report summarises the matters of national environmental significance that may occur in, or may relate to, the area you nominated. Further information is available in the detail part of the report, which can be accessed by scrolling or following the links below. If you are proposing to undertake an activity that may have a significant impact on one or more matters of national environmental significance then you should consider the Administrative Guidelines on Significance.

World Heritage Properties: None National Heritage Places: None Wetlands of International Importance: 5 Great Barrier Reef Marine Park: None Commonwealth Marine Area: None Listed Threatened Ecological Communities: 5 Listed Threatened Species: 19 Listed Migratory Species: 10

Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act

This part of the report summarises other matters protected under the Act that may relate to the area you nominated. Approval may be required for a proposed activity that significantly affects the environment on Commonwealth land, when the action is outside the Commonwealth land, or the environment anywhere when the action is taken on Commonwealth land. Approval may also be required for the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies proposing to take an action that is likely to have a significant impact on the environment anywhere.

The EPBC Act protects the environment on Commonwealth land, the environment from the actions taken on Commonwealth land, and the environment from actions taken by Commonwealth agencies. As heritage values of a place are part of the 'environment', these aspects of the EPBC Act protect the Commonwealth Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place. Information on the new heritage laws can be found at http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage

A permit may be required for activities in or on a Commonwealth area that may affect a member of a listed threatened species or ecological community, a member of a listed migratory species, whales and other cetaceans, or a member of a listed marine species.

Commonwealth Land: 1 Commonwealth Heritage Places: None Listed Marine Species: 16 Whales and Other Cetaceans: None Critical Habitats: None Commonwealth Reserves Terrestrial: None Australian Marine Parks: None

Extra Information

This part of the report provides information that may also be relevant to the area you have nominated.

State and Territory Reserves: 1 Regional Forest Agreements: None Invasive Species: 29 Nationally Important Wetlands: None Key Ecological Features (Marine) None

Details

Matters of National Environmental Significance Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar) [ Resource Information ] Name Proximity Banrock station wetland complex 500 - 600km upstream Fivebough and tuckerbil swamps Within 10km of Ramsar Hattah-kulkyne lakes 300 - 400km upstream Riverland 400 - 500km upstream The coorong, and lakes alexandrina and albert wetland 600 - 700km upstream

Listed Threatened Ecological Communities [ Resource Information ] For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remote sensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and point location data are used to produce indicative distribution maps. Name Status Type of Presence Buloke Woodlands of the Riverina and Murray-Darling Endangered Community may occur Depression Bioregions within area Grey Box (Eucalyptus microcarpa) Grassy Woodlands Endangered Community likely to occur and Derived Native Grasslands of South-eastern within area Australia Poplar Box Grassy Woodland on Alluvial Plains Endangered Community may occur within area Weeping Myall Woodlands Endangered Community likely to occur within area White Box-Yellow Box-Blakely's Red Gum Grassy Critically Endangered Community may occur Woodland and Derived Native Grassland within area Listed Threatened Species [ Resource Information ] Name Status Type of Presence Birds Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern [1001] Endangered Species or species habitat known to occur within area

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Grantiella picta Painted Honeyeater [470] Vulnerable Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl [934] Vulnerable Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Pedionomus torquatus Plains-wanderer [906] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Polytelis swainsonii Superb Parrot [738] Vulnerable Breeding known to occur within area

Name Status Type of Presence Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe [77037] Endangered Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Fish Galaxias rostratus Flathead Galaxias, Beaked Minnow, Flat-headed Critically Endangered Species or species habitat Galaxias, Flat-headed Jollytail, Flat-headed Minnow may occur within area [84745] Maccullochella peelii Murray Cod [66633] Vulnerable Species or species habitat known to occur within area

Macquaria australasica Macquarie Perch [66632] Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Frogs Litoria raniformis Growling Grass Frog, Southern Bell Frog, Green and Vulnerable Species or species habitat Golden Frog, Warty Swamp Frog [1828] likely to occur within area

Mammals Nyctophilus corbeni Corben's Long-eared Bat, South-eastern Long-eared Vulnerable Species or species habitat Bat [83395] may occur within area

Phascolarctos cinereus (combined populations of Qld, NSW and the ACT) Koala (combined populations of Queensland, New Vulnerable Species or species habitat South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory) likely to occur within area [85104] Pteropus poliocephalus Grey-headed Flying-fox [186] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or related behaviour may occur within area Plants Austrostipa wakoolica [66623] Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Brachyscome papillosa Mossgiel Daisy [6625] Vulnerable Species or species habitat may occur within area

Sclerolaena napiformis Turnip Copperburr [11742] Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Swainsona murrayana Slender Darling-pea, Slender Swainson, Murray Vulnerable Species or species habitat Swainson-pea [6765] likely to occur within area

Listed Migratory Species [ Resource Information ] * Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list. Name Threatened Type of Presence Migratory Marine Birds Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Migratory Terrestrial Species Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Myiagra cyanoleuca Satin Flycatcher [612] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Migratory Wetlands Species

Name Threatened Type of Presence Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Gallinago hardwickii Latham's Snipe, Japanese Snipe [863] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act Commonwealth Land [ Resource Information ] The Commonwealth area listed below may indicate the presence of Commonwealth land in this vicinity. Due to the unreliability of the data source, all proposals should be checked as to whether it impacts on a Commonwealth area, before making a definitive decision. Contact the State or Territory government land department for further information. Name Commonwealth Land - Australian Telecommunications Commission

Listed Marine Species [ Resource Information ] * Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list. Name Threatened Type of Presence Birds Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret [59541] Breeding known to occur within area Ardea ibis Cattle Egret [59542] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitat may occur within

Name Threatened Type of Presence area Chrysococcyx osculans Black-eared Cuckoo [705] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Gallinago hardwickii Latham's Snipe, Japanese Snipe [863] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943] Species or species habitat known to occur within area

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater [670] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Myiagra cyanoleuca Satin Flycatcher [612] Species or species habitat may occur within area

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat may occur within area

Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato) Painted Snipe [889] Endangered* Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Extra Information State and Territory Reserves [ Resource Information ] Name State Murrumbidgee Valley NSW

Invasive Species [ Resource Information ] Weeds reported here are the 20 species of national significance (WoNS), along with other introduced plants that are considered by the States and Territories to pose a particularly significant threat to biodiversity. The following feral animals are reported: Goat, Red Fox, Cat, Rabbit, Pig, Water Buffalo and Cane Toad. Maps from Landscape Health Project, National Land and Water Resouces Audit, 2001.

Name Status Type of Presence Birds Acridotheres tristis Common Myna, Indian Myna [387] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Alauda arvensis Skylark [656] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Anas platyrhynchos Mallard [974] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Carduelis carduelis European Goldfinch [403] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Name Status Type of Presence Columba livia Rock Pigeon, Rock Dove, Domestic Pigeon [803] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Passer domesticus House Sparrow [405] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow [406] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Turtle-Dove [780] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Sturnus vulgaris Common Starling [389] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Turdus merula Common Blackbird, Eurasian Blackbird [596] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Mammals Bos taurus Domestic Cattle [16] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Canis lupus familiaris Domestic Dog [82654] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Capra hircus Goat [2] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Felis catus Cat, House Cat, Domestic Cat [19] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Lepus capensis Brown Hare [127] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Mus musculus House Mouse [120] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Oryctolagus cuniculus Rabbit, European Rabbit [128] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Rattus rattus Black Rat, Ship Rat [84] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Vulpes vulpes Red Fox, Fox [18] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Plants Asparagus asparagoides Bridal Creeper, Bridal Veil Creeper, Smilax, Florist's Species or species habitat Smilax, Smilax Asparagus [22473] likely to occur within area

Chrysanthemoides monilifera subsp. monilifera Boneseed [16905] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Cylindropuntia spp. Prickly Pears [85131] Species or species habitat likely to occur

Name Status Type of Presence within area Lycium ferocissimum African Boxthorn, Boxthorn [19235] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Opuntia spp. Prickly Pears [82753] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Prosopis spp. Mesquite, Algaroba [68407] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Rubus fruticosus aggregate Blackberry, European Blackberry [68406] Species or species habitat likely to occur within area

Sagittaria platyphylla Delta Arrowhead, Arrowhead, Slender Arrowhead Species or species habitat [68483] likely to occur within area

Salix spp. except S.babylonica, S.x calodendron & S.x reichardtii Willows except Weeping Willow, Pussy Willow and Species or species habitat Sterile Pussy Willow [68497] likely to occur within area

Solanum elaeagnifolium Silver Nightshade, Silver-leaved Nightshade, White Species or species habitat Horse Nettle, Silver-leaf Nightshade, Tomato Weed, likely to occur within area White Nightshade, Bull-nettle, Prairie-berry, Satansbos, Silver-leaf Bitter-apple, Silverleaf-nettle, Trompillo [12323]

Caveat The information presented in this report has been provided by a range of data sources as acknowledged at the end of the report.

This report is designed to assist in identifying the locations of places which may be relevant in determining obligations under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. It holds mapped locations of World and National Heritage properties, Wetlands of International and National Importance, Commonwealth and State/Territory reserves, listed threatened, migratory and marine species and listed threatened ecological communities. Mapping of Commonwealth land is not complete at this stage. Maps have been collated from a range of sources at various resolutions.

Not all species listed under the EPBC Act have been mapped (see below) and therefore a report is a general guide only. Where available data supports mapping, the type of presence that can be determined from the data is indicated in general terms. People using this information in making a referral may need to consider the qualifications below and may need to seek and consider other information sources.

For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remote sensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and point location data are used to produce indicative distribution maps.

Threatened, migratory and marine species distributions have been derived through a variety of methods. Where distributions are well known and if time permits, maps are derived using either thematic spatial data (i.e. vegetation, soils, geology, elevation, aspect, terrain, etc) together with point locations and described habitat; or environmental modelling (MAXENT or BIOCLIM habitat modelling) using point locations and environmental data layers.

Where very little information is available for species or large number of maps are required in a short time-frame, maps are derived either from 0.04 or 0.02 decimal degree cells; by an automated process using polygon capture techniques (static two kilometre grid cells, alpha-hull and convex hull); or captured manually or by using topographic features (national park boundaries, islands, etc). In the early stages of the distribution mapping process (1999-early 2000s) distributions were defined by degree blocks, 100K or 250K map sheets to rapidly create distribution maps. More reliable distribution mapping methods are used to update these distributions as time permits.

Only selected species covered by the following provisions of the EPBC Act have been mapped: - migratory and - marine The following species and ecological communities have not been mapped and do not appear in reports produced from this database:

- threatened species listed as extinct or considered as vagrants - some species and ecological communities that have only recently been listed - some terrestrial species that overfly the Commonwealth marine area - migratory species that are very widespread, vagrant, or only occur in small numbers The following groups have been mapped, but may not cover the complete distribution of the species: - non-threatened seabirds which have only been mapped for recorded breeding sites - seals which have only been mapped for breeding sites near the Australian continent Such breeding sites may be important for the protection of the Commonwealth Marine environment.

Coordinates

-34.52841 146.1697

Acknowledgements This database has been compiled from a range of data sources. The department acknowledges the following custodians who have contributed valuable data and advice: -Office of Environment and Heritage, New South Wales -Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Victoria -Department of Primary Industries, Parks, Water and Environment, Tasmania -Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, South Australia -Department of Land and Resource Management, Northern Territory -Department of Environmental and Heritage Protection, Queensland -Department of Parks and Wildlife, Western Australia -Environment and Planning Directorate, ACT -Birdlife Australia -Australian Bird and Bat Banding Scheme -Australian National Wildlife Collection -Natural history museums of Australia -Museum Victoria -Australian Museum -South Australian Museum -Queensland Museum -Online Zoological Collections of Australian Museums -Queensland Herbarium -National Herbarium of NSW -Royal Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium of Victoria -Tasmanian Herbarium -State Herbarium of South Australia -Northern Territory Herbarium -Western Australian Herbarium -Australian National Herbarium, Canberra -University of New England -Ocean Biogeographic Information System -Australian Government, Department of Defence Forestry Corporation, NSW -Geoscience Australia -CSIRO -Australian Tropical Herbarium, Cairns -eBird Australia -Australian Government – Australian Antarctic Data Centre -Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory -Australian Government National Environmental Science Program -Australian Institute of Marine Science -Reef Life Survey Australia -American Museum of Natural History -Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Inveresk, Tasmania -Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania -Other groups and individuals

The Department is extremely grateful to the many organisations and individuals who provided expert advice and information on numerous draft distributions.

Please feel free to provide feedback via the Contact Us page.

Scientific Name Common Name Duty Comments All plants NA General Biosecurity Duty Lycium ferocissimum African Boxthorn Prohibition on dealings Alternanthera Alligator Weed Prohibition on dealings philoxeroides Biosecurity Zone Regional Recommended Measure Eichhornia azurea Anchored water Prohibited Matter hyacinth Tamarix aphylla Athel pine Prohibition on dealings Jatropha gossypiifolia Bellyache bush Prohibition on dealings Chrysanthemoides Bitou bush Prohibition on dealings monilifera subsp. Biosecurity Zone The Bitou Bush Biosecurity Zone is rotundata established for all land within the State except land within 10 kilometres of the mean high water mark of the Pacific Ocean between Cape Byron in the north and Point Perpendicular in the south. Regional Recommended Measure Centaurea x Black knapweed Prohibited Matter moncktonii Salix nigra Black Willow Prohibition on dealings Regional Recommended Measure Rubus fruticosus Blackberry Prohibition on dealings All species in the Rubus fruiticosus species species aggregate aggregate have this requirement, except for the varietals Black Satin, Chehalem, Chester Thornless, Dirksen Thornless, Loch Ness, Murrindindi, Silvan, Smooth Stem, and Thornfree Chrysanthemoides Boneseed Prohibition on dealings monilifera subsp. Control Order Bonseed Control Zone: Whole of NSW monilifera Cylindropuntia Boxing glove Prohibition on dealings fulgida var. cactus mamillata Asparagus Bridal creeper Prohibition on dealings *this requirement also applies to the asparagoides Western Cape form of bridal creeper Asparagus declinatus Bridal veil creeper Prohibited Matter Orobanche species Broomrapes Prohibited Matter All species of Orobanche are Prohibited Matter in NSW, except the natives Orobanche cernua var. australiana and Orobanche minor Cabomba caroliniana Cabomba Prohibition on dealings Austrocylindropuntia Cane cactus Prohibition on dealings All species in the Austrocylindropuntia cylindrica genus have this requirement Nassella hyalina Cane needle grass Regional Recommended Measure Genista Cape Broom Prohibition on dealings monspessulana Regional Recommended Measure

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 40 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Scientific Name Common Name Duty Comments Dolichandra unguis- Cat's claw creeper Prohibition on dealings cati Nassella neesiana Chilean needle Prohibition on dealings grass Regional Recommended Measure Asystasia gangetica Chinese violet Control Order subsp. micrantha Asparagus africanus Climbing Prohibition on dealings asparagus Asparagus plumosus Climbing Prohibition on dealings asparagus fern Opuntia stricta Common pear Prohibition on dealings Hyparrhenia hirta Coolatai grass Regional Recommended Measure Myriophyllum Eurasian water Prohibited Matter spicatum milfoil Senecio Fireweed Prohibition on dealings madagascariensis Regional Recommended Measure Genista linifolia Flax-leaf broom Prohibition on dealings Regional Recommended Measure Limnobium Frogbit Prohibited Matter laevigatum Andropogon gayanus Gamba grass Prohibited Matter Ulex europaeus Gorse Prohibition on dealings Regional Recommended Measure Salix cinerea Grey sallow Prohibition on dealings Regional Recommended Measure Asparagus Ground asparagus Prohibition on dealings aethiopicus Hieracium species Hawkweeds Prohibited Matter All species in the genus Hieracium are Prohibited Matter Equisetum species Horsetails Regional Recommended Measure Cylindropuntia Hudson pear Prohibition on dealings pallida Hydrocotyle Hydrocotyl Prohibited Matter ranunculoides Hymenachne Hymenachne Prohibition on dealings amplexicaulis and hybrids Vachellia karroo Karroo thorn Prohibited Matter Heteranthera Kidney-leaf mud Regional Recommended reniformis plantain Measure Bassia scoparia Kochia Prohibited Matter Clidemia hirta Koster's curse Prohibited Matter Lagarosiphon major Lagarosiphon Prohibited Matter Lantana camara Lantana Prohibition on dealings Anredera cordifolia Madeira vine Prohibition on dealings Prosopis species Mesquite Prohibition on dealings

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 41 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Scientific Name Common Name Duty Comments Regional Recommended Measure Nassella tenuissima Mexican feather Prohibited Matter grass Miconia species Miconia Prohibited Matter All species of Miconia are Prohibited Matter in NSW Mikania micrantha Mikania vine Prohibited Matter *all species in the genus Mikania are Prohibited Matter in NSW Mimosa pigra Mimosa Prohibited Matter Bryophyllum species Mother of Regional Recommended Millions Measure Leucanthemum Ox-eye daisy Regional Recommended vulgare Measure Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia Prohibition on dealings Control Order Parkinsonia Control Zone: Whole of NSW Parthenium Parthenium weed Prohibited Matter hysterophorus Prohibition on dealings The following equipment must not be imported into NSW from Queensland: grain harvesters (including the comb or front), comb trailers (including the comb or front), bins used for holding grain during harvest operations, augers or similar for moving grain, vehicles used to transport grain harvesters, support vehicles driven in paddocks during harvest operations, mineral exploration drilling rigs and vehicles used to transport those rigs, unless set out as an exception in Division 5, Part 2 of the Biosecurity Order (Permitted Activities) 2017 Physalis longifolia Perennial ground Regional Recommended cherry Measure Annona glabra Pond apple Prohibited Matter Physalis hederifolia Prairie ground Regional Recommended cherry Measure Vachellia nilotica Prickly acacia Prohibited Matter Austrocylindropuntia Prickly pears - Prohibition on dealings All species in the Austrocylindropuntia species Austrocylindropu genus have this requirement ntias Cylindropuntia Prickly pears - Prohibition on dealings All species in the Cylindropuntia genus have species Cylindropuntias this requirement Opuntia species Prickly pears - Prohibition on dealings Except for Opuntia ficus-indica (Indian fig) Opuntias Senecio jacobaea Ragwort Regional Recommended Measure Cylindropuntia Rope pear Prohibition on dealings All species in the Cylindropuntia genus have imbricata this requirement Cryptostegia Rubber vine Prohibited Matter grandiflora Sagittaria platyphylla Sagittaria Prohibition on dealings Regional Recommended Measure Salvinia molesta Salvinia Prohibition on dealings

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 42 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Scientific Name Common Name Duty Comments Regional Recommended Measure Cytisus scoparius Scotch broom Prohibition on dealings subsp. scoparius Regional Recommended Snowy Valleys Council Measure Regional Recommended Whole region excluding Snowy Valleys Measure Council Gymnocoronis Senegal tea plant Regional Recommended spilanthoides Measure Nassella trichotoma Serrated tussock Prohibition on dealings Regional Recommended Measure Chromolaena Siam weed Prohibited Matter odorata Solanum Silverleaf Prohibition on dealings elaeagnifolium nightshade Opuntia monacantha Smooth tree pear Prohibition on dealings Asparagus scandens Snakefeather Prohibition on dealings Limnobium spongia Spongeplant Prohibited Matter Centaurea stoebe Spotted Prohibited Matter subsp. micranthos knapweed Opuntia aurantiaca Tiger pear Prohibition on dealings Solanum viarum Tropical soda Control Order Tropical Soda Apple Control Zone: Whole of apple NSW Opuntia tomentosa Velvety tree pear Prohibition on dealings Trapa species Water caltrop Prohibited Matter All species in the Trapa genus are Prohibited Matter in NSW Eichhornia crassipes Water hyacinth Prohibition on dealings Biosecurity Zone The Water Hyacinth Biosecurity Zone applies to all land within the State, except for the following regions: Greater Sydney or North Coast, North West (but only the local government area of Moree Plains), Hunter (but only in the local government areas of City of Cessnock, City of Lake Macquarie, MidCoast, City of Maitland, City of Newcastle or Port Stephens), South East (but only in the local government areas of Eurobodalla, Kiama, City of Shellharbour, City of Shoalhaven or City of Wollongong). Regional Recommended Measure Pistia stratiotes Water lettuce Regional Recommended Measure Nymphaea species Water lilies Regional Recommended Measure Hydrocleys Water poppy Regional Recommended nymphoides Measure Stratiotes aloides Water soldier Prohibited Matter Salix species Willows Prohibition on dealings All species in the Salix genus have this requirement, except Salix babylonica (weeping willows ), Salix x calodendron

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 43 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Scientific Name Common Name Duty Comments (pussy willow) and Salix x reichardtii (sterile pussy willow) Striga species Witchweeds Prohibited Matter All species in the Striga genus are Prohibited Matter in NSW, except the native Striga parviflora Limnocharis flava Yellow burrhead Prohibited Matter

General Biosecurity Duty - All plants are regulated with a general biosecurity duty to prevent, eliminate or minimise any biosecurity risk they may pose. Any person who deals with any plant, who knows (or ought to know) of any biosecurity risk, has a duty to ensure the risk is prevented, eliminated or minimised, so far as is reasonably practicable. Prohibition on dealings - Must not be imported into the State or sold. Prohibited Matter - A person who deals with prohibited matter or a carrier of prohibited matter is guilty of an offence. A person who becomes aware of or suspects the presence of prohibited matter must immediately notify the Department of Primary Industries. Biosecurity Zone - The Biosecurity Zone is established for all land within the state except land in the following regions: Greater Sydney; Hunter (but only in the local government areas of City of Lake Macquarie, City of Maitland, City of Newcastle or Port Stephens). Within the Biosecurity Zone this weed must be eradicated where practicable, or as much of the weed destroyed as practicable, and any remaining weed suppressed. The local control authority must be notified of any new infestations of this weed within the Biosecurity Zone. Regional Recommended Measure - Land managers should mitigate the risk of new weeds being introduced to their land. The plant should be eradicated from the land and the land kept free of the plant. The plant should not be bought, sold, grown, carried or released into the environment. Notify local control authority if found. Control Order - Owners and occupiers of land on which there is boneseed must notify the local control authority of new infestations; immediately destroy the plants; ensure subsequent generations are destroyed; and ensure the land is kept free of the plant. A person who deals with a carrier of boneseed must ensure the plant (and any seed and propagules) is not moved from the land; and immediately notify the local control authority of the presence of the plant.

Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Amphibian Region: In NSW the species was once distributed along the Murray and Murrumbidgee Rivers and their tributaries, the southern slopes of the Monaro district and the central southern tablelands as far north as Tarana, near Bathurst. Currently, the species is known to exist only in isolated populations in the Coleambally Irrigation Area, the Lowbidgee floodplain and around Lake Victoria. Habitat: Found mostly amongst emergent vegetation, including Typha sp. (bullrush), Phragmites sp. (reeds) and Eleocharis sp.(sedges), in or at the edges of still or slow-flowing water bodies such as lagoons, swamps, lakes, ponds and farm dams. Can be found floating in warmer waters in Southern Bell Litoria raniformis temperatures between 18–25°C. Additionally, this species occurs in: E V Marginal Possible Low Frog clays or well-watered sandy soils; open grassland, open forest, and ephemeral and permanent non-saline marshes and swamps; montane eucalypt forest, dry schlerophyll forest in coastal Victoria; steep-banked water edges (like ditches and drains) and gently graded edges containing fringing plants; and formerly, areas of high altitudes. Food sources: Invertebrates as well as other small frogs. Breeding: Breeding occurs during the warmer months and is triggered by flooding or a significant rise in water levels. The species has been known to breed anytime from early spring through to late summer/early autumn (Sept to April) following a rise in water levels. Aves Region: Widespread but uncommon over south-eastern Australia. Found throughout most of NSW except for the north-west. Habitat: Favors permanent freshwater wetlands with tall, dense Botaurus Australasian vegetation, particularly bullrushes and spikerushes. E E Absent Possible No poiciloptilus Bittern Food source: Frogs, rush, yabbies, spiders, insects, snails. Breeding: Occurs in summer from October to January. Usually six eggs to a clutch. Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 46 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Nests: Built in secluded places in densely-vegetated wetlands on a platform of reeds. Region: Found throughout mainland Australia except for central and southern coast, inland, and the far south-eastern corner. Still common in northern Australia; either rare or extinct elsewhere throughout its former range. Burhinus Bush Stone- Habitat: Inhabits open forests and woodlands with sparse grassy ground E NL Absent Possible No grallarius curlew layer and fallen timber. Food source: Insects, small vertebrates such as frogs, lizards and snakes. Breeding: Nest on the ground in a scrape or small bare patch. Two eggs laid in spring and early summer. Region: Distributed around most of the Australian coastline (including Tasmania). It occurs along the entire coast of NSW, particularly in the Hunter Estuary, and sometimes in freshwater wetlands in the Murray- Darling Basin. Inland records are probably mainly of birds pausing for a CE few days during migration. The Curlew Sandpiper breeds in Siberia and Listed migrates to Australia (as well as Africa and Asia) for the non-breeding Migratory period, arriving in Australia between August and November, and Calidris Curlew Wetland departing between March and mid-April. E Absent Possible No ferruginea Sandpiper Species Habitat: It generally occupies littoral and estuarine habitats, and in New Listed South Wales is mainly found in intertidal mudflats of sheltered coasts. It Marine also occurs in non-tidal swamps, lakes and lagoons on the coast and Species sometimes inland. Roosts on shingle, shell or sand beaches; spits or islets on the coast or in wetlands; or sometimes in salt marsh, among beach-cast seaweed, or on rocky shores. Food source: Worms, molluscs, crustaceans, insects and some seeds. Region: Ranges throughout south-eastern Queensland, the eastern half of NSW and into Victoria. Most frequently reported from the hills and Chthonicola Speckled tablelands of the Great Dividing Range. Severe species decline observed V NL Absent Possible Low sagittata Warbler where no vegetation remnants larger than 100ha survive. Habitat: Eucalyptus dominated communities that have a grassy understory, often on rocky ridges or gullies. Large, relatively

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 47 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence undisturbed remnants are required for species to persist in an area. Food source: Seeds and insects. Breeding: Nests are rounded, domed and built of dry grass and strips of bark, located in a slight hollow in the ground or at the base of a low dense plant, often amongst fallen branches or litter. 3-4 eggs per clutch, laid between August to January. Eggs are a glossy red-brown. Region: Occurs throughout the Australian mainland. Individuals disperse widely in NSW and comprise a single population. Habitat: Occurs in grassy open woodland including Acacia and mallee remnants, inland riparian woodland, grassland and shrub steppe. Found Spotted most commonly in native grassland, but also occurs in agricultural land, Circus assimilis V NL Marginal Likely Low Harrier foraging over open habitats including edges of inland wetlands. Food Source: Preys on terrestrial mammals (e.g. bandicoots and rodents), birds and reptiles, occasionally insects and rarely carrion. Breeding: Breeding season from spring to autumn. Nest: Stick nest in a tree. Region: Eastern Australia from SA to Cape York, Qld. Western boundary of the species' range runs approximately through Corowa, Wagga Wagga, Temora, Forbes, Dubbo, Inverell. Brown Habitat: Mainly inhabits woodlands dominated by rough-barked Climacteris Treecreeper eucalypts, usually with open grassy understory, sometimes with one or picumnus V NL Absent Possible Low (eastern more shrub species. Fallen timber is an important habitat feature. victoriae subspecies) Food source: Feeding predominantly on ants and other invertebrates and sometimes on nectar, sap, lizards and food scraps. Breeding: Usually produce 2-3 speckled and streaked pinkish eggs. Nest: Grass-lined hollow. Region: Nomadic species occurring at low densities throughout its range. Occurs throughout NSW, except in coastal areas and the south- Painted western corner of the state. Greatest concentration and almost all Grantiella picta V V Absent Unlikely No Honeyeater breeding occurs on inland slopes of Great Dividing Range. Habitat: Boree/Weeping Myall, Brigalow and Box-Gum Woodlands and Box-Ironbark forests.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 48 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Food source: Specialist feeder on the fruits of mistletoes growing on woodland eucalypts and acacias. Breeding: Nest from spring to autumn in a small, delicate nest hanging within the outer canopy of drooping eucalypts, Sheoak, paperbark or mistletoe branches. Region: Formerly found across most of Australia, particularly towards the north. Still abundant in the north, but very sparse across the southern part of its range. Habitat: Dependent on wetlands, yet will also feed in dry grassland and Grus rubicunda Brolga ploughed paddocks. V NL Absent Possible No Food source: Sedge roots, tubers, insects, crustaceans, molluscs, frogs. Breeding: Two eggs laid from winter to autumn. Nest: A platform of grasses and sticks augmented with mud, on an island or in the water. Region: The White-bellied Sea-Eagle is distributed along the coastline (including offshore islands) of mainland Australia and Tasmania. It also extends inland along some of the larger waterways, especially in eastern Australia. The inland limits of the species are most restricted in south-central and south-western Australia, where it is confined to a narrow band along the coast. Habitat: The White-bellied Sea-Eagle is found in coastal habitats (especially those close to the sea-shore) and around terrestrial wetlands Haliaeetus White-bellied in tropical and temperate regions of mainland Australia and its offshore Listed V Absent Possible No leucogaster Sea-Eagle islands. The habitats occupied by the sea-eagle are characterised by the Marine presence of large areas of open water (larger rivers, swamps, lakes, the Species sea). Birds have been recorded in (or flying over) a variety of terrestrial habitats. Birds have been recorded at or in the vicinity of freshwater swamps, lakes, reservoirs, billabongs, saltmarsh and sewage ponds. Food source: Fish, birds, reptiles, mammals, crustaceans, carrion and offal. Breeding: Breeding season from June to January. Nesting: The nest is a large structure composed of sticks and lined with

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 49 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence leaves, grass or seaweed. Nests may be built in a variety of sites including tall trees (especially Eucalyptus species), bushes, mangroves, cliffs, rocky outcrops, caves, crevices, on the ground or even on artificial structures. Region: Known and predicted to occur in central and western NSW. Significant populations occur in Mallee Cliffs NP, extending east to Balranald and north to Mungo. The population in central NSW has been significantly reduced due to land clearance and fox predation. A population continues to persist in the Goonoo forest near Dubbo. Habitat: Predominantly inhabit mallee communities, less frequently found in other eucalypt woodlands such as Inland Grey Box, Ironbark or Bimble Box woodlands with thick understory, or in other woodlands Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl E V Absent Unlikely No dominated by Mulga or native Cypress Pine species. Prefers areas of light sandy to sandy loam soils and habitats with a dense but discontinuous canopy, with dense and diverse shrub and herb layers. Food source: Forage in open areas on seeds, buds, flowers, fruits, herbs, insects and cereals if available. Breeding: Usually 15-24 (up to 34) eggs laid in a single season. Nest: Incubate eggs in large mounds with considerable volume of sandy soil. Region: Western Riverina area bounded by Hay, Narrandera on the Murrumbidgee River in the north, the Cobb highway in the west, the Billabong creek in the south and Urana in the east. Also in North-central Victoria and central-western QLD. Habitat: Plains-wanderers live in semi-arid, lowland native grasslands Pedionomus Plains- that typically occur on hard red-brown soils. Habitat structure appears E CE Absent Unlikely No torquatus wanderer to play a more important role than plant species composition. Preferred habitat of the Plains-wanderer typically comprises 50% bare ground, 10% fallen litter, and 40% herbs, forbs and grasses. Food source: Insects. Breeding: Plains-wanderers are capable of breeding in their first year and they breed in solitary pairs. Clutch-size is usually four eggs, but can

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 50 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence range from two to five. Nest: The nest is a hollow or 'scrape' that is scratched into the ground and lined with grass. The nests are placed amongst native grasses and herbs, or sometimes amongst crops. Region: Near Queensland border to south east South Australia, also in Tasmania. In NSW, breeds in upland areas, and moves to inland slopes and plains in winter. Likely there are two separate NSW populations, one in Northern Tablelands, another ranging from Central to Southern Tablelands. Habitat: Breeds in upland tall moist eucalypt forests and woodlands, open on ridges and slopes. Prefers clearings and/or open understory’s, with ground layer of native grasses. In winter, birds migrate to drier, Petroica Flame Robin more open habitats in the lowlands, including dry forests, open V NL Marginal Possible No phoenicea woodlands, and in pastures and native grasslands with or without scattered trees. Food source: Insects and other invertebrates. Breeding: Reproduce in spring to late summer. Clutch size three to four eggs. Nest: Open cup nest, often near ground in sheltered sites such as shallow tree cavities, stumps, banks. Eggs oval in shape, pale bluish- or greenish-white and marked with brownish blotches. Region: Eastern inland NSW Breeding on the South-western slopes, migrating to the Namoi & Gwydir regions during winter. Habitat: Red river gums, black box, yellow box, river oak, mostly near Polytelis rivers; mallee, stubbles, pastures, gardens. Superb Parrot V V Marginal Possible Low swainsonii Food source: Mostly on grass seed and herbaceous plants but also fruits, berries, nectar, bud’s, insects and flowers. Breeding: Sept-Jan to produce 4-6 round white eggs. Nest: Hollow of red river gum or yellow box near water. Pomatostomus Region: Eastern and northern Australia. Becoming rarer in settled areas. Grey-crowned temporalis Habitat: A bird species common in Box-Gum, Box-Cypress & Open Box V NL Absent Possible Low Babbler temporalis woodlands and scrubland. Birds are generally unable to cross large open

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 51 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence (eastern areas. subspecies) Food source: Feed on invertebrates by foraging on the trunks and branches of eucalypts and other woodland trees or on the ground, digging and probing amongst litter and tussock grasses. Breeding: Usually 2-3 eggs laid between July and February. Nest: Nest is a large, untidy dome of sticks lined with grass, bark, wool etc. 3-6m above ground. Region: Most records from the south east, particularly the Murray Darling Basin. In NSW, most records associated with marshes, lakes and swamps in the Basin. Habitat: Prefers fringes of swamps, dams and nearby marshy areas Rostratula Australian where there is a cover of grasses, lignum, low scrub or open timber. E E Absent Unlikely No australis Painted Snipe Forages on mud flats and in shallow water. Food source: Worms, molluscs, insects, some plant matter. Breeding: Often in response to local conditions, generally occurs from September to December. Nest: A scrape in the ground lined with grasses and leaves. Region: Region Within Australia, the Eastern Curlew has a primarily coastal distribution. The species is found in all states, particularly the north, east, and south-east regions including Tasmania. Eastern Curlews are rarely recorded inland. In NSW the species occurs across the entire CE coast but is mainly found in estuaries such as the Hunter River, Port Listed Stephens, Clarence River, Richmond River and ICOLLs of the south coast. Migratory Habitat: It generally occupies coastal lakes, inlets, bays and estuarine Numenius Wetland Eastern Curlew habitats, and in New South Wales is mainly found in intertidal mudflats NL Absent Unlikely No madagascariensis Species and sometimes saltmarsh of sheltered coasts. Occasionally, the species Listed occurs on ocean beaches (often near estuaries), and coral reefs, rock Marine platforms, or rocky islets. Species Food source: It forages in or at the edge of shallow water, occasionally on exposed algal mats or waterweed, or on banks of beach-cast seagrass or seaweed. It is carnivorous, mainly eating crustaceans (including crabs, shrimps and prawns), small molluscs, as well as some

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 52 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence insects. Breeding: It may delay breeding until three to four years of age. Within Australia, immature birds, which do not migrate, move northward in winter. Breeds in Russia and north-eastern China but its distribution is poorly known. During the non-breeding season a few birds occur in southern Korea and China, but most spend the non-breeding season in north, east and south-east Australia. Nest: It roosts on sandy spits and islets, especially on dry beach sand near the high-water mark, and among coastal vegetation including low saltmarsh or mangroves. May also roost on wooden oyster leases or other similar structures Region: Non-breeding visitor to all areas in Australia. Habitat: Mostly occurs over dry or open habitats, including riparian woodland and also found at treeless grassland and sandplains. Listed Food Source: Little known on food items however known to be Migratory insectivorous and has been known to eat small bees, wasps, termites Fork-tailed Marine Apus pacificus and moths. It is an aerial eater and forages along edges of low pressure NL Marginal Possible No Swift Listed systems. Marine Breeding: Does not breed in Australia. Species Nesting/Roosting: likely to roost aerially but have been occasionally observed to land and once recorded roosting in trees, using bare exposed branch emergent above foliage. Region: Widespread in eastern Australia, in NSW widespread on and east of the Great Divide and sparsely scattered on the western slopes, with very occasional records on the western plains. Listed Habitat: Inhabit heavily vegetated gullies in eucalypt-dominated forests Migratory myiagra Satin and taller woodlands, and on migration, occur in coastal forests, Terrestrial NL Absent Unlikely No cyanoleuca Flycatcher woodlands, mangroves and drier woodlands and open forests, often Listed near wetlands or watercourses. Marine Food Source: Mainly insectivorous, preying on arthropods, mostly Species insects, although very occasionally they will also eat seeds. Arboreal foragers, feeding high in the canopy and subcanopy of trees, usually

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 53 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence sallying for prey in the air or picking prey from foliage and branches of trees, flitting from one perch to another, constantly wagging their tail. Breeding: Breed at elevations of more than 600 m above sea level in south-eastern Australia, in NSW, eggs have been recorded between November and January. Nesting: Prefer to nest in a fork of outer branches of trees, such as paperbarks, eucalypts, and banksia. Nest is usually in a high, exposed position in a slender fork on an outer branch, also on dead horizontal branches and once on a branch which curved upwards in a shallow bow, with the nest at the highest part of the curve. Nest in the same locality each year, and sometimes in the same tree. The average height of the nest is 12.3 m. Region: Found along all coastlines of Australia and in many areas inland, the Common Sandpiper is widespread in small numbers. The population when in Australia is concentrated in northern and western Australia. Habitat: Utilises a wide range of coastal wetlands and some inland wetlands, with varying levels of salinity, and is mostly found around muddy margins or rocky shores and rarely on mudflats. Has been recorded in estuaries and deltas of streams, as well as on banks farther upstream; around lakes, pools, billabongs, reservoirs, dams and Listed claypans, and occasionally piers and jetties. The muddy margins utilised Migratory Actitis Common by the species are often narrow, and may be steep. The species is often Wetland NL Absent Unlikely No hypoleucos Sandpiper associated with mangroves, and sometimes found in areas of mud Listed littered with rocks or snags Marine Food Source: Typically carnivorous, the Common Sandpiper eats Species molluscs such as bivalves, crustaceans such as amphipods and crabs and a variety of insects. The species feeds for extensive periods in grasslands consuming terrestrial prey, though riverine areas were also well utilised. Is said to snatch low-flying insects and dart forward to secure prey. Individuals locate prey visually on the ground (especially among stones and cracks), in low vegetation or in the faeces of mammals. Rarely probe whilst foraging, although they may push their bills sideways

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 54 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence under debris on beaches. Individuals sometimes wash prey before eating. The species has been associated with large animals to take disturbed prey and may take ectoparasites. Breeding: Does not breed in Australia. Nest/Roost: Roost sites are typically on rocks or in roots or branches of vegetation, especially mangroves. The species is known to perch on posts, jetties, moored boats and other artificial structures, and to sometimes rest on mud or 'loaf' on rocks. Region: Widespread in most regions of New South Wales and Victoria, especially in coastal areas, but they are sparse in the south-central Western Plain and east Lower Western Regions of NSW, and north-east and north-central Victoria. Habitat: Prefers muddy edges of shallow fresh or brackish wetlands, with inundated or emergent sedges, grass, saltmarsh or other low vegetation. This includes lagoons, swamps, lakes and pools near the coast, and dams, waterholes, soaks, bore drains and bore swamps, saltpans and hypersaline saltlakes inland. They also occur in saltworks Listed and sewage farms. They use flooded paddocks, sedgelands and other Migratory Calidris Sharp-tailed ephemeral wetlands, but leave when they dry. Wetland NL Marginal Unlikely No acuminata Sandpiper Food Source: Forages on seeds, worms, molluscs, crusaceans and Listed insects at the edge of the water of wetlands or intertidal mudflats, Marine either on bare wet mud or sand, or in shallow water. They also forage Species among inundated vegetation of saltmarsh, grass or sedges. They forage in sewage ponds, and often in hypersaline environments. After rain, they may forage in paddocks of short grass, well away from water. Breeding: Breeds in Siberia. Nesting/Roosting: Roosts on edge of wetlands, on wet open mud or sand, in shallow water or in short sparse vegetation such as grass or saltmarsh. Occasionally roosts on sandy beaches, stony shores or on rocks in water. Calidris Pectoral Region: Found in Australia between September and June. In NSW, the Listed NL Absent Unlikely No melanotos Sandpiper Pectoral Sandpiper is widespread, but scattered. Records exist east of Migratory

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 55 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence the Great Divide, from Casino and Ballina, south to Ulladulla. West of Wetland the Great Divide, the species is widespread in the Riverina and Lower Listed Western regions. Marine Habitat: Prefers shallow fresh to saline wetlands. The species is found at Species coastal lagoons, estuaries, bays, swamps, lakes, inundated grasslands, saltmarshes, river pools, creeks, floodplains and artificial wetlands. Food Source: Omnivorous, consuming algae, seeds, crustaceans, arachnids and insects. While feeding, they move slowly, probing with rapid strokes. They walk slowly on grass fringing water. Breeding: Breeds in Northern Russia and North America. Region: Non-breeding visitor to south-eastern Australia, being recorded along the east coast of Australia from Cape York Peninsula through to south-eastern South Australia. The range extends inland over the eastern tablelands in south-eastern Queensland and to west of the Great Dividing Range in New South Wales. Habitat: Occurs in a wide variety of permanent and ephemeral wetlands, usually occurring in open, freshwater wetlands that have some form of shelter (usually low and dense vegetation) nearby. Generally occupy flooded meadows, seasonal or semi-permanent Listed swamps, or open waters, but various other freshwater habitats can be Migratory Gallinago Lataham's used including bogs, waterholes, billabongs, lagoons, lakes, creek or Wetland NL Absent Unlikely No hardwickii Snipe river margins, river pools and floodplains. The structure and Listed composition of the vegetation that occurs around these wetlands is not Marine important in determining the suitability of habitat, as such, a snipe may Species be found in a variety of vegetation types or communities including tussock grasslands with rushes, reeds and sedges, coastal and alpine heathlands, lignum or tea-tree scrub, button-grass plains, alpine herb fields and open forest. Food Source: Omnivorous species that feeds on seeds and other plant material, and on invertebrates including insects (mainly flies and beetles), earthworms and spiders and occasionally molluscs, isopods and centipedes. Foraging habitats of Latham's Snipe are characterized

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 56 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence by areas of mud (either exposed or beneath a very shallow covering of water) and some form of cover (e.g. low, dense vegetation). Breeding: Breeds in Japan and far eastern Russia. Nesting/Roosting: Roost on the ground near (or sometimes in) their foraging areas, usually in sites that provide some degree of shelter, e.g. beside or under clumps of vegetation, among dense tea-tree, in forests, in drainage ditches or plough marks, among boulders, or in shallow water if cover is unavailable. Region: Recorded in most coastal regions and is widespread west of the dividing range between the Lachlan and Murray Rivers. Habitat: Found in a wide variety of inland wetlands and sheltered coastal habitats, typically with large mudflats and saltmarsh, mangroves or seagrass. Habitats include embayments, harbours, river estuaries, deltas and lagoons and are recorded less often in round tidal pools, rock-flats and rock platforms. Uses both permanent and ephemeral terrestrial wetlands, including swamps, lakes, dams, rivers, creeks, billabongs, waterholes and inundated floodplains, claypans and Listed saltflats. Will also use artificial wetlands, including sewage farms and Migratory Common saltworks dams, inundated rice crops and bores. The edges of the Wetland Tringa nebularia NL Absent Unlikely No Greenshank wetlands used are generally of mud or clay, occasionally of sand, and Listed may be bare or with emergent or fringing vegetation, including short Marine sedges and saltmarsh, mangroves, thickets of rushes, and dead or live Species trees. It was once recorded with Black-winged Stilts (Himantopus himantopus) in pasture, but are generally not found in dry grassland. Food Source: Carnivorous eating molluscs, crustaceans, insects and occasionally fish and frogs. Birds wade in shallow water along the edge. Breeding: Breeds on Eurasia, North British Isles, Scandanavia etc Nesting/Roosting: Roosts and loafs round wetlands, in shallow pools and puddles, or slightly elevated on rocks, sandbanks or small muddy islets. Occasionally the species will perch and roost on stakes.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 57 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Region: Widespread in Australia, the largest breeding colonies, and greatest concentrations of breeding colonies, are located in near- coastal regions of the Top End of the Northern Territory. Colonies are also known in the Darling Riverine Plains region and the Riverina region of NSW and Victoria. Minor breeding sites are widely scattered across the species' distribution area. Habitat: Reported in a wide range of wetland habitats (for example inland and coastal, freshwater and saline, permanent and ephemeral, open and vegetated, large and small, natural and artificial). These include swamps and marshes; margins of rivers and lakes; damp or flooded grasslands, pastures or agricultural lands; reservoirs; sewage treatment ponds; drainage channels; salt pans and salt lakes; salt marshes; estuarine mudflats, tidal streams; mangrove swamps; coastal lagoons; and offshore reefs. Food Source: Has a diverse diet that includes fish, insects, crustaceans, Listed molluscs, frogs, lizards, snakes and small birds and mammals. They Ardea alba Great Egret NL Marine Marginal Possible No mostly forage by wading through shallow to moderately deep water, by Species standing in water and capturing prey that wanders nearby, or by walking over shore or dry ground. They typically secure their prey by abruptly 'stabbing', or by probing or pecking, with the bill. Prey is taken from water and vegetation but not from sediments. Breeding: Breeding season is variable, depending to some extent on rainfall, but generally extends from November to April, with pairs at southern latitudes breeding in spring and summer (particularly November and December), and pairs at more northerly latitudes breeding in summer and autumn. Females lay two to six, but usually three to five, pale blue or pale green eggs. The eggs are incubated by both parents, but mostly by the female, for a period of 23–29 days. Nestlings are fed and brooded by both parents. The young begin to clamber from the nest at 25–37 days of age. Fledged young make their final departure from the nest or colony at 55–88 days of age. Nesting/Roosting: Breeding sites are located in wooded and shrubby

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 58 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence swamps including mixed eucalypt/acacia/lignum swamps. Pairs construct a shallow platform-like nest of loosely woven sticks in the upper strata of trees or shrubs standing in or near water or sometimes in inundated reed beds. Region: Widespread and common according to migration movements and breeding localities surveys. Two major distributions have been located - in south-east Australia it is found from Bundaberg, inland to Roma, Thargominda, and then down through Inverell, Walgett, Nyngan, Cobar, Ivanhoe, Balranald to Swan Hill, and then west to Pinnaroo and Port Augusta. There are isolated minor breeding colonies recorded elsewhere, particularly from Ayr to Rockhampton in Queensland, the Murray River district of Victoria and Lakes Albert-Alexandrina in South Australia (Marchant & Higgins 1990). Habitat: Occurs in tropical and temperate grasslands, wooded lands and terrestrial wetlands. It has occasionally been seen in arid and semi-arid regions however this is extremely rare. High numbers have been observed in moist, low-lying poorly drained pastures with an abundance Listed of high grass; it avoids low grass pastures. It has been recorded on Ardea ibis Cattle Egret NL Marine Marginal Possible No earthen dam walls and ploughed fields. It is commonly associated with Species the habitats of farm animals, particularly cattle, but also pigs, sheep, horses and deer. The Cattle Egret is known to follow earth-moving machinery and has been located at rubbish tips. It uses predominately shallow, open and fresh wetlands including meadows and swamps with low emergent vegetation and abundant aquatic flora. They have sometimes been observed in swamps with tall emergent vegetation. Food Source: Feeds mostly on grasshoppers in the breeding season, known to consume other insects including cicadas, spiders, cattle ticks, frogs, lizards and small mammals. Often forages away from water on low lying grasslands, improved pastures and croplands. It is commonly found in cattle fields and other farm areas that contain livestock and has been observed foraging in rubbish tips. It is becoming more frequent in drier regions; consuming the ticks of livestock in the

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 59 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence absence of other food sources. This inland spread is believed to be due to the construction of artificial waterways. Breeding: Breeds from October to January in colonies in wooded swamps such as eucalypt/lignum swamps of the Murray-Darling Basin. They may breed in artificial situations or close to urban areas. Nesting/Roosting: Roosts in trees, or amongst ground vegetation in or near lakes and swamps, generally the nesting trees are inundated except where breeding on small islands. Nests are sited usually in middle to upper branches. Region: Widespread on mainland Australia, but avoids the wet, heavily forested areas on the east coast and the south-west corner of Western Australia. Habitat: Dry open forests, scrublands, mallee, mulga, lignum, saltbush and riverside thickets. They prefer to fly direct between low trees and shrubs, rather than large trees, and are rare in subhumid areas. Listed Chrysococcyx Black-eared Food Source: Feed on beetles, diptera, hemiptera, insects, sandflies and NL Marine Absent Possible No osculans Cuckoo have been observed eating hairy caterpillars. Majority of food is Species obtained on the ground but they have been observed foraging in trees and shrubs. Breeding: Breeds in southern Australia below the 23rd parallel. Parasitic breeder, laying eggs in the domed or enclosed nests of species such as the Speckled Warbler or the Red throat leaving eggs to be raised by host. Region: Distributed across much of mainland Australia, and occurs on several near-shore islands. It is not found in Tasmania, and is thinly distributed in the most arid regions of central and Western Australia. Habitat: Occurs mainly in open forests and woodlands, shrublands, and Listed Rainbow Bee- Merops ornatus in various cleared or semi-cleared habitats, including farmland and NL Marine Marginal Possible No eater areas of human habitation. It usually occurs in open, cleared or lightly- Species timbered areas that are often, but not always, located in close proximity to permanent water. It also occurs in inland and coastal sand dune systems, and in mangroves in northern Australia, and has been

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 60 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence recorded in various other habitat types including heathland, sedge land, vine forest and vine thicket, and on beaches. Food Source: Mainly feeds on insects (bees, wasps, beetles, moths butterfly’s, damselflies, gragonflies, flies, ants and bugs), and will occasionally take other animal items including earthworms, spiders and tadpoles. Captures most of its prey in flight, although it also takes food items from the ground and from foliage, and has occasionally been seen to snatch items from below the surface of rivers and dams. Breeding: Breeding season extends from August to January, the female lays a clutch of two to eight, but normally four or five, pearl-white eggs that are incubated by both sexes for a period of 22 to 31 days. The nestlings are fed by both sexes. The young remain in their natal burrows for a period of 23 to 36 days. They continue to be fed by the adults for another two to four weeks after their first departure from the nest. Nesting/Roosting: Nest is located in an enlarged chamber at the end of long burrow or tunnel that is excavated, by both sexes, in flat or sloping ground, in the banks of rivers, creeks or dams, in roadside cuttings, in the walls of gravel pits or quarries, in mounds of gravel, or in cliff-faces. Nesting areas are often re-used, and banding studies indicate that at least some migrant birds return to the same nesting area each year, however, pairs usually excavate a new nesting burrow for each breeding season. Fish Region: endemic to the southern tributaries of the Murray Darling River system; the Murray, Murrumbidgee and Lachlan Rivers and their tributaries and the upper Macquarie River catchment. Flathead Galaxias has experienced significant declines in distribution and abundance in all Galaxias Flathead river systems in NSW. Extensive scientific sampling over the last two CE CE Absent Unlikely No rostratus Galaxias decades has recorded extremely few specimens. The last record in the Murrumbidgee River was in 1971, and it is thought that the species may be locally extinct from the lower Murray, Murrumbidgee, Macquarie and Lachlan Rivers.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 61 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Habitat: freshwater fish generally found mid-water in still and gently moving waters of small streams, lakes, lagoons, billabongs and backwaters. Its habitat consists of coarse sand or mud substrate and aquatic vegetation. Preferred Food: Flathead Galaxias feeds predominately on aquatic insects and crustaceans. Breeding: Spawning occurs in spring, when water temperatures are above 10.5°C. The species produces 2000-7000 transparent, slightly adhesive demersal eggs, with fecundity increasing with length of fish. The eggs hatch after 9 days at temperatures between 9-14°C. Fry are 6- 8 mm long after hatching. Individuals probably mature in their first year (approximately 80 mm long). Region: are massively reduced in numbers. Wild stocks are now estimated to be less than ten percent of the population present at the time of European settlement. Have become locally extinct in many small tributaries in which they once abounded, particularly in upland reaches of the southern and central Murray Darling Basin, and the fish is rare in the majority of the rest of its original range. Habitat: varies greatly, from quite small clear, rocky, upland streams with riffle and pool structure on the upper western slopes of the Great Dividing Range to large, meandering, slow-flowing, often silty rivers in Maccullochella the alluvial lowland reaches of the Murray-Darling Basin. Murray Cod NL V Absent Unlikely No peelii Preferred Food: have a varied diet of other fish, spiny freshwater crayfish, Yabbies, shrimp, freshwater mussels, frogs, water fowl, small mammals, tortoises and other reptiles. Breeding: reach sexual maturity at 4 to 6 years of age and 2 to 3 kg in weight. Has relatively low fertility compared to many other freshwater fish. Egg counts range from <10,000 eggs for a barely mature female to approximately 90,000 for females around the 22 kg mark. It is likely that large female Murray cod that are in the 15-25 kg range and "in their prime" are perhaps the most important breeders because they produce the most eggs. Both of these factors mean the spawning's of large

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 62 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence female fish have far higher larval survival rates and make far greater reproductive contributions than the spawning's of small female fish. Region: found in the Murray-Darling Basin (particularly upstream reaches) of the Lachlan, Murrumbidgee and Murray rivers, and parts of south-eastern coastal NSW, including the Hawkesbury/Nepean and Shoalhaven catchments. The conservation status of the different populations is not well known, but there have been long-term declines in their abundance. Habitat: prefers clear water and deep, rocky holes with lots of cover as well as aquatic vegetation, additional cover may comprise of large boulders, debris and overhanging banks. Spawning occurs just above Macquaria Macquarie shallow running water. E E Absent Unlikely No australasica Perch Preferred Food: Adult fish feed on aquatic insects, crustaceans and molluscs. Breeding: Sexual maturity occurs at 15-20 cm or two years of age for males and 25 cm or three years for females however this varies between locations due to local conditions. Macquarie Perch spawn in spring or summer in flowing shallow upland streams and rivers. Females produce around 50,000-100,000 eggs which settle among stones and gravel of the stream or river bed. Hatching occurs after approximately 10 days and larvae are about 7 mm long. Mammel Region: Fragment distribution throughout eastern Australia from north- east Queensland to South Australia. In NSW, mainly occurs on the central and north coasts, and some populations in the west of the Great Dividing Range. Phascolarctos Koala Habitat: Eucalypt woodlands and forests. V V Absent Unlikely No cinereus Food source: Foliage of more than 70 eucalypt and 30 non-eucalypt species. Breeding: Females breed at two years of age and produce one young per year.

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 63 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Region: Found within 200kms of the eastern coast of Australia from Rockhampton to Adelaide. Can be found in unusual locations in times of resources shortage.. Habitat: Occur in subtropical and temperate rainforests, tall sclerophyll forests and woodlands, heaths and swamps as well as urban gardens Pteropus Grey-headed and cultivated fruit crops. . V V Absent Unlikely No poliocephalus Flying-fox Food Sources: Feeds on nectar and pollen of native trees, in particular Eucalyptus Melaleuca and Banksia, and fruits of rainforest trees and vines. Breeding: Camps may have tens of thousands of animals and are used for mating which commences in January and conception occurs in April or May with single young born in Oct/Nov. Bats Region: Coincides approximately with the Murray Darling Basin with the Pilliga Scrub region being the distinct stronghold for this species. Habitat: Inhabits a variety of vegetation types, including mallee, bulloke Allocasuarina leuhmanni and box eucalypt dominated communities, but it is distinctly more common in box/ironbark/cypress-pine vegetation that occurs in a north-south belt along the western slopes and plains of Nyctophilus Corben's Long- NSW and southern Queensland. Roosts in tree hollows, crevices, and V V Absent Possible No corbeni eared Bat under loose bark. Food source: Slow flying agile bat, utilising the understory to hunt non- flying prey - especially caterpillars and beetles - and will even hunt on the ground. Breeding: Mating takes place in autumn with one or two young born in late spring to early summer. Flora Region: Confined to the floodplains of the Murray River tributaries of central-western and south-western NSW, with localities including Austrostipa A spear-grass Manna State Forest, Matong, Lake Tooim, Merran Creek, Tulla, E E Absent Possible Low wakoolica Cunninyeuk and Mairjimmy State Forest (now part of South West Woodland Nature Reserve). Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 64 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Habitat: Grows on floodplains of the Murray River tributaries, in open woodland on grey, silty clay or sandy loam soils; habitats include the edges of a lignum swamp with box and mallee; creek banks in grey, silty clay; mallee and lignum sandy-loam flat; open Cypress Pine forest on low sandy range; and a low, rocky rise. Associated species include Callitris glaucophylla, Eucalyptus microcarpa, E. populnea, Austrostipa eremophila, A. drummondii, Austrodanthonia eriantha and Einadia nutans. Flowering/Description: Flowers from October to December, mainly in response to rain. Region: The Mossgiel Daisy is endemic to NSW and chiefly occurs within the Riverina Bioregion, from Mossgiel in the north, Murrumbidgee Valley (Yanga) National Park in the south west to Urana in the south east. Brachyscome Mossgiel Daisy Habitat: Recorded primarily in clay soils on Bladder Saltbush (Atriplex V V Marginal Possible Low papillosa vesicaria) and Leafless Bluebush (Maireana aphylla) plains, but also in grassland and in Inland Grey Box (Eucalyptus microcarpa) - Cypress Pine (Callitris spp.) woodland. Flowering/Description: June to December. Region: The Small Scurf-pea is known in NSW from only two herbarium collections; one from Wagga Wagga in 1884 and the other from Jindera (near Albury) in 1967. A small population was recently reported from near Jerilderie (although it has not been relocated). In recent years, two populations have been recorded in travelling stock reserves south-west of Wagga Wagga, and a population reputedly exists on a roadside near Small Scurf- Cullen parvum Galong. Another population has recently been discovered on private E NL Absent Possible No pea land near Young. Large populations have been recorded in grassy gaps in the Red Gum Woodlands of Barmah State Park, just across the border in Victoria. Extensive suitable habitat probably occurs across the border in NSW. Habitat: In known populations in Victoria and NSW, plants are found in grassland, River Red Gum (Eucalyptus camaldulensis) Woodland or Box-

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 65 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence Gum Woodland, sometimes on grazed land and usually on table drains or adjacent to drainage lines or watercourses, in areas with rainfall of between 450 and 700 mm. Flooding has been suggested as a mechanism for seed dispersal. Flowering/Description: Plants tend to die back in dry seasons and re- sprout with rain in winter or spring; in dry years, plants apparently do not always produce shoots but survive below the ground. Its flowers are usually also in threes, purple-pink (or sometimes white), appearing in summer. Region: Known from only a few small populations in remnant grassland in the southern Riverina of NSW and north-central Victoria. NSW populations are confined to the area between Jerilderie and Moama on travelling stock routes and road reserves. Habitat: Confined to remnant grassland habitats on clay-loam soils. Grows on level plains in tussock grassland of Austrostipa nodosa and Chloris truncata, in grey cracking clay to red-brown loamy clay. Sites are Sclerolaena Turnip roadside travelling stock routes and reserves subject to sheep grazing. E E Marginal Possible Low napiformis Copperburr Associated species include Austrodanthonia duttoniana, Enteropogon acicularis, Austrostipa nodosa, Chloris truncata, Lolium rigidum, Swainsona murrayana, S. plagiotropis, S. procumbens, Rhodanthe corymbiflora, Calotis scabiosifolia, Microseris lanceolata, Acacia pendula and various chenopods. Flowering/Description: Fruiting period is from November to May. Plants grow as low shrubs within an open to mid-dense tussock grassland with herbaceous ground layer. Region: Found throughout NSW , it has been recorded in the Jerilderie and Deniliquin areas of the southern riverine plain, the Hay plain as far north as Willandra National Park, near Broken Hill and in various Swainsona Slender localities between Dubbo and Moree. V V Marginal Possible Low murrayana Darling Pea Habitat: Collected from clay-based soils. Grows in a variety of vegetation types. Species may require some disturbance, and has been known to occur in paddocks that are moderately grazed or occasionally

Project J115-0 Biodiversity Test of Significance Page 66 of 68 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices Level of Threat Presence Likelihood Common Potential Scientific Name Description of of Name NSW C'wlth for impact Status Status habitat occurrence cultivated. Flowering/Description: Produce winter-spring growth, flower in spring to early summer, then die back after flowering. They re-shoot readily and often carpet the landscape after good cool-season rains.

Strata Common Name Scientific Name Form Shrub Peppercorn Tree* Schinus molle Forb Wild Mustard* Brassica napus Forb Roly Poly Sclerolaena muricate Forb Capeweed* Arctotheca calendula Forb Patterson’s Curse* Echium plantagineum Grass Rye Grass* Lolium perenne Grass Wild Oats* Avena fatua Grass Barley Grass* Hordeum glaucum Grass Paspalum* Paspalum dilatatum Grass Windmill Grass Chloris truncate Grass Wallaby Grass Danthonia caespitose * Denotes introduced species

8.5. ABORIGINAL HERITAGE DUE DILIGENCE ASSESSMENT

Webster Ltd

Kooba (PS2) Storage Pump Pond

LGA: Murrumbidgee

Aboriginal Heritage Due Diligence Assessment

3 February 2020

McCARDLE CULTURAL HERITAGE PTY LTD

ACN 104 590 141 • ABN 89 104 590 141

PO Box 166, Adamstown, NSW 2289 Mobile: 0412 702 396 • Fax: 4952 5501 • Email: [email protected]

Report No: J20020a DD Approved by: Penny McCardle

Position: Director

Signed:

Date: 3 February 2020

This report has been prepared in accordance with the scope of services described in the contract or agreement between McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd (MCH), ACN: 104 590 141, ABN: 89 104 590 141, and Webster Ltd. The report relies upon data, surveys, measurements and specific times and conditions specified herein. Any findings, conclusions or recommendations only apply to the aforementioned circumstances and no greater reliance should be assumed or drawn by Webster Ltd. Furthermore, the report has been prepared solely for use by Webster Ltd and MCH accepts no responsibility for its use by other parties.

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...... 1 GLOSSARY ...... 3 ACRONYMS ...... 4 BCD AHIMS SITE ACRONYMS ...... 4

1 INTRODUCTION ...... 5 1.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 5 1.2 THE PROJECT AREA ...... 5 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT ...... 6 1.4 OBJECTIVES OF THE DUE DILIIGENCE ASSESSMENT ...... 6 1.5 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT ...... 7 1.6 ABORIGINAL COMMUNITY CONSULTATION ...... 7 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE INVESTIGATOR ...... 7 1.8 REPORT STRUCTURE ...... 7 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXT...... 8 2.1 LOCAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 8 2.2 ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXT ...... 8 2.2.1 BCD ABORIGINAL HERITAGE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (AHIMS) ...... 8 2.2.2 HERITAGE REGISTER LISTINGS ...... 9 2.2.3 SUMMARY OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXT ...... 10 2.3 PREVIOUS ASSESSMENT WITHIN THE KOOBA PROPERTY ...... 10 2.4 SYNTHESIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXTS ...... 12 2.5 PREDICTIVE MODEL FOR THE PROJECT AREA ...... 12 3 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION ...... 14 3.1 SURVEY UNITS ...... 14 3.2 ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITES AND PADS ...... 15 3.3 CONCLUSION ...... 15 4 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ...... 16 4.1 IMPACTS ...... 16 5 MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES ...... 17 5.1 CONSERVATION/PROTECTION ...... 17 5.2 FURTHER INVESTIGATION ...... 17 5.3 AHIP ...... 17 6 RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 18 6.1 GENERAL ...... 18

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A AHIMS SEARCH RESULTS

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE 2.1 REGISTERED SITE TYPES ...... 9 TABLE 3.1 EFFECTIVE COVERAGE FOR PS2 ...... 15

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE 1.1 REGIONAL LOCATION OF THE WEBSTER PROPERTIES ...... 5 FIGURE 1.2 LOCAL LOCATION PS2 ...... 6 FIGURE 2.1 LOCATION OF AHIMS SITES ...... 9 FIGURE 3.1 PS2 SOUTH EASTERN CORNER FACING NORTH WEST ...... 14 FIGURE 3.2 PS2 WESTERN END FACING EAST ...... 14

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd (MCH) has been commissioned by Webster Ltd to undertake an Archaeological Due Diligence Assessment for a proposed Storage Pump Pond (PS2) located at the Kooba property (Lot 2 DP 785724) located south of Griffith, NSW. The assessment has been undertaken to meet the NSW Biodiversity and Conservation Division (BCD) formerly the Office of Environment and Heritage (OEH), Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Consultation Requirements for Proponents 2010 (DECCW 2010), the BCD Guide to Investigating, Assessing and Reporting on Aboriginal Cultural Heritage in NSW (OEH 2011), the DECCW Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales (DECCW 2010b) and the brief. The project area is located on the north side of the Murrumbidgee River near Darlington Point and part of the Riverina region. Situated on quaternary flood plains of black and red clayey silt, sand and gravels, the Murrumbidgee River is located approximately 8 kilometres south of the project area. Thus, being away from reliable water, which is necessary for survival, it is unlikely that the project area was suitable for camping by past Aboriginal people. The project areas have been cleared and primarily used for long‐tern intensive agricultural activities (cropping) involving the wholesale clearance of native vegetation and the construction of access roads, fencing and re‐cropping over at least the past 100 years. A search of the BCD AHIMS register has shown that 83 known Aboriginal sites are currently recorded within one kilometre of the Kooba property and include 73 scar trees, 5 artefact sites, and five other site types. Previous assessments of the region and the Kooba property have shown that scar trees and artefact sites are the most common site type. The high representation of scar trees may be a reflection of increased use of the local area in close proximity to the River, or BCD have identified that a significant number of scar trees have been incorrectly identified as such across NSW and have started a program to reidentify and clarify these sites. The survival of sites containing stone artefacts is to be expected due to the durability of stone in comparison to other raw materials. Raw materials used for tool manufacture include mudstone (also called tuff by some) which is the most common lithic artefactual material found in the region, followed by silcrete and in lesser quantities chert, quartz, and basalt. The most common stone artefacts include flakes, flake fragments and flaked pieces. In general, the stone artefact assemblage in the area has been relatively dated to what was previously known as the Small Tool Tradition (10,000 years BP). In regional terms, site distribution is closely linked to proximity to reliable fresh water sources and topography, with elevated landforms such as river levees, exhibiting the highest concentrations of sites and open plains areas utilised for hunting and gathering activities and travel as evidenced by significantly less numbers and densities of sites.

Given the location of PS2 and its distance from reliable water it is possible that the project area may have been used for travel purposes and such evidence is manifest in the archaeological record as a background scatter of isolated finds or very low‐density artefact scatters across the landscape. However, the long‐term agricultural land uses, excavation, tracks and fencing throughout would have disturbed or destroyed any evidence of past Aboriginal land use.

The survey confirmed that the PS2 area had been subject to previous large‐scale clearing and long‐ term intensive agricultural activities. Cropping had ceased at this location recently and the project area contained tracks and few trees with dried grasses, with the overall effective coverage for the project area being 50%.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 1

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

No archaeological sites or Potential Archaeological Deposits (PADs) were identified during the survey and this is likely due to a number of factors including: • The project area may have been used for travel and/or hunting and gathering which manifest in the archaeological record as very low‐density artefact scatters and/or isolated finds; and

• Past and present land uses of the project area would have displaced and/or destroyed any evidence of past Aboriginal land use.

Proximity to water was an important factor in past occupation of the area, with sites reducing in number significantly away from water with most sites located within 50 metres of the tributaries. The project area, being located 8 kilometres form reliable fresh water, would not have provided for suitable camping but rather may have been used for hunting and gathering and or travel whereby a background of discarded artefacts may have been present. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the historical clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural land uses have significantly impacted on the project area and any cultural materials that may have been present. As no sites were identified there are no impacts to the archaeological record. Based on the background research, AHIMS results and survey results, the following recommendations are provided: 1) The persons responsible for the management of onsite works will ensure that all staff, contractors and others involved in construction and maintenance related activities are made aware of the statutory legislation protecting sites and places of significance. Of particular importance is the National Parks and Wildlife Amendment (Aboriginal Objects and Aboriginal Places) Regulation 2010, under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974; and

2) Should any sites be uncovered during development works, works at that location will cease immediately and the Environmental Line contacted.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 2

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

GLOSSARY

Aboriginal Site: an Aboriginal site is the location of one or more Aboriginal archaeological objects, including flaked stone artefacts, midden shell, grinding grooves, archaeological deposits, scarred trees etc.

Artefact: any object that is physically modified by humans.

Artefact scatter: a collection of artefacts scattered across the surface of the ground (also referred to as open camp sites).

Assemblage: a collection of artefacts associated by a particular place or time, assumed generated by a single group of people, and can comprise different artefact types.

Background scatter: a term used to describe low density scatter of isolated finds that are distributed across the landscape without any obvious focal point.

Contact site: a site that displays interaction between early colonists and Aboriginal Australians.

Debitage: small pieces of stone debris that break off during the manufacturing of stone tools. These are usually considered waste and are the by product of production (also referred to as flake piece).

Formation processes: human caused (land uses etc) or natural processes (geological, animal, plant growth etc) by which an archaeological site is modified during or after occupation and abandonment. These processes have a large effect on the provenience of artefacts or features.

Harm: is defined as an act that may destroy, deface or damage an Aboriginal object or place. In relation to an object, this means the movement or removal of an object from the land in which it has been situated

Stratified Archaeological Deposits: layers detected within the soil or sediments that are attributable to separate depositional events in the past, the deposit is said to be stratified. The integrity of sediments and soils are usually affected by 200 years of European settlement and activities such as land clearing, cultivation and construction of industrial, commercial and residential developments.

Taphonomy: the study of processes which have affected organic materials such as bone after death; it also involves the microscopic analysis of tooth‐marks or cut marks to assess the effects of butchery or scavenging activities.

Typology: the systematic organization of artefacts into types on the basis of shared attributes.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 3

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

ACRONYMS

ACHMP Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Management Plan AHIMS Aboriginal Heritage Information Management System. BCD Biodiversity and Conservation Division

BCD AHIMS SITE ACRONYMS

ACD Aboriginal ceremonial and dreaming AFT Artefact (stone, bone, shell, glass, ceramic and metal) ARG Aboriginal resource and gathering ART Art (pigment or engraving) BOM Non‐human bone and organic material BUR Burial CFT Conflict site CMR Ceremonial ring (stone or earth) ETM Earth mound FSH Fish trap GDG Grinding groove HAB Habitation structure HTH Hearth OCQ Ochre quarry PAD Potential archaeological deposit. SHL Shell STA Stone arrangement STQ Stone quarry TRE Modified tree (carved or scarred) WTR Water hole

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 4

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd (MCH) has been commissioned by Webster Ltd to undertake an Archaeological Due Diligence Assessment for a proposed Storage Pump Pond (PS2) located at the Kooba property (Lot 2 DP 785724) located south of Griffith, NSW. The assessment has been undertaken to meet the NSW Biodiversity and Conservation Division (BCD) formerly the Office of Environment and Heritage (BCD), Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales, the Guide to Investigating, Assessing and Reporting on Aboriginal Cultural Heritage in NSW (BCD 2011), the DECCW Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales (DECCW 2010b) and the brief. The purpose of a due diligence assessment is to assist proponents to exercise due diligence when carrying out activities that may harm Aboriginal objects or Aboriginal places and to determine whether that should apply for a consent to harm Aboriginal objects or Places through an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Assessment (AHIP). The purpose of this due diligence report is to demonstrate that all reasonable and practicable measures have been undertaken to prevent harm to any Aboriginal objects and/or place within the project area. This report has met the requirements and considered the relevant environmental and archaeological information, the project land condition, the nature of the proposed development activity and impacts, as well as preparing appropriate recommendations.

1.2 THE PROJECT AREA The project area is defined by the proponent and PS2 location is are located at one of Webster’s Griffith/Darlington Point properties: Kooba property and includes Lot 2 DP785724, (Figures 1.1 and 1.2).

Figure 1.1 Regional location of the Webster properties

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 5

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

Figure 1.2 Local location PS2

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT This proposal is for the construction of a 9.32‐hectare storage pump pond (PS2) up to 2.4 metres in depth. Any development or impacts occurring within the project area will have regard to and managed in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974.

1.4 OBJECTIVES OF THE DUE DILIIGENCE ASSESSMENT The objectives and primary tasks of this due diligence assessment were to: • Undertake a search of the BCD Aboriginal Heritage Management System (AHIMS) and other relative registers; • Undertake preliminary research into the environmental and archaeological contexts of the project area; • Develop a predictive model of site location for the project area; • Undertake a field survey of the project area; • Assess the potential impacts of the proposed development on any identified Aboriginal sites or potential archaeological deposits (PADs) identified within the project area; • Assess the significance of any identified Aboriginal objects or sites identified within the project area; • Complete and submit site cards to the BCD for any Aboriginal sites identified; and • Provide appropriate recommendations.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 6

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

1.5 LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT As project areas are within properties Zoned RU1 Primary Production, works permitted without consent include environmental protection works; extensive agriculture; home‐based child care; home occupations; roads and water reticulation systems (Hay Local Environmental Plan 2012). The proposed works associated with this assessment do not require consent.

1.6 ABORIGINAL COMMUNITY CONSULTATION A due diligence assessment relates to the physical identification of Aboriginal objects, sites and places. Community consultation is only required once Aboriginal objects, sites or places have been identified and an Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) is deemed necessary. Section 5.2 of the 2010 Due Diligence Code of Practice for the protection of Aboriginal Objects in NSW specifically states that; ‘consultation with the Aboriginal community is not a formal requirement of the due diligence process’ (2010:8).

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE INVESTIGATOR Penny McCardle: Principal Archaeologist/Forensic Anthropologist has 15 years experience in Indigenous archaeological assessments, excavation, research, reporting, analysis and consultation. Twelve years in skeletal identification, biological profiling and skeletal trauma identification. • BA (Archaeology and Palaeoanthropology, University of New England 1999 • Hons (Archaeology and Palaeoanthropology): Physical Anthropology), University of New England 2001 • Forensic Anthropology Course, University of New England 2003 • Armed Forces Institute of Pathology Forensic Anthropology Course, Ashburn, VA 2008 • Analysis of Bone trauma and Pseudo‐Trauma in Suspected Violent Death Course, Erie College, Pennsylvania, 2009 • Documenting Scenes of War and Human Rights Violations. Institute for International Criminal Investigations, 2018 • PhD, University of Newcastle, 2019

1.8 REPORT STRUCTURE The report includes Section 1 which outlines the project, Section 2 presents the environmental and archaeological context, Section 3 provides the results and discussion Section 4 presents Impact Assessment, Section 5 discusses the mitigation measures and Section 6 provides the management recommendations.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 7

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXT

The archaeological due diligence process and assessment requires that the available knowledge and information in relation to the environmental and archaeological contexts is considered. The purpose of this is to assist in identifying whether Aboriginal objects, sites or places are likely to be present within the project area based on archaeological predictive modelling and in what condition they may be found in given the environmental impacts.

2.1 LOCAL ENVIRONMENT Past site location and land use are closely linked to the environment including the landform, geology, geomorphology, soils, waterways and associated resources. The environmental context is important to identify potential factors relating to past Aboriginal land use patterns. The project area is located on the north side of the Murrumbidgee River near Darlington Point and part of the Riverina region. Situated on quaternary flood plains of black and red clayey silt, sand and gravels, the Murrumbidgee River is located along the Kooba property southern boundary. PS2 is located 8 kilometres north of the Murrumbidgee River with no evidence of other natural water supplies in the local area. Thus, being away from reliable water, which is necessary for survival, it is unlikely that the project area was suitable for camping by past Aboriginal people. Whilst it is likely that prior to agricultural activities, including man‐made drains throughout the flood plain area, that natural drainage lines may have been present through the Kooba property. However, as their locations are no longer evident, site prediction in terms of proximity to reliable fresh water is not possible beyond using the Murrumbidgee River as a focal point. Following European settlement of the area in the 1820s, the landscape has been subjected to a range of different modifactory activities including extensive clearing, agricultural cultivation (ploughing), fencing and pastoral grazing resulting in a highly disturbed landscape which has also disturbed/destroyed any the cultural materials that may have been present within the project area. The project area is located within an environment that provided very limited to no resources due to its distance from reliable water and associated subsistence and medicinal resources that would have allowed for sustainable occupation of the area. Areas in close proximity to reliable water were preferred for occupation due to the need for water. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the use of the project area for long‐term grazing activities and vehicle access, excavation and tracks can be expected to have had very high impacts upon the archaeological record.

2.2 ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXT A review of the archaeological literature of the region and the results of an BCD AHIMS search provide essential contextual information for the current assessment.

2.2.1 BCD ABORIGINAL HERITAGE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (AHIMS) It must be noted that there are many limitations with an AHIMS search including incorrect site coordinates due to errors and changing of computer systems at BCD over the years that failed to correctly translate old coordinate systems to new systems. Secondly, BCD will only provide up to 110 sites per search, thus limiting the search area surrounding the project area and enabling a more comprehensive analysis and finally, few sites have been updated on the BCD AHIMS register to notify if they have been subject to a s87 or s90 and as such what sites remain in the local area and what sites have been destroyed, to assist in determining the cumulative impacts, is unknown. In addition to this, other limitations include the number of studies in the local area, high levels of

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 8

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

erosion have proven to disturb sites, site contents, and the extent of those disturbances is unknown. Thus, the BCD AHIMS search is limited and provides a basis only that aids in predictive modelling. A search of the BCD AHIMS register has shown that 83 known Aboriginal sites are currently recorded within one kilometre of the Kooba property. The location of the AHIMS sites are shown in Figure 2.1 and the site types are listed in Table 2.1. There are no registered sites in the proposed bore location.

Figure 2.1 Location of AHIMS sites

Table 2.1 registered site types

Site type Frequency Percent TRE 73 88% AFT 5 6% ACD/TRE 1 1% AFT/ETM 1 1% HAB 1 1% AFT/HTH/SHL 1 1% BUR 1 1% Subtotal 83 100%

2.2.2 HERITAGE REGISTER LISTINGS The State Heritage Register and Inventory, the national heritage List, The National Trust Register, the Commonwealth Heritage List and the Murrumbidgee Local Environmental Plan have no Aboriginal objects, sites or places listed.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 9

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

2.2.3 SUMMARY OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXT Based on the previous assessments in the area (Gollan 1982; Thompson 1982; Witter 1982; Mills and Kelton 1999; OzArk 2013, 2014, 2017, Access Archaeology and Heritage 2017; Williams 2017) and the AHIMS results a summary of the regional archaeology is provided. Within the region, a broad range of site types are represented including artefact scatters, isolated finds, scarred trees, hearths, shell middens and burials. The high representation of scar trees may be a reflection of increased use of the local area in close proximity to the River, or BCD have identified that a significant number of scar trees have been incorrectly identified as such across NSW and have started a program to reidentify and clarify these sites. The survival of sites containing stone artefacts is to be expected due to the durability of stone in comparison to other raw materials. Raw materials used for tool manufacture include mudstone (also called tuff by some) which is the most common lithic artefactual material found in the region, followed by silcrete and in lesser quantities chert, quartz, and basalt. The most common stone artefacts include flakes, flake fragments and flaked pieces. Cores, edge ground axes, millstones, grindstones, hammer stones and backed artefacts including backed blades, bondi points, geometric microliths and eloueras may also occur though in lower frequencies. In general, the stone artefact assemblage in the area has been relatively dated to what was previously known as the Small Tool Tradition (10,000 years BP). On the basis of stone tool technology, the overwhelming majority of Aboriginal open sites within the region are attributed to the Holocene period. In regional terms, site distribution is closely linked to proximity to reliable fresh water sources and topography, with elevated landforms such as river levees, exhibiting the highest concentrations of sites and open plains areas utilised for hunting and gathering activities and travel as evidenced by significantly less number and densities of sites.

2.3 PREVIOUS ASSESSMENT WITHIN THE KOOBA PROPERTY An archaeological due diligence assessment was undertaken by Access Archaeology and Heritage (AAH), (2017) that investigated eight possible water storage locations. It was noted that the broader landscape was highly modified through intensive agricultural practices and in areas where irrigation had been practiced, trees had been cleared and original contour banking has been replaced with paddocks levelled with laser‐controlled farming equipment. Such land uses are known to have a significantly high impact on the original landscape and associated cultural materials that may have been present through the movement and ploughing of large amounts of deposits over large areas. AAH note that although such land uses do not destroy sites such as artefacts, it does however destroy site context and site integrity resulting in an unknown original location and hence reduced scientific significance. Based on regional assessments and the AHIMS search AAH predicted that hearths/oven/mounds, shell middens, burials, artefact scatters and isolated finds and, or scar trees may be present in the general area where the water storages are proposed. Due to the significant impacts and disturbance form agricultural activities in Field 64, no sites were identified. It was thought that a sparse background scatter of isolated finds may be present across the area but precise locations remain unknown due to the disturbances and site integrity is lost across the field. No sites were identified in the area. MCH (2018) undertook an Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment for the proposed water storage sites at Kooba Station. Including Lots 17,18,19,23,36,37,49 50 and 51 DP 751693, the project area included two proposed water storage sites referred to as Field 59 and Field 64. Considering both the environmental and archaeological context of the area, MCH predicted that within the specific project area, it was possible that isolated finds and or very low‐density artefacts scatters representing a background scatter indicative of hunting and gathering and, or travel may be present. However, it was also noted that sites were more likely to be located in closer proximity to reliable water sources such as the Murrumbidgee River located over 5 kilometres to the south of the project areas. The

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 10

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

survey identified that both Field 59 and 64 project areas consisted of a highly disturbed landscape that had been subject to intensive long‐term agricultural activities. Visibility was high at 80% for both areas and an overall coverage also of 80% for both areas combined. No sites or Potential Archaeological Deposits (PADs) were identified.

MCH (2019) undertook an Archaeological Due Diligence Assessment for the proposed work cottages located at the Kooba property. Including two possible locations, both were located on the north side of the Murrumbidgee River near Darlington Point. The Murrumbidgee River is located approximately 75 metres (Option a) and 400 metres (Option 2) of the proposed workers cottages location. Relating specifically to the project area, given the location of Option 1 and its proximity to the River, this location would have been utilised for camping. Option 2, however, given its distance from reliable water it is possible that the project areas may have been used for travel purposes and such evidence is manifest in the archaeological record as a background scatter of isolated finds or very low‐density artefact scatters across the landscape. The long‐term agricultural land uses, excavation, tracks and fencing throughout both areas would have disturbed or destroyed any evidence of past Aboriginal land use. The survey confirmed the previous clearing, agricultural activities, storage and excavation works. The project area was highly disturbed and visibility was high throughout due to drought and lack of vegetation with the overall effective coverage being 82.50%. MCH concluded that proximity to water was an important factor in past occupation of the area, with sites reducing in number significantly away from water with most sites located within 50 metres of the tributaries. The project area (Option 2) would not have provided for suitable camping but rather may have been used for hunting and gathering and or travel whereby a background of discarded artefacts may have been present. Option 1, located along the River, may have been utilised by past Aboriginal people for camping. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the historical clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural land uses MCVH found that such land uses had significantly impacted on the project area and any cultural materials that may have been present. MCH (2020) undertook an Archaeological Due Diligence Assessment for two proposed Storage Pump Ponds (PS1 and PS3) located at the Kooba property. Including two possible locations, both were located on the north side of the Murrumbidgee River near Darlington Point. PS1 is located approximately 7.5 kilometres north of the River and PS3 6.2 kilometres north of the Murrumbidgee River. Both project areas had been subject to extensive clearing, agricultural cultivation (ploughing), fencing and pastoral grazing. PS1 and PS3 continue to be cultivated to this day, resulting in a highly disturbed landscape which has also disturbed/destroyed any the cultural materials that may have been present within these areas. MCH found that as the project areas were located within an environment that provided very limited to no resources due to its distance from reliable water and associated subsistence and medicinal resources that would have allowed for sustainable occupation of the area, along with the long‐term intensive cropping, any cultural materials that may have been present (very low density background scatter reflective of traveling or hunting/gathering) would have been highly disturbed. The survey confirmed the land uses of PS1 and had been subject to previous large‐scale clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural activities. The northern half of this area had ceased to be cultivated whilst the southern half contained crops during the time of the investigation. Vegetation was minimal in the north and crops in the south resulting in an overall visibility of 40% and 100% exposure due to the intensive long‐term land uses. PS3 had also been subject to previous large‐scale clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural activities that continue today along with access tracks throughout the crop. The total effective coverage for PS3 was 40%. No archaeological sites or Potential Archaeological Deposits (PADs) were identified during the survey. MCH concluded that due to the considerable distance form reliable fresh water and associated resources, it is possible that the project areas may have been used for travel and hunting/gathering by small numbers of people and any such evidence would be highly disturbed.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 11

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

2.4 SYNTHESIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONTEXTS The site types identified throughout the area appear to be either low density/small occupation activities or sites that were associated with more secular activities. The broader landform assessment also suggests that larger sites indicative of larger camping groups may be located on elevated land forms in close proximity to reliable water sources and associated resources compared to locations at distance from such necessary resources where large‐scale habitation is not possible but may have been utilised as activity areas away from the main camp. Based on information gained from previous studies, both regionally and locally, within a two‐kilometre radius of the project area, it can be expected that: • a wide variety of site types are represented in the project area with open campsites, isolated artefacts and scarred trees are by far the most common

• sites located in the vicinity of major rivers (4th and 5th order streams/rivers) have the highest distribution and densities. These sites tend to be extensive and complex in landscapes with permanent and reliable water and contain evidence representative of concentrated activity

• sites located in the vicinity of the lower reaches of tributaries (3rd order creeks) have an increased distribution and density and contain evidence that may represent repeated occupation or concentration of activity

• sites located in the vicinity of the upper reaches of minor tributaries (2nd order streams) also have a relatively sparse distribution and density and may represent evidence of localised one‐off behaviour • sites in proximity to ephemeral water sources or located in the vicinity of headwaters of upper tributaries (1st order streams) have a sparse distribution and density and contain little more than a background scatter • sites within the plains areas consist of a background scatter representative of hunting and gathering activities and travel • lithic artefacts are primarily manufactured from mudstone and silcrete with a variety of other raw materials also utilised but in smaller proportions • scarred trees are mainly Black Box with other tree types used significantly less • hearths are located in close proximity to reliable water sources • the vast majority of artefactual material in the region was observed on exposures with good to excellent ground surface visibility.

2.5 PREDICTIVE MODEL FOR THE PROJECT AREA An archaeological predictive model is established to identify areas of archaeological sensitivity so it can be used as a basis for the planning and management of Aboriginal heritage. It involves reviewing existing literature to identify basic site distribution patters. These patterns are then modified according to the specific environment of the project area to form a predictive model for site location within the specific project area. A sampling strategy is then used to test the model and the results of the survey used to confirm, refute or modify the model. Landsystems and environmental factors are commonly used factors in predictive modelling based on the assumption that they provide distinctive sets of constraints and opportunities that influenced past Aboriginal land use patterns. As land use patterns may differ between zones (due to different environmental conditions), this may result in the physical manifestation of different spatial distributions and forms of archaeological evidence. The predictive model presented here is based on

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 12

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

landform units, previous archaeological assessments conducted within the region, distribution of known sites and site densities and traditional Aboriginal land use patterns. Also taken into consideration are land use impacts (both natural and anthropomorphic) that may have resulted in a disturbed landscape and associated archaeological record. However, these assumptions may only be clarified during survey and the model updated accordingly if needed. Relating specifically to the project area, given the location of PS2 and its distance from reliable water it is possible that the project area may have been used for travel purposes and such evidence is manifest in the archaeological record as a background scatter of isolated finds or very low‐density artefact scatters across the landscape. However, the long‐term agricultural land uses, excavation, tracks and fencing throughout would have disturbed or destroyed any evidence of past Aboriginal land use. Brief descriptions of the site types that may occur in the project area are presented below. • Artefact scatters (very low density) Also described as open campsites, artefact scatters and open sites, these deposits have been defined at two or more stone artefacts within 50 metres of each other and will include archaeological remains such as stone artefacts and may be found in association with camping where other evidence may be present such as shell, hearths, stone lined fire places and/or heat treatment pits. These sites are usually identified as surface scatters of artefacts in areas where ground surface visibility is increased due to lack of vegetation. Erosion, agricultural activities (such as ploughing, grazing) and access ways can also expose surface campsites. Artefact scatters may represent evidence of; ¾ Large camp sites, where everyday activities such as habitation, maintenance of stone or wooden tools, manufacturing of such tools, management of raw materials, preparation and consumption of food and storage of tools has occurred; ¾ Medium/small camp sites, where activities such as minimal tool manufacturing occurred; ¾ Hunting and/or gathering events; ¾ Other events spatially separated from a camp site, or ¾ Transitory movement through the landscape. Artefact scatters are a common site type in the regional area. There is limited to no potential for artefact scatters to occur within the project area due to its significant distance from reliable water and associated resources. There is also the potential for such sites to be impacted on through past land uses. • Isolated finds Isolated artefacts are usually identified in areas where ground surface visibility is increased due to lack of vegetation. Erosion, agricultural activities (such as ploughing) and access ways can also expose surface artefacts. Isolated finds may represent evidence of; ¾ Hunting and/or gathering events; or ¾ Transitory movement through the landscape. Isolated finds are a common site type in the regional area. There is limited potential for isolated finds to occur across the landscape. There is also the potential for such sites to be impacted on through past land uses.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 13

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

3 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

To comply with the due diligence requirement that a visual inspection of the project areas be undertaken, an archaeological survey across the project areas was undertaken by MCH archaeologist Penny McCardle on 29th January 2020. The surveys focused on areas of high ground surface visibility and exposures.

3.1 SURVEY UNITS The project area, consisting of low‐lying flood plain areas, was surveyed as one unit that was based on landform elements (following McDonald et al 1984). PS2 has been subject to previous large‐scale clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural activities, this location had ceased cultivation. The project area contained tracks and few trees with dried grasses (Figures 3.1 and 3.2).

Figure 3.1 PS2 south eastern corner facing north west

Figure 3.2 PS2 western end facing east

As shown in Table 3.1, the overall effective coverage for the project area is 50%. The level and nature of the effective survey coverage is considered satisfactory to provide an effective assessment of the investigation area. The coverage was comprehensive for obtrusive site types (e.g. grinding grooves and scarred trees) and the less obtrusive surface stone artefact sites.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 14

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

Table 3.1 Effective coverage for PS2

SU Landform Area Vis. Exp. Exposure Previous Present Limiting Effective (m2) % % type disturbances disturbances visibility coverage factors (m2) 2 flats 93,200 50% 100% clearing, clearing, access, grass 46,600 ploughing, agriculture, erosion, cultivation tracks cultivation Totals 93,200 46,600 Effective coverage % 50.00%

In view of the predictive modelling and the results obtained from the effective coverage, it is concluded that the survey provides a valid basis for determining the probable impacts of the proposal and formulating recommendations for the management of the project areas.

3.2 ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITES AND PADS No archaeological sites or Potential Archaeological Deposits (PADs) were identified during the survey and this is likely due to a number of factors including: • The project areas may have been used for travel and/or hunting and gathering which manifest in the archaeological record as very low‐density artefact scatters and/or isolated finds; and • Past and present land uses would have displaced and/or destroyed any evidence of past Aboriginal land use. In view of the predictive modelling and the results obtained from the effective coverage, it is concluded that the survey provides a valid basis for determining the probable impacts of the proposal and formulating recommendations for the project. The survey results demonstrate the absence of Aboriginal objects within the project areas. The results are consistent with those obtained from other studies in the local area. The results indicate a number of possible past Aboriginal land use within the project area; • No Aboriginal occupation • Ground disturbances having disturbed or removed evidence Considering general models of occupation for the locality, the results of this and local investigations, the locality may have been utilised by Aboriginal people. However, due to its considerable distance form reliable fresh water and associated resources, it is possible that the project areas may have been used for travel and hunting/gathering by small numbers of people. All three project areas are unlikely to have been utilised more than a low intensity usage such as transitory movement or hunting/gathering activities.

3.3 CONCLUSION Proximity to water was an important factor in past occupation of the area, with sites reducing in number significantly away from water with most sites located within 50 metres of the tributaries. The project areas, all located over six kilometres for the Murrumbidgee River, would not have provided for suitable camping but rather may have been used for hunting and gathering and or travel whereby a background of discarded artefacts may have been present. In relation to modern alterations to the landscape, the historical clearing and long‐term intensive agricultural land uses has significantly impacted on the project area and any cultural materials that may have been present.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 15

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

4 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

The archaeological record is a non‐renewable resource that is affected by many processes and activities. As outlined in Section 2 and Section 3, the various natural processes and human activities have impacted on archaeological deposits through both site formation and taphonomic processes.

4.1 IMPACTS The BCD Code of Practice for the Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales (2010:21) describes impacts to be rated as follows: 1) Type of harm: is either direct, indirect or none

2) Degree of harm is defined as either total, partial or none

3) Consequence of harm is defined as either total loss, partial loss, or no loss of value

As no sites were identified there are no impacts to the archaeological record.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 16

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

5 MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

Specific strategies, as outlined through the DECCW (2010b) Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales (DECCW 2010b), the Guide to Investigating, Assessing and Reporting on Aboriginal Cultural Heritage in NSW (BCD 2011), and the Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in NSW (DECCW 2010c), are considered below for the management of the identified site within the project area.

5.1 CONSERVATION/PROTECTION Conservation is the first avenue and is suitable for all sites, especially those considered high archaeological significance and/or cultural significance. Conservation includes the processes of looking after an indigenous site or place so as to retain its significance and are managed in a way that is consistent with the nature of peoples’ attachment to them. The project area is highly disturbed and no sites or PADs were identified and as such conservation/protection is not warranted.

5.2 FURTHER INVESTIGATION An Aboriginal Heritage Impact Permit (AHIP) is no longer required to undertake test excavations (providing the excavations are in accordance with the Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigations in NSW). Subsurface testing is appropriate when a PAD has been identified, and it can be demonstrated that sub‐surface Aboriginal objects with potential conservation value have a high probability of being present, and that the area cannot be substantially avoided by the proposed activity. The project area is highly disturbed and as such further investigations are not justified.

5.3 AHIP If harm will occur to an Aboriginal object or Place, then an AHIP is required form the BCD. If a systematic excavation of the known site could provide benefits and information for the Aboriginal community and/or archaeological study of past Aboriginal occupation, a salvage program may be an appropriate strategy to enable the salvage of cultural objects. The AHIP may also include surface collection of artefacts. As no sites or PADs were identified, an AHIP is not required.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 17

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

6 RECOMMENDATIONS

6.1 GENERAL 1) The persons responsible for the management of onsite works will ensure that all staff, contractors and others involved in construction and maintenance related activities are made aware of the statutory legislation protecting sites and places of significance. Of particular importance is the National Parks and Wildlife Amendment (Aboriginal Objects and Aboriginal Places) Regulation 2010, under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974; and

2) Should any sites be uncovered during development works, works at that location will cease immediately and the Environmental Line contacted.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 18

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

REFERENCES

Biosis (2017). Hay Sun Farm, NSW. Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Assessment Report. Report for Plains SF No 1 Pty Ltd.

Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water (DECCW). 2010b. Code of Practice for Archaeological Investigation of Aboriginal Objects in New South Wales. Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water NSW, Sydney.

Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water (DECCW). 2010c. Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in NSW. Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water NSW, Sydney.

Fowler, K.D, H.J. Greenfield and L.O. van Schalkwyk. 2004. The Effects of Burrowing Activity on Archaeological Sites: Ndondondwane, South Africa. Geoarchaeology 19(5):441‐470.

Gollan, K. 1982a. Archaeological Survey of the Proposed 132KV Transmission Line, Darlington Point‐Griffith. Report to Electricity Commission of NSW.

Gollan, K. 1982b. Archaeological Survey of the Route of the Proposed Electricity Transmission Line from Hay to Darlington Point. Report to Electricity Commission of NSW.

Littleton, J and Johnston, H. 1993. Burials and Occupation at Dry Lake and Tchelery, via Hay. Report prepared for Hay Local Aboriginal Land Council.

McCardle Cultural Heritage (MCH) 2018a. South Farm, Glenmea and Pevensey Fences. Aboriginal Heritage Due Diligence Assessment. Report for Webster Ltd.

McCardle Cultural Heritage (MCH) 2018b. Proposed Irrigation Water Storages at “Pevensey’ and Glenmea”, Hay. Aboriginal Culture Heritage Assessment. Report for Webster Ltd.

McCardle Cultural Heritage (MCH) 2019. Kooba Work Cottages. Aboriginal Heritage Due Diligence Assessment. Report for Webster Ltd.

McCardle Cultural Heritage (MCH) 2020. Kooba Storage Pump Ponds (PS1 and PS3). Aboriginal Heritage Due Diligence Assessment. Report for Webster Ltd.

Mills, R., and Kelton, J. 1999. An Archaeological Survey of the Proposed Gum Creek Bridge Widening, 75 Kilometers West of Narrandera on the Sturt Highway. Report to Roads and Traffic Authority Asset Performance Technology Branch.

Office of Environment and Heritage (BCD), 2011. Guide to Investigating, Assessing and reporting on Aboriginal Cultural Heritage in NSW. Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water NSW, Sydney.

OzArk 2013. Aboriginal and Historic Heritage Assessment: Darlington Point Levee Upgrade. Report to NSW Public Works for Murrumbidgee Shire Council.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 19

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

OzArk 2014. Aboriginal and Historic Heritage Assessment: Darlington Point Levee Realignment. Report to NSW Public Works for Murrumbidgee Shire Council.

OzArk 2017. Aboriginal and Cultural Heritage Assessment Report: Darlington Point Levee Realignment – Proposed Scarred Tree Removal: DPCOS‐ST6 (#49‐4‐0131. Report to NSW Public Works for Murrumbidgee Shire Council.

Peacock, E. and D. Fant. 2002. Biomantle Formation and Artefact Translocation in Upland Sandy Soils: An Example from the Holly Springs National Forest, North‐Central Mississippi, U.S.A. In Geoarchaeology 17(1):91‐114.

Redgum 2017. Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Due Diligence Assessment for Glenmea, Pevensey and South Farm, via Sturt Highway, Maude NSW.

Witter, D. 1982. An Archaeological Survey on the Hat to Darlington Point Transmission Line. Report to the Aboriginal and Historic Resources Section, NSW NPWS.

Yorston, R.M., Gaffney, V.L. and Reynolds, P.J. 1990. Simulation of Artefact Movement Due to Cultivation. Journal of Archaeological Science 17:67‐83.

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 20

Kooba PS2 Storage Pump Pond DD 2020

APPENDIXA

AHIMS Search Results

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 21

AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Search Result Purchase Order/Reference : Kooba Property 2019 Client Service ID : 411376

Penny Mccardle Date: 31 March 2019 Po Box 166 Adamstown New South Wales 2289 Attention: Penny Mccardle Email: [email protected] Dear Sir or Madam: AHIMS Web Service search for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment, conducted by Penny Mccardle on 31 March 2019. The context area of your search is shown in the map below. Please note that the map does not accurately display the exact boundaries of the search as defined in the paragraph above. The map is to be used for general reference purposes only.

A search of the Office of the Environment and Heritage AHIMS Web Services (Aboriginal Heritage Information Management System) has shown that: 83 Aboriginal sites are recorded in or near the above location. 0 Aboriginal places have been declared in or near the above location. * If your search shows Aboriginal sites or places what should you do? You must do an extensive search if AHIMS has shown that there are Aboriginal sites or places recorded in the search area. If you are checking AHIMS as a part of your due diligence, refer to the next steps of the Due Diligence Code of practice. You can get further information about Aboriginal places by looking at the gazettal notice that declared it. Aboriginal places gazetted after 2001 are available on the NSW Government Gazette (http://www.nsw.gov.au/gazette) website. Gazettal notices published prior to 2001 can be obtained from Office of Environment and Heritage's Aboriginal Heritage Information Unit upon request Important information about your AHIMS search The information derived from the AHIMS search is only to be used for the purpose for which it was requested. It is not be made available to the public. AHIMS records information about Aboriginal sites that have been provided to Office of Environment and Heritage and Aboriginal places that have been declared by the Minister; Information recorded on AHIMS may vary in its accuracy and may not be up to date .Location details are recorded as grid references and it is important to note that there may be errors or omissions in these recordings, Some parts of New South Wales have not been investigated in detail and there may be fewer records of Aboriginal sites in those areas. These areas may contain Aboriginal sites which are not recorded on AHIMS. Aboriginal objects are protected under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 even if they are not recorded as a site on AHIMS. This search can form part of your due diligence and remains valid for 12 months.

3 Marist Place, Parramatta NSW 2150 ABN 30 841 387 271 Locked Bag 5020 Parramatta NSW 2220 Email: [email protected] Tel: (02) 9585 6380 Fax: (02) 9873 8599 Web: www.environment.nsw.gov.au AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-4-0064 darlington point school GDA 55 407800 6173816 Open site Valid Modified Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Mr.Stephen Johnston Recorders Mr.Stephen Johnston Permits 49-4-0017 Possum Tree;Warangesda; AGD 55 407818 6173846 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 1326,102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Mr.M Harris Permits 49-4-0022 Darlington Point Burial; AGD 55 407000 6176250 Open site Valid Burial : - Burial/s 102867 Contact Recorders Harvey Johnston Permits 49-4-0023 Narrancoolambung Lagoon 1;Willbrigee State Forrest (West); AGD 55 407450 6176680 Open site Valid Artefact : - Isolated Find 102867 Contact Recorders Mr.M Harris,Steven Meredith Permits 49-4-0024 Narrancoolambung Lagoon 2;Willbriggie State Forrest (west); AGD 55 407460 6176560 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Mr.M Harris,Steven Meredith Permits 49-4-0025 Narrancoolambung Lagoon 3;Willbrigee State Forrest; AGD 55 407380 6176680 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Steven Meredith Permits 49-5-0065 Kooba;MSC; AGD 55 408930 6175710 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid,Jessie Williams Permits 49-5-0076 Kooba 111; AGD 55 409175 6175231 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid Permits 49-5-0020 Willbrigee S.F.;Waddi Creek; AGD 55 410665 6172503 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 711,1460,1028 (Carved or Scarred) : 67 - Contact Recorders ASRSYS Permits 49-5-0021 Warangesda Mission and Waddi Creek Canoe Trees GDA 55 409670 6171350 Open site Valid Aboriginal Ceremony 1460,102867 and Dreaming : -, Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Ray Kelly Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 1 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-5-0022 Waddi Creek; AGD 55 410125 6171583 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 1460,102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders ASRSYS Permits 49-5-0023 Waddi Creek; AGD 55 410116 6172497 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 1460,102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders ASRSYS Permits 49-5-0024 Waddi Aboriginal Oven; AGD 55 410125 6171583 Open site Valid Artefact : - Open Camp Site 1460,102867 Contact Recorders ASRSYS Permits 49-5-0060 Euwarderry Lagoon;Whitton; AGD 55 424309 6170078 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders M Fernado Permits 49-5-0063 Euwarderry Lagoon;TS&CR No:42897; AGD 55 424310 6169987 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Peter Higgins Permits 49-4-0005 Darlington Pt;Swimming Pool Site; AGD 55 408095 6174120 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 737,102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid Permits 49-4-0006 Benerembah Canoes;T.S.R.; AGD 55 406800 6173770 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 737,102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid Permits 49-4-0007 Whitton Road;T.S.R.; AGD 55 411040 6174200 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid,Jessie Williams Permits 49-4-0008 Narrand Street Site;Darlington Point; AGD 55 408040 6174100 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid Permits 49-4-0009 Waddi;Darlington Point; AGD 55 406780 6173030 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 2 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-4-0010 Kooba;M.S.C.;Darlington Point; AGD 55 408930 6175710 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid,Jessie Williams Permits 49-4-0011 Kooba;Kooba Station; AGD 55 409030 6175850 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid,Jessie Williams Permits 49-5-0064 Witton Road;TSR; AGD 55 411040 6174200 Open site Valid Modified Tree Scarred Tree 102867 (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders R Reid,Jessie Williams Permits 49-5-0102 MIA 3 AGD 55 424347 6169907 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact T Russell Recorders Mr.Dean Freeman Permits 49-4-0068 Darlington Point STP-2 GDA 55 407378 6173544 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : 1 Contact Recorders OzArk Environmental and Heritage Management,Miss.Erica Weston Permits 49-5-0104 Darlington Point STP-3 GDA 55 408452 6174414 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : 1 Contact Recorders OzArk Environmental and Heritage Management,Miss.Erica Weston Permits 49-4-0067 Darlington Point STP-1 GDA 55 407334 6173609 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : 1 Contact Recorders OzArk Environmental and Heritage Management,Miss.Erica Weston Permits 49-4-0066 DARLING POINT STP - 1 similar to 49-4-0067 GDA 55 407334 6173609 Open site Deleted Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : 1 Contact Recorders OzArk Environmental and Heritage Management Permits 49-4-0112 DPSub ST11 GDA 55 406927 6173548 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0113 DPCOS ST13 GDA 55 407323 6173446 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 3 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-4-0114 DPCOS ST12 GDA 55 407337 6173505 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0115 DPCOS ST11 GDA 55 407076 6174462 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0116 DPCOS ST10 GDA 55 407043 6174467 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0117 DPCOS ST9 GDA 55 407048 6174504 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0118 DPCOS ST8 GDA 55 407039 6174489 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0119 DPCOS ST7 GDA 55 407028 6174485 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0120 DPSub ST10 GDA 55 406924 6173491 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0121 DPSub ST1 GDA 55 406941 6173513 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0122 DPSub ST8 GDA 55 407011 6173511 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0123 DPSub ST7 GDA 55 406989 6173509 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 4 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-4-0124 DPSub ST6 GDA 55 407002 6173485 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0125 DPSub ST5 GDA 55 406993 6173497 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0126 DPSub ST4 GDA 55 407015 6173613 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0127 DPSub ST3 GDA 55 406837 6173609 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0128 DPSub ST2 GDA 55 406659 6173584 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0129 DPSub ST26 GDA 55 406634 6173607 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0098 DPSub ST25 GDA 55 406884 6173514 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0099 SPSub ST24 GDA 55 406944 6173366 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0100 DPSub ST23 GDA 55 406940 6173323 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0101 DPSub ST22 GDA 55 406872 6173321 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 5 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-4-0102 DPSub ST21 GDA 55 406863 6173308 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0103 DPSub ST20 GDA 55 406884 6173284 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0104 DPSub ST19 GDA 55 406855 6173267 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0105 DPSub ST18 GDA 55 406833 6173260 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0106 DPSub ST17 GDA 55 406730 6173311 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0107 DPSub ST16 GDA 55 406740 6173391 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0108 DPSub ST15 GDA 55 406672 6173461 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0109 DPSub ST14 GDA 55 406653 6173537 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0110 DPSub ST13 GDA 55 406769 6173505 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0111 DPSub ST12 GDA 55 406938 6173542 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 6 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-5-0143 Kooba Accesss - 2 GDA 55 416130 6177760 Open site Valid Artefact : - Contact Recorders Mr.Doug Williams,Access Archaeology and Heritage Pty Ltd Permits 49-5-0144 Kooba Accesss - 1 GDA 55 415900 6177785 Open site Valid Artefact : - Contact Recorders Mr.Doug Williams,Access Archaeology and Heritage Pty Ltd Permits 49-5-0145 Field 31 - Mound GDA 55 414180 6172720 Open site Valid Artefact : -, Earth Mound : - Contact Recorders Mr.Doug Williams,Access Archaeology and Heritage Pty Ltd Permits 49-5-0019 Old Warangesda Mission GDA 55 409670 6171350 Open site Valid Habitation Structure Bora/Ceremonial,C 1460,102867 : - arved Tree Contact Recorders Australian Heritage Commission Permits 49-4-0069 DPCOS IF01 GDA 55 406582 6174337 Open site Valid Artefact : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0070 DPCOS-ST1 GDA 55 407222 6174681 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0071 DPCOS ST4 GDA 55 407051 6174399 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0072 DPCOS-OS1 with PAD GDA 55 406503 6174337 Open site Valid Artefact : -, Hearth : -, Shell : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0073 DPCOS ST2 GDA 55 407124 6174516 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0074 DPCOS ST5 GDA 55 406968 6174369 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 49-4-0075 Darlington Point Common 1 GDA 55 407200 6175166 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council,Mr.Mick Lalor,Mr.Mick Lalor,Environment ProtectionPermits Authority (EPA) - MOAMA,Environment Protection Authority (EPA) - MOAMA 49-4-0076 Darlington Point Common GDA 55 407232 6175224 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 7 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-4-0077 Uri Park 1 GDA 55 402686 6173922 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0078 Uri Park 2 GDA 55 403378 6173555 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0079 Uri Park 3 GDA 55 402504 6174066 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0080 Crown Land Darilington Point 1 GDA 55 407337 6173507 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0081 UriCrown Land Darlington Point 2 GDA 55 407320 6173313 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0082 Darlington Point Golf Coures 1 GDA 55 407398 6173364 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0083 Darlington Point Golf Coures 2 GDA 55 407439 6173392 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0084 Darlington Point Golf Coures 3 GDA 55 407470 6173365 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0085 Darlington Point Golf Coures 4 GDA 55 407539 6173351 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Permits 49-4-0131 DPCOS ST6 GDA 55 407045 6173303 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : 1 Contact Recorders OzArk Environmental and Heritage Management,Miss.Jennifer Bertolani Permits 4208,4214

Report generated by AHIMS Web Service on 31/03/2019 for Penny Mccardle for the following area at Datum :GDA, Zone : 55, Eastings : 402000 - 428000, Northings : 6170000 - 6188000 with a Buffer of 50 meters. Additional Info : assessment. Number of Aboriginal sites and Aboriginal objects found is 83 This information is not guaranteed to be free from error omission. Office of Environment and Heritage (NSW) and its employees disclaim liability for any act done or omission made on the information and consequences of such acts or omission. Page 8 of 9 AHIMS Web Services (AWS) Your Ref/PO Number : Kooba Property 2019 Extensive search - Site list report Client Service ID : 411376

SiteID SiteName Datum Zone Easting Northing Context Site Status SiteFeatures SiteTypes Reports 49-5-0142 The Homestead 3 GDA 55 419677 6179293 Open site Valid Modified Tree (Carved or Scarred) : - Contact Recorders Mr.Peter Ingram Permits

McCardle Cultural Heritage Pty Ltd 22

Appendices

8.6. NON-INDIGENOUS SEARCHES

8.6.1. WORLD HERITAGE LIST Nil results

8.6.2. COMMONWEALTH HERITAGE LIST Nil results

8.6.3. NATIONAL HERITAGE LIST Nil results

8.6.4. NSW STATE HERITAGE REGISTER Item Address Suburb LGA SHR Gogeldrie Weir Murrumbidgee River Narrendera Leeton 00961 (near) Hydro Hotel Chelmsford Place Leeton Leeton 00247 Leeton District Lands Office Chelmsford Place Leeton Leeton 00965 Leeton District Office – Artefacts Chelmsford Place Leeton Leeton 00966 in Reception Lobby Showcase 1 Leeton Railway Station and yard Dunn Avenue Leeton Leeton 01178 group Roxy Community Theatre 114-118 Pine Avenue Leeton Leeton 01747 Yanco Agricultural High School 259 Euroley Road Yanco Leeton 02021 Yanco Weir and site Yanco Leeton 00969

Aboriginal Places listed under the National Parks and Wildlife Act ABORIGINAL LOCAL LOCAL LATITUDE LONDITUDE GASETTAL COMMENTS PLACE GOVERNMENT ABORIGINAL DATE AND NAMEY AREA LAND COUNCIL PAGE NUMBERS Koonadan Leeton Leeton and -34.49699 146.361755 11/04/1983 Nil District p. 4995

8.6.5. LEETON LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN 2014

PART 1 – HERITAGE ITEMS

LOCALITY ITEM NAME ADDRESS PROPERTY SIGNIFICANCE ITEM DESCRIPTION NO Cudgel McCaughey’s Irrigation Works, Cudgel Sandhills Lot 69, DP 751745 Local I1 BlueGate Dam and Cudgel Escape Cudgel Yanco Weir and site Murrumbidgee River Murrumbidgee River State I2 Gogeldrie Gogeldrie Weir Murrumbidgee River Murrumbidgee River State I3 Leeton Leeton Water Filtration Plant Acacia Avenue Lot 2, DP 430432 Local I62 Leeton Showground buildings Acacia Avenue Lot 428, DP 751745 Local I52 Leeton McEacheran House 65 Acacia Avenue Lot 11, Section 15, DP Local I8 758606 Leeton St Mary’s Catholic Convent Ash Street Lots 27–28, Section Local I54 11, DP 758606 Leeton St Joseph’s Catholic School 18–20 Ash Street Lots 9–16 and 20–26, Local I64 Section 11, DP 758606

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 67 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices LOCALITY ITEM NAME ADDRESS PROPERTY SIGNIFICANCE ITEM DESCRIPTION NO Leeton Girl Guides Hall (former Nissen Athel Crescent Lot 28, DP 46277 Local I12 hut) Leeton Koonadan Aboriginal Place Cantrill Road Lot 302, DP 751735 Local I51 Leeton Italian workers’ cottage 161 Cassia Road Lot 195, DP 751742 Local I63 Leeton Band rotunda Chelmsford Place Road reserve of Local I61 Chelmsford Place Leeton Leeton Fire Station 19 Chelmsford Place Lot 2, DP 83104 Local I9 Leeton Leeton Shire Council Chambers 23–25 Chelmsford Lots 3–5, Section 21, Local I65 Place DP 758606 Leeton Leeton District Lands Office 29 Chelmsford Place Lots 6–9, Section 21, State I83 DP 758606 Leeton Leeton District Office, artefacts 29 Chelmsford Place Lots 6–9, Section 21, State I82 in foyer showcase DP 758606 Leeton Leeton Ambulance Station 35 Chelmsford Place Lots 10–11, Section Local I66 21, DP 758606 Leeton Hydro Hotel 58–66 Chelmsford Lot 1, DP 257538 State I84 Place Leeton Leeton Court House Church Street Lot 2, Section 42, DP Local I5 758606 Leeton Motor registry Church Street Lot B, DP 91358 Local I7 Leeton Principal’s house 20 Church Street Lots 11–12, Section 3, Local I67 DP 758606 Leeton St Peter’s Anglican Hall 24 Church Street Lot 2, DP 1057881 Local I58 Leeton Wade Club (former) 31 Church Street Lots 1–2, SP 69898 Local I57 Leeton Tobacco barn 120 Ciccia Road Lot 275, DP 720469 Local I4 Leeton Stony Point School (former) 331 Ciccia Road Lot 116, DP 751682 Local I79 Leeton House 40 Currawang Avenue Lot 16, Section 58, DP Local I10 758606 Leeton House (former Henry Lawson 37 Daalbata Road Lot 21, DP 1015345 Local I78 Cottage) Leeton Rice Board office (former) 17 Kurrajong Avenue Lot X, DP 396563 Local I13 Leeton State Bank (former) 18–22 Kurrajong Lot 9, Section 8, DP Local I17 Avenue 758606 Leeton Shop 36 Kurrajong Avenue Lot 12, Section 8, DP Local I18 758606 Leeton Shop (former Sykes and 42–44 Kurrajong Lot 17, Section 9, DP Local I11 Watson Grocers) Avenue 758606 Leeton Shop 45–47 Kurrajong Lot 6, Section 19, DP Local I14 Avenue 758606 Leeton Hairmaster’s building 46–50 Kurrajong Lot 18, Section 9, DP Local I19 Avenue 758606 Leeton Shop (former butchery) 62 Kurrajong Avenue Lot 43, DP 704342 Local I20 Leeton House 71 Kurrajong Avenue Lot 9, Section 20, DP Local I15 758606 Leeton House 75 Kurrajong Avenue Lot 11, Section 20, DP Local I16 758606 Leeton House (medical centre) 81 Kurrajong Avenue Lot 15, Section 20, DP Local I55 758606 Leeton House 102 Kurrajong Lot 1, Section 12, DP Local I21 Avenue 758606 Leeton House 104 Kurrajong Lot 2, Section 12, DP Local I22 Avenue 758606 Leeton Leeton High School 1–19 Mallee Street Lot 41, DP 704342 Local I23

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 68 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices LOCALITY ITEM NAME ADDRESS PROPERTY SIGNIFICANCE ITEM DESCRIPTION NO Leeton Leeton Public Primary School 21–35 Mallee Street Lot 2, DP 1014698 Local I59 Leeton House 5 Maple Street Lot 5, Section 51, DP Local I24 758606 Leeton Leeton Police Station Oak Street Lot 36, DP 909088 Local I6 Leeton House (Commission Officer’s 5 Palm Avenue Lots 18–19, Section Local I68 residence) 20, DP 758606 Leeton House 33 Palm Avenue Lot 19, Section 23, DP Local I69 758606 Leeton Shop (former producers’ 15–17 Pine Avenue Lot 1, Section 41, DP Local I56 cooperative) 758606 Leeton Shop 29–35 Pine Avenue Lot 3, Section 40, DP Local I31 758606 Leeton Shop (former fruitgrowers’ 32 Pine Avenue Lot 5, Section 3, DP Local I30 cooperative) 758606 Leeton Shops 34–36 Pine Avenue Lots 44-50, 54 and 6– Local I74 7, Section 3, DP 758606 Leeton Wade Hotel 42 Pine Avenue Lot 1, Section 2, DP Local I29 758606 Leeton Wade Chambers 44–52 Pine Avenue Lots 1–9, DP 50837 Local I60 Leeton Shop (former Percy Steven’s 54 Pine Avenue Lot 11, Section 2, DP Local I28 Menswear) 758606 Leeton Shop (former bakery) 61 Pine Avenue Lot 17, Section 36, DP Local I32 758606 Leeton Shop (former Monetrey Cafe) 64 Pine Avenue Lot 5, Section 2, DP Local I27 758606 Leeton Hotel Leeton 71–79 Pine Avenue Lots 3–4, Section 36, Local I70 DP 758606 Leeton Shop (former butchery) 74 Pine Avenue Lots 7 and 14, Section Local I71 2, DP 758606 Leeton Shop (former butchery) 80A Pine Avenue Lot 15, DP 46235 Local I26 Leeton Shops 86–90 Pine Avenue Lot 31, DP 209043; Local I72 Lots 1–2, SP 54656 Leeton Shops (former Richard’s & Co 87–91 Pine Avenue Lot 6–7, Section 36, Local I75 department store) DP 758606 Leeton Shop 99–101 Pine Avenue Lot 2 and 17, Section Local I73 22, DP 758606 Leeton Murrumbidgee irrigator 103–107 Pine Avenue Lot 3, Section 22, DP Local I33 758606 Leeton Shop (former Sharps building 104–112 Pine Avenue Lot 10, Section 1, DP Local I25 and movie cafe) 758606 Leeton Roxy Community Theatre 114–118 Pine Avenue Lot 14, Section 1, DP State I80 758606 Leeton Bank of NSW (former) 115–117 Pine Avenue Lot 4, DP 344778 Local I34 Leeton Shop (former Cafe Grande) 119–121 Pine Avenue Lot 6, Section 22, DP Local I35 758606 Leeton Commonwealth Bank 123 Pine Avenue Lot 7, Section 22, DP Local I36 758606 Leeton Shop (former Cabaret Cafe and 127–129 Pine Avenue Lot 8, Section 22, DP Local I37 Hall) 758606 Leeton Racecourse (former airfield) Racecourse Road Lot 774, DP 42494 Local I53 Leeton Leeton Railway Station and Railway Avenue Leeton railway reserve State I81 yard group Leeton Haven (former hospital) 7 Sycamore Street Lot 1, DP 707700 Local I39

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 69 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices LOCALITY ITEM NAME ADDRESS PROPERTY SIGNIFICANCE ITEM DESCRIPTION NO Leeton House ‘Waratah’ 25 Sycamore Street Lot 15, Section 43, DP Local I38 758606 Leeton St Andrew’s Presbyterian 27–29 Sycamore Lot 4, Section 18, DP Local I40 Church Street 758606 Leeton Catholic Presbytery 2–8 Wade Avenue Lots 3–4, Section 9, DP Local I43 758606 Leeton Madonna Place 2–8 Wade Avenue Lots 4–5, Section 9, DP Local I76 758606 Leeton St Joseph’s Catholic Church 2–8 Wade Avenue Lot 2, Section 9, DP Local I77 758606 Leeton CWA Hall (former) 5 Wade Avenue Lot 7, Section 1, DP Local I47 758606 Leeton House 7 Wade Avenue Lot 13, Section 1, DP Local I46 758606 Leeton House (former Ashton’s 12 Wade Avenue Lot 1, DP 746572 Local I44 Funeral Parlour) Leeton Morris Chambers 38 Wade Avenue Lot 2, DP 571494 Local I45 Leeton House 68 Wade Avenue Lot 1, Section 46, DP Local I41 758606 Leeton Leeton Hospital and Nursing 114–124 Wade Lot 1, Section 47, DP Local I42 Home Avenue 758606 Leeton Cannery office and gardens 1 Wamoon Avenue Lot 520, DP 751742 Local I48 (former) Leeton St Margaret’s Hospital (former) 20 Wilga Street Lot 4, Section 50, DP Local I49 758606 Leeton Visitors information centre 8–10 Yanco Avenue Lot 17, Section 55, DP Local I50 (former MIA manager’s 758606 residence) Merungle Merungle Hill School (former) Canal Road Lot 307, DP 751694 Local I85 Hill Murrami Hulong Tank Irrigation Way (West) Lot 64, DP 751689 Local I86 Murrami Second rice mill 1386 Murrami Road Lot 41, DP 751698 Local I87 Whitton Whitton Railway water tank 41–49 Benerembah Lot 701, DP 1021294 Local I89 Street Whitton Whitton Court House (former) 10–14 Gogeldrie Lot 2, DP 1053043 Local I91 Street Whitton First Bank, Whitton (former) 3 Melburgen Street Lot 6, Section 26, DP Local I90 759086 Whitton St John’s Anglican Church 9 Melburgen Street Lot 9, Section 31, DP Local I92 759086 Whitton Surveyor scar tree Stott Road Whitton common Local I88 reserve Whitton Kooba Station 2001–2002 Lot 1, DP 751693 Local I93 Darlington Point- Whitton Road Yanco Yanco Powerhouse Museum 13 Binyah Street Lot 2, DP 856373 Local I94 Yanco Yanco Water Tower Coonong Avenue Lot 317, DP 751745 Local I95 Yanco Yanco Public School (original 2–8 Cudgel Street Lot 329, DP 751745 Local I98 building) Yanco Palm tree row Irrigation Way (East) Lot 553, DP 751745 Local I101 Yanco Takasuka Monument Irrigation Way (East) Lot 553, DP 751745 Local I102 Yanco Yanco Agricultural Institute, 2198 Irrigation Way Lot 554, DP 751745 Local I104 gaol and solitary confinement (East) cell

Project J115-0 Statement of Environmental Effects Page 70 of 75 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Appendices LOCALITY ITEM NAME ADDRESS PROPERTY SIGNIFICANCE ITEM DESCRIPTION NO Yanco Yanco Agricultural Institute, 2198 Irrigation Way Lot 554, DP 751745 Local I105 main buildings (East) Yanco Yanco Agricultural Institute, 2198 Irrigation Way Lot 554, DP 751745 Local I106 olive trees (East) Yanco Yanco Agricultural Institute, 2198 Irrigation Way Lot 554, DP 751745 Local I103 Rice Seed Germplasm (East) collection Yanco Water trough Main Avenue Road reserve of Main Local I108 Avenue Yanco Hotel Yanco 1 Main Avenue Lots 543–544, DP Local I109 751745 Yanco Yanco School of Arts (former) 5–7 Main Avenue Lot 411, DP 751745 Local I100 Yanco Yanco Post Office (former) 9 Main Avenue Lot 2, DP 837865 Local I99 Yanco St Mary’s Anglican Church 30 Main Avenue Lot 196, DP 751745 Local I96 (former) Yanco Yanco Police Station and 37 Main Avenue Lot 170, DP 751745 Local I111 lockup (former) Yanco Catholic Convent Short Street Lot 322, DP 751745 Local I97 Yanco St Patrick’s Catholic Church Short Street Lots 323–324, DP Local I110 751745 Yanco Yanco Agricultural High School 259 Uroly Road Lot 1, DP 795500 Local I107 (former Sir Samuel McCaughey’s Homestead)

PART 2 – HERITAGE CONSERVATION AREAS DESCRIPTION IDENTIFICATION ON HERITAGE MAP SIGNIFICANCE Leeton Conservation Area Shown by a red outline with red hatching and labelled C1 Local Whitton Conservation Area Shown by a red outline with red hatching and labelled C2 Local Yanco Conservation area Shown by a red outline with red hatching and labelled C3 Local

8.7. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PLAN

Construction Management Plan Kooba PS2 Storage Dam

February 2020

Progressive Rural Solutions 0408 577 248

Table of Contents

Document Information Record Project Details Client name: Webster Southern Ag Project: Kooba (PS2) Storage Project No: 115-0 Document Control Document Title Construction Management Plan for the Kooba PS2 storage dam File Name: J121 – CMP – V1R4 Revision: V1R4 Author Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Reviewed by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Approved by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Distribution Version Recipient Lodgement Copies V1R3 Client for review Electronic 1 V1R4 Client Electronic & Hard 1 V1R4 Leeton Shire Council Electronic 1 V1R4 Contractor for construction Hard 1 Disclaimer The report has been prepared for the benefit of the client and no other party. Progressive Rural Solutions assumes no responsibility and will not be liable to any other person or organisation for or in relation to any matter dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report, or for any loss or damage suffered by any other person or organisation arising from matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report (including without limitation matters arising from any negligent act or omission of Progressive Rural Solutions or for any loss or damage suffered by any other party relying upon the matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report). Other parties should not rely upon the report or the accuracy or completeness of any conclusions and should make their own enquiries and obtain independent advice in relation to such matters. Progressive Rural Solutions will not be liable to update or revise the report to take into account any events or emergent circumstances or facts occurring or becoming apparent after the date of the report. This report did not include any assessment of the title to or ownership of the properties, buildings and structures referred to in the report nor the application or interpretation of laws in the jurisdiction in which those properties, buildings and structures are located. In preparing the report, the author has relied upon data, surveys, analyses, designs, plans and information provided by the client and other individuals and organisations, most of which are referred to in the report (the data). Except as otherwise stated in the report, the author has not verified the accuracy or completeness of the data. To the extent that the statements, opinions, facts, information, conclusions and/or recommendations in the report (conclusions) are based in whole or part on the data, those conclusions are contingent upon the accuracy and completeness of the data. Progressive Rural Solutions will not be liable in relation to incorrect conclusions should any data, information or condition be incorrect or have been concealed, withheld, misrepresented or otherwise not fully disclosed to Progressive Rural Solutions. It should be recognised that site conditions, can change with time. Subject to the above conditions, this document may be transmitted, reproduced or disseminated only in its entirety. Once printed, this is an uncontrolled document unless issued and stamped Controlled Copy.

Related Documents Type Author Name Date Statement of Environmental Effects Progressive Rural Solutions J115-SEE-V1R4 17/02/2020 Design Plans PHL Surveyors A3-547276_2A 23/01/2020 Biodiversity Test of Significance Progressive Rural Solutions J115-BTOS-V1R4 17/02/2020 Cultural Heritage Due Diligence Kooba (PS2) Storage McCardle Cultural Heritage 03/02/2020 Assessment Pump Pond Groundwater Management Plan Progressive Rural Solutions J115-GWMP-V1R4 17/02/2020 Confidentiality No information in this report has been classified as confidential.

ACN: 634 646 825 ABN: 58 634 646 825 Mobile: 0408 577 248 Email: [email protected] Mail: PO Box 74 Deniliquin NSW 2710

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 3 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents CONTENTS 1. Introduction ...... 6 1.1. Purpose ...... 6 1.2. Objectives ...... 6 1.3. Report Format...... 6 1.4. Background ...... 6 1.5. Site Location ...... 7 1.6. Potential Sensitive Receptors ...... 9 2. Approvals ...... 10 3. Details of Proposal & Staging ...... 11 3.1. Proposed Works ...... 11 3.2. Infrastructure ...... 12 3.3. Project Methodology ...... 12 NOTIFICATION ...... 12 TOPSOIL STRIPPING ...... 12 EXCAVATION OF CORE BANK ...... 12 EMBANKMENT WALLS ...... 12 INSTALLATION OF PIPEWORK...... 13 3.4. Staging ...... 13 4. Construction ...... 14 4.1. Site Access and Work Safety ...... 14 4.1.1. Objective ...... 14 4.1.2. Control Measures ...... 14 4.2. Biodiversity ...... 15 4.2.1. Objective ...... 15 4.2.2. Control Measures ...... 15 4.3. Biosecurity - Weed Management ...... 16 4.3.1. Objective ...... 16 4.3.2. Control Measures ...... 16 4.4. Soils ...... 17 4.4.1. Objective ...... 17 4.4.2. Control Measures ...... 17 4.5. Erosion and Sediment Control ...... 18 4.5.1. Objective ...... 18 4.5.2. Impact Assessment Criteria ...... 18 4.5.3. Control Measures ...... 18 4.5.4. Control Measures ...... 20 4.6. Air Quality ...... 21 4.6.1. Objective ...... 21 4.6.2. Control Measures ...... 21

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 4 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Table of Contents 4.7. Noise ...... 22 4.7.1. Objective ...... 22 4.7.2. Control Measures...... 22 4.8. Heritage ...... 23 4.8.1. Objective ...... 23 4.8.2. Control Measures...... 23 4.9. Traffic Control ...... 25 4.9.1. Objective ...... 25 4.9.2. Control Measures...... 25 4.10. Waste Management ...... 26 4.10.1. Objective...... 26 4.10.2. Control Measures ...... 26 4.11. Construction Specifications ...... 28 4.11.1. Objective...... 28 4.11.2. Control Measures ...... 28 4.12. Complaints Proceedure ...... 29 4.12.1. Objective...... 29 4.12.2. Control Measures ...... 29 5. Monitoring ...... 30 6. Review ...... 30 7. References ...... 30 8. Appendicies ...... 31 8.1. Landcom Standard Drawings ...... 31 8.1.1. Earth Bank – Low Flow ...... 31 8.1.2. Straw Bale Filter ...... 32 8.1.3. Sediment Fence ...... 33 8.1.4. Alternative Sediment Fence ...... 34 8.1.5. Wind Erosion Control – StockPiles ...... 35

FIGURES Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works ...... 7 Figure 2 - Location of project site in relation to the region ...... 8 Figure 3 - Location of projects in relation to the local area ...... 8 Figure 4 - Project site in relation to surrounding receptors ...... 9 Figure 5 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors) ...... 11 Figure 6 - Cross section of the proposed project walls (Source: PHL Surveyors) ...... 13

TABLES Table 1 - Land details of the project ...... 8 Table 2 - Project receptors...... 9 Table 3 - Project earthworks detail ...... 11 Table 4 - Design Criteria for Sediment Control Structures ...... 18 Table 5 – Proposed construction work times ...... 22

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this Construction Management Plan (CMP) is to describe how the applicant proposes to manage the construction of the project.

1.2. OBJECTIVES

The objectives of the Construction Management Plan are to ensure that the design, safety and environmental outcomes are achieved during construction of the project.

1.3. REPORT FORMAT

This report is set out in the following format: Section Address 1 Objectives, documentation, background and location. 2 Project Approvals 3 General project details, construction methodology and stages. 4 Construction Plans 5 Monitoring 6 Review 7 References

1.4. BACKGROUND

The client being the property owner and operator of Kooba Station, has a strong desire to continue to undertake irrigation upgrades and maintain best management irrigation practice. The property has vast existing irrigation developments with long term, large-scale redevelopment of the irrigation infrastructure on the property being undertaken to meet this objective. The redevelopment program is being undertaken to improve the use of water resources available on the property which include the upgrade of some irrigation areas to surface drip irrigation supplying a proposed Almond plantation. This proposal forms an integral part of this development and construction of this storage is proposed to manage the supply of irrigation water to one section of the Almond development area. The primary purpose of the storage is to allow water delivered to the property from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation System to settle prior to being pumped through the drip irrigation system and allows for the management of water balances within the irrigation footprint – IE the storage will hold at least 1 days irrigation supply. The earthen irrigation storage dam site has been selected taking into account many factors. These are as follows: • Location. The site is located within existing irrigation area to optimise the supply of water to and from the storage and therefore improve overall farm water distribution efficiencies. • Vegetation. No vegetation is required to be removed and there is unlikely to be a loss of habitat as part of the project works, • Soils. The site offers suitable soils for construction, • Pollution. There is no potential for pollution, • Surrounding land uses and residences. There is minimal impact on surrounding land uses and receptors based on the separation distances, and • Heritage. The site has no identified heritage or archaeological sites that would be disturbed during the development.

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 6 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Introduction • These above benefits contribute to minimising the significant damage to the region’s economy that are predicted as a result of modification of river and channel operations occurring from implementation of the Murray Darling Basin Plan. • The potential environmental impacts of the proposed development are considered as minimal.

Project Site

Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works

1.5. SITE LOCATION

Project Site

Figure 2 - Location of project site in relation to the region

Figure 3 - Location of projects in relation to the local area

The land details of the project are summarised as follows: Table 1 - Land details of the project Details Specific related to project site Lot number 2 Deposited Plan 785724 Parish Bringan County Cooper Local Shire Leeton Shire Council

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 8 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Introduction Details Specific related to project site Lot number 2 LEP Zone Zone RU1 – Primary Production Catchment Area Murrumbidgee IBRA Sub-region Riverina - Murrumbidgee Mitchell Landscapes Murrumbidgee Channels and Floodplains Traditional Owners/Land Council Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Floodplain Management Plan Nil Land Stature Freehold Area of project 7.7ha GPS Reference MGA Zone 55 E:423803 N:6178975

1.6. POTENTIAL SENSITIVE RECEPTORS

In relation to surrounding receptors, the project location is identified below with a radius of 1km from the project site shown in white. Table 2 below demonstrates the identified receptors and their distances from the project.

Figure 4 - Project site in relation to surrounding receptors Table 2 - Project receptors ID Distance Direction from Type Comment (km) project site MIA Channel 0.37 West Irrigation Scheme NIL Channel Darlington 0.46m West Road Small vegetated buffer located between road Point- and project site Whitton Rd Town 1.3 North east Rural township edge Substantial vegetated buffer between edge of town and project site. W1 2.15 South south-east Rural Residence Several vegetated buffers between residence and project. Lot99 D751696

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 9 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Approvals 2. APPROVALS This document forms part of the application process. This plan is provided as part of the Development Application and for review by relevant referral authorities. A copy of all relevant approvals will be compiled with this document for holding at the site office during construction activities.

An overview of the proposed project is shown below.

Figure 5 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors)

Specific details of the size and dimensions of the project are shown in the table below. Table 3 - Project earthworks detail Detail Project specifics Floor Length 340 Metres Floor Width 110 Metres Orientation East West Maximum height of bank 2.8 Metres Crest Width 4.2 Metres Maximum depth of cut 0.8 Metres Maximum depth of water 2.4 Metres Land area inside banks 4.7 Ha Land area of project 7.7 Ha

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 11 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Details of Proposal Detail Project specifics Storage capacity 95ML Internal batters 8:1 External batters 3:1 Volume core trench 6,245 m³ Volume Topsoil 4,835 m³ Floor Volume of Cut 51,910 m³ Main embankment (98% compaction) 21,850 m³ Core embankment (95% compaction) 13,950m³ Design freeboard 1.0 Metres

3.2. INFRASTRUCTURE

3.3. PROJECT METHODOLOGY

The proposed methodology relating to the project works following the obtaining of all approvals is as follows:

NOTIFICATION Notifications are provided to all required authorities of the intent to commence works.

EMBANKMENT WALLS The walls of the water storage dam are to also be constructed from inorganic clay of high plasticity. The soil is to be placed in lifts no greater than 150mm loose thickness and compacted to a dry density ratio of 95% of standard compaction for 13,950m³ and a facing of earth to be used and compacted to 98% of standard compaction for 21,850m3. The embankment wall shown below demonstrates the 5.0m crest sloping towards the inside of the water storage dam, the 8:1 internal batter and the 3:1 external batter. The wall height is variable in relation to surrounding natural surface and will be no higher than 2.8m in total height. Upon completion the embankments will have a topsoil capping to assist with revegetation on the embankments for on-going erosion control and bank maintenance.

Figure 6 - Cross section of the proposed project walls (Source: PHL Surveyors)

3.4. STAGING

Project works will be completed in one single stage.

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 13 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Construction 4. CONSTRUCTION The implementation of this Construction Management Plan (CMP) is the responsibility of the Applicant and Site Manager. It is the responsibility of the Site Manager to be familiar with the contents of this CMP prior to the commencement of works on site, and to ensure that employees and contractors on site are aware of their obligations under the CMP and ensure that objectives of this CMP are met. In the event that any potential impacts as a result of construction activities are identified, it is the responsibility of the identifier to notify the Site Manager as soon as is practicable. Depending upon the nature of the issue detected, the identifier may undertake mitigating actions where appropriate, or may wait for further instruction from the Site Manager in the event of any significant issues occurring. If a significant issue is detected, related construction work will temporarily cease until the issue is resolved.

4.1. SITE ACCESS AND WORK SAFETY

4.1.1. OBJECTIVE To protect the safety of employees and contractors on site, and to ensure the safety of the public.

4.1.2. CONTROL MEASURES Prior to commencing construction work, a sign is to be placed in a prominent position on site. The sign must include the following information: • Name, address and telephone number of the Principal Certifying Authority for the work (If required); • Name of the principal contractor (if any), and the telephone number this person can be contacted 24/7; and • A statement saying that unauthorised entry to the site is prohibited. The sign must remain in place during the construction period and removed once construction is complete. Further control measures include: • Public access to the site is to be prevented when construction work is not in progress or when the site is unoccupied; and • All works on site are to comply with: o NSW WorkCover Excavation Work Code of Practice; o Work Health and Safety Act 2011 and any regulations; and o The requirements of SafeWork NSW. o Webster Southern Ag Workplace, WH&S and related policies

4.2. BIODIVERSITY

4.2.1. OBJECTIVE To minimise impacts to biodiversity, native vegetation and potential threatened species generated by construction activities within the vicinity of the project area.

4.2.2. CONTROL MEASURES • Project works and ground disturbance will only occur within the approved project footprint. • No native vegetation (including native groundcover) is to be removed, disturbed or have stockpiles placed over it unless the area is within the approved project footprint. • Native vegetation within the vicinity of the project area that is to be retained is to be clearly nominated as a ‘no go area’ on the site plans and where possible, fenced off to prevent access. • No fill/spoil/stockpiles are to be placed around mature native vegetation – either permanently or temporarily. • No erosion and sediment control drainage works are to be directed into areas of native vegetation and if dewatering of the site is required, this is not to be pumped into areas of native vegetation.

4.3. BIOSECURITY - WEED MANAGEMENT

4.3.1. OBJECTIVE To minimise the risk of the proliferation or spread of weeds, either on the property, or to other locations within the wider area.

4.3.2. CONTROL MEASURES Control of weeds on site requires an initial site assessment prior to construction to determine what biosecurity risks are present on site. The following control measures outline preliminary site assessment requirements: • Check site to assess if there are weeds present on site; o This will include discussions with employees familiar with the site, who would be able to identify the presence of ephemeral weeds which may not be visible throughout the year; • The locations and types of weeds present, within and surrounding the development footprint, should be noted; and • If required, contact the agronomist, LLS or visit www.weeds.gov.au to find out which species are weeds. If weeds are detected on site, care must be taken to ensure that no weed seed or part is taken out of the site. The risk of spreading weeds is increased during construction periods due to the a sudden, yet temporary, increase in vehicles visiting the site. The following measures seek to control weeds associated with vehicle movements: • Vehicle tyres are to be cleaned prior to vehicles entering and leaving the property; • Footwear and clothing of employees and contractors on site are to be regularly checked and cleaned of seed prior to entering and leaving the property, and whilst working on site as required; • Where practicable, construction plant and machinery are to remain within the construction site for the duration of the works thus limiting the transfer of mud/soil from the site and the transportation of weeds; and • Existing site accesses and internal roads are to be used within the property, to minimise the area of traffic visitation and disturbance on site. Works on site should be scheduled to minimise the risk of the internal spread of weeds. Control measures include: • Construction works are to commence in areas with minimal weed contamination, prior to commencing work in areas with higher weed concentrations; • Construction equipment and vehicles should not be moved from areas with high weed contamination to areas with low weed contamination; and • Ensure soil used for earthworks on site is not transported from an area with high weed concentrations to an area with low weed concentrations. Direct weed control will also be undertaken during the construction period. Weed control measures include: • Weed suppression, management and containment for all disturbed areas.

4.4. SOILS

4.4.1. OBJECTIVE To ensure that the required construction standards are achieved on site.

4.4.2. CONTROL MEASURES • The Site Manager is to appoint an appropriately qualified person with Geotechnical experience to carry out sampling and testing either as required by the superintendent or as required in the reports specification and plans. • On completion of the earthworks, the geotechnical consultant is to provide a certificate or certificates setting out the locations of the various sampling and testing undertaken and the results of each test. • The extent of testing and test rolling should be sufficient to enable the Site Manager to confirm that appropriate compaction has been achieved throughout the project. STANDARD SPECIFICATION The following standard clauses or similar conditions are to be incorporated in the tender/quote specification for construction of the storage: • As part of the price submission, a statement of construction method and machinery to be established and used on the site shall be prepared and submitted to the Site Manager. The document shall indicate the method utilised by the contractor to achieve the proposed compaction standards in addition to the number and type of machinery to remain on the site during the construction contract. • Clay material to be used for construction of the embankment is to be well graded impervious material classified as CL or CH in accordance with the soil classification system described in Appendix A (Table A1) AS1726 and approved by the Site Manager. • The recommended clay material to be used for construction shall conform to the following standards: PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION AS Metric Sieve Size (mm) Percentage Passing (By Dry Weight) 75 100 19 70-100 2.36 40.100 0.075 25-90

PLASTICITY INDEX ON FINES FRACTION PASSING 0.425MM SIEVE Liquid Limit 30-60% Plasticity Index >10

Emerson’s aggregate classification 3-6

• Material shall be placed in the clay core in 150mm layers and compacted to a minimum of 96% of dry density of the material placed as determined by procedures given in AS 1289 5.1.1 – Standard Compaction using a sheep foot roller or other means.

4.5. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

4.5.1. OBJECTIVE The objective of Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to set out strategies to control soil erosion and sediment generation close to the source and thereby minimise the potential for project activities to adversely affect water quality. A secondary objective is to ensure that measures are in place to adequately manage localised flood risks. The overall aims and objectives of this plan are to: • Review the site features and related limitations identified in the Statement of Environmental Effects (SEE), • Implement the mitigation measures identified in the SEE, • Manage environmental risks associated with the project activities, • Identify the site disturbance areas of the project, • Plan to control water from the top of the site through to the bottom of the site, and • Identify measures to prevent or minimise sediment leaving the site.

4.5.2. IMPACT ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and construction guidelines (Landcom guidelines) contain requirements for erosion control and water management which are detailed in the subsections below. Principles The following principles, which have been taken from the Landcom guidelines, underpin the approach to erosion and sediment control for the project site: • Minimising surface disturbance and restricting access to undisturbed areas. • Progressive rehabilitation/stabilisation of project infrastructure areas. • Separation of runoff from disturbed and undisturbed areas where practicable. Design Criteria The design criteria for sediment control structures are summarised in Table 26. Table 4 - Design Criteria for Sediment Control Structures Sediment Control Structure Function Design Capacity Project area diversion bank Reduce runoff from undisturbed Peak flow calculated for 1 in 10 year* areas onto disturbed areas critical duration rainfall event Sediment fences and/or straw Retention/filtration of suspended Peak flow limited to less than 50L/sec in bale filters sediments the design 1 in 10 year critical duration rainfall event (Landcom 2004) * Assuming a duration of disturbance greater than 3 years with a standard, not sensitive, receiving environment.

4.5.3. CONTROL MEASURES The project proposes control measures designed to minimise the impact of sediment on water sources. The primary management measure for erosion and sediment is the control of initial ground disturbance, and the timely land rehabilitation following disturbance. Where disturbance is unavoidable, erosion and sediment control structures will be constructed when and where necessary. Diversion Banks Diversion drains are to be designed in accordance with Landcom (2004) to cater for a 1 in 10 year Average Recurrence Interval (ARI) storm event. The side batters are to have a maximum grade of 1V: 2H (vertical: horizontal) with typical dimensions as shown in the attached standard plans. The drains are to be located and designed with base widths so as to minimise peak velocities. Where peak design velocities exceed 1 m/s in clean water catchments and along the roadsides of permanent roads, rock bars will be placed along the invert of the drain every 100 metres to reduce the peak velocities. Silt Fences Silt fences are to be designed in accordance with Landcom (2004) with typical dimensions shown in the attached standard plans. Where necessary, silt fences are to be constructed immediately down slope of the areas to be disturbed to minimize the potential for sediment transport into receiving catchments and waterways. They are to be constructed along site contours if practicable and the catchment is to have a maximum grade of 1V: 2H (vertical: horizontal). Fences are to be constructed using geotextile filter fabric with structural posts to be spaced no more than 1.5m apart. Where practicable, the catchment areas of silt fences are to be limited by constructing the fences with small returns at

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 18 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Construction 20m intervals to create smaller contributing sub catchments. This is necessary as silt fences are prone to failure in larger storm events and should be designed to ensure a maximum of 50 L/s passes through the silt fence during a storm event. Straw Bale Filter Straw bales are suitable for low flows of water. It is only recommended that these are used in limited applications such as reducing the flow velocity. The return of straw bales every 20 metres is recommended to ensure some stability for this style of barrier. They need to be embedded in the ground and held firmly in place with star pickets. The minimum number of bales to be used is four. If only two bales are used during a storm event, the water will simply hit the bales and flow around, increasing erosion. The bales must dam the run off and allow the sediment to settle behind the bales – they do not filter sediment-laden waters and will only hold back water if installed correctly. GENERAL PRINCIPLES All project works • Works must be timed to minimise the potential for exposure to rainfall events and must not commence before approval to do so has been granted. • Approved runoff and erosion controls shall be installed before works occur within the site (other than that associated with the construction of the controls). • Uncontaminated clean runoff shall be intercepted up-site and diverted around the project disturbed areas and other areas likely to be disturbed. Diversion works shall be adequately stabilised. These diversion banks must only be constructed within the approved footprint. • Runoff detention and sediment interception measures where required shall be applied to the project footprint. These measures will reduce flow velocities and prevent topsoil, sand, aggregate, or other sediment escaping from the site or entering any downstream drainage easements or waters. • The capacity and effectiveness of runoff and erosion control measures shall be maintained at all times to conform to the specifications and standards quoted and to any conditions of approval of those measures. • All disturbed areas shall be progressively stabilised and/or revegetated so that no areas remain exposed to potential erosion damage for more than 14 days or other such period as may be approved after earthworks cease. • Measures required under the Water Management Act and Fisheries Management Act shall be implemented where required. Permits should be sought from the relevant department prior to works occurring and copies of such permits will be held on site at all times during works. • No vegetation clearing will occur unless identified on the attached approved plans. • No excavation is to occur in any area not identified on the attached plan. All contractors are to be aware of their obligations to protect Aboriginal objects under the National Parks and Wildlife Act and Regulation. Should any Aboriginal object be identified then all work in the area must stop immediately and the process identified in the SEE and approvals must be strictly followed. FLOOD MANAGEMENT The site has not been identified as flood prone. No flood management works temporary or otherwise are proposed as part of the project works. SITE PLAN Specific site erosion and control methods are to be identified on the project site plan and provided to all contractors working at the site. This plan must take into account the following: Timing Project works are proposed to occur following the receipt of all approvals. Works must be planned where possible taking into consideration predicted rainfall events, potential river flows and a review of potential flood events. Site Disturbance Ground Disturbance activities can only occur within the approved project footprint. The Site Plan must clearly identify the adjoining areas where no construction machinery is to enter - identified as “No Go Zones”. All contractors must be made aware of these areas to ensure no additional site disturbance occurs. No native vegetation clearing is permitted. This includes the lopping or trimming of branches. Surrounding Site The area surrounding the site consists of existing irrigation areas. Any clean water from the surrounding area will continue to follow its natural drainage patterns and will not be introduced into the site.

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 19 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Construction Stockpiles The project works propose the use of a small stockpile which will consist of topsoil removed from within the site and temporarily located in the adjoining irrigation area. These works are proposed to only occur over a two week period and as a result, no control methods are proposed. If, however, an unexpected rainfall event occurs, temporary measures shall be installed in the form of a silt fence to prevent sediment leaving the site. SPECIFIC CONTROL MEASURES Diversion Banks The site is proposed to be surrounded by an internal property access track. This track does not form part of the project however will be constructed prior to project works commencing. This track will be slightly raised and as such will prevent clean water from outside the site being introduced within the site. The track will act as a diversion bank. Silt Fences There are no permanent silt fences proposed within the project site however if an unexpected rainfall event occurs, they may be utilised down slope of the stockpile. If required, the silt fence will be proposed as per the Landcom Standard Drawing SD6-8 or SD6-9 where no excavation is allowed. Straw Bale Filter There are no straw bale filters proposed within the site however if they are to be utilised as a result of unexpected weather, these are to be as per the Landcom Standard Drawing SD6-7. Rehabilitation Rehabilitation works will occur over the disturbed footprint of the project site – being the embankments. This will consist of the sowing of non-invasive species that will protect the site and prevent potential ongoing sediment runoff.

4.5.4. CONTROL MEASURES The following measures should be undertaken to minimise erosion during construction Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Erosion and Sediment control measures will be implemented and maintained in accordance with Pre-construction/ the relevant section of Managing Urban Construction Surface Water Quality Stormwater: Soil and Construction Volume 1 (Landcom, 2004). Rehabilitation works are to be undertaken as soon Construction as practicable to stabilise disturbed surface areas. Storage, refuelling and maintenance of plant and equipment is to be undertaken in an impervious bunded area. Vehicle wash down is to be undertaken in the designated bunded wash down area. Contamination of surface and Daily construction plant maintenance checks will be Construction groundwater undertaken to ensure that no oil, fuel or other liquids are leaking. Checks are to be undertaken by qualified staff and will be trained in the management of accidental spills. An emergency spill kit will be kept on site with all staff aware of location and use. Ensure adequate connection of drainage to Pre-construction Surface Water pondage/ adjoining drainage for early construction works. inadequate drainage Ensure Erosion and Sediment controls are suitable Construction for site, maintained and monitored. Construction of walls and floors are to be Groundwater Seepage Construction construction according to Soils section below.

4.6. AIR QUALITY

4.6.1. OBJECTIVE To minimise/avoid the health risks or loss of amenity due to emission of dust to the environment and the loss of soil from the environment.

4.6.2. CONTROL MEASURES The following measures should be undertaken to minimise impacts to air quality and dust during construction Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Inductions for all employees will include information on: • Location of project receptors, General air quality Pre- • Potential sources of dust; impacts construction • Monitoring of dust during construction activities, • Mitigation measures for managing dust, and • Speed limits onsite and staying on designated roads Monitor wind and weather forecasts (Bureau of Meteorology) and cease non-essential construction operations (i.e. topsoil stripping) during excessively windy conditions. (1) Minimise open areas exposed to wind erosion as much as practical and carrying out stabilisation works. Operate at least one dedicated water cart during dry, windy conditions and during the summer months, across the site to apply water to unsealed operational areas (i.e. roads and loading areas) where required. All unsealed roads being used for heavy vehicle traffic within the Project area will be treated with dust suppressant additives where Dust emissions Construction appropriate. Apply clay fines (2) or oversize material to all non-active stockpiles prone to wind erosion, within four weeks of disturbance (depositing or moving) during the summer months. Conduct topsoil stripping only during suitable wind and weather conditions, so as to minimise the generation dust. Topsoil stripping will be conducted in areas proposed for construction no more than two months before construction commences, wherever practical. After re-establishment of the soil profile (post construction), vegetative cover will be established within 8 months, as part of the progressive rehabilitation program. Adhere to site speed limits and designated roads. Construction plant and equipment must be maintained in good working, serviced order. Exhaust emissions Construction All plant and equipment must be of adequate size to undertake work proposed. Impact on sensitive Wind direction and speed to be monitored during dusty operations. Construction receptors All works to stop if the receptor impacted by dust emissions.

4.7. NOISE

4.7.1. OBJECTIVE To minimise the potential impact on nearby properties from noise and vibration generated by construction activities. The works timing is: Table 5 – Proposed construction work times Period Working Hours Weekday (Mon-Fri) 7AM – 6PM Saturdays 8AM to 1PM Sundays and Public Holidays No Work

4.7.2. CONTROL MEASURES It is expected that the distance of nearby residences to the storage site will be sufficient to minimise noise disturbance to the area. If a noise complaint is received, the following measures are to be adopted where required: Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Ensure that all machinery is regularly serviced and has appropriate noise abatement devices. All equipment selected for use on site will Construction be regularly monitored to minimise noise emissions with any excessively noisy equipment stood down until issue rectified. Machines where practical will not operate at full power and will be Construction switched off when left for long periods of time. General Noise Construction will only be undertaken during the acceptable time Construction frames. All construction traffic is to utilise the existing well-formed entrances Construction to the properties. No additional unauthorised access is permitted as part of the Project works. Maintain construction activities only within the hours of 7am to 6pm Construction with no construction to occur on Sundays or Public Holidays.

4.8. HERITAGE

4.8.1. OBJECTIVE To prevent damage or loss to heritage places and objects which would result in loss of cultural, historic and educational value to the community.

4.8.2. CONTROL MEASURES No Aboriginal object have been located as part of the Due Diligence Assessment of this area. The project may Proceed with Caution following the Safeguard measures identified below. Potential Impact Timing Safeguard In the event that a potential Aboriginal object is encountered during project activities the following steps should be undertaken. 1. All ground surface disturbance in the area of the find(s) and the fill Unexpected finds Construction zone for earthworks will cease immediately following the discovery or potential discovery of a find and a. The discoverer of the find(s) will notify machinery operators in the immediate vicinity of the find(s) so that work can be halted and ensure that there is no further harm to the object, b. The discoverer of the find(s) will secure the area and prevent equipment or personnel from entering the area except in accordance with this protocol, and c. The Site/project Manager will be informed of the find(s). 2. If finds are suspected to be human skeletal remains, then NSW Police and the BCD will be contacted as a matter of priority and the procedure for Unexpected Discovery of Possible Human Skeletal Remains should be followed. 3. A Heritage specialist will be engaged to assess the Aboriginal place or object encountered, a Representative from any Registered Aboriginal Party and Local Aboriginal Land Council for the project may also be engaged to assess the cultural significance of the place or object as part of the obligations of the AHIP assessment process, 4. Where appropriate, any project approvals will be reviewed to assess consistency with any approvals to impact Aboriginal heritage within the project area. If the Aboriginal heritage places or objects are found to be covered under the existing approvals (AHIP) to impact Aboriginal heritage within the project area, works may continue to be conducted in accordance with mitigation measures and approval requirements. Where there are no project approvals in place for Impacts to Aboriginal Heritage, the following process must be followed: a. Immediately notify the following authorities or personnel of the discovery if not already done so: i. Department of Planning Industry and Environments Biodiversity and Conservation Division (Environment Line: 131 555); and ii. Relevant Aboriginal Community Representatives, including the Local Aboriginal Land Council. b. Facilitate, in co-operation by an appropriately qualified person with the appropriate authorities and relevant Aboriginal community representatives: i. The recording and assessment of the finds; ii. Fulfilling any legal constraints arising from the find(s). This will include complying with DPIE BCD directions; and iii. The development and conduct of appropriate management strategies. Strategies will depend on consultation with

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 23 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Construction Potential Impact Timing Safeguard stakeholders, the assessment of the significance of the find(s) and the relevant permits. Unexpected finds 5. Re-commencement of approved ground disturbing works may Construction only resume in the area of the find(s) following compliance with any consequential legal requirements and gaining written approval from DPIE’s BCD.

4.9. TRAFFIC CONTROL

4.9.1. OBJECTIVE To minimise any potential impacts of the development upon the public road network, and to ensure the safety of the internal road network.

4.9.2. CONTROL MEASURES Impacts on the public road network will be controlled as follows: Potential Impact Timing Safeguard All construction traffic is to utilise the existing well-formed entrances to the properties. No additional unauthorised access is permitted as part of the project works. Impacts to road traffic Sight distances at the existing site access point are to be maintained. Construction network Materials from the construction site are not to be tracked onto any public road. Any damage to public roads as a result of construction activities are to be rectified at the cost of the Client. Safety of internal road Traffic will only enter the site in a forward direction. network Internal speed limits will be maintained. Construction Where required, internal roads will be watered to limit dust generation and maintain road visibility.

4.10. WASTE MANAGEMENT

4.10.1. OBJECTIVE To objectives of Waste Management within the construction stage is as follows: • Implement the Waste Management Hierarchy of avoidance/reduction, reuse, recycle, treat and/or dispose, • Reuse and/or recycle where possible and limit the amount of waste sent to landfill, • Prevent pollution and damage to the environment, • Ensure all waste generated on site is disposed of to licenced waste facilities, • Minimise contamination of recyclable waste streams, • Protect the safety and health of employees, site personnel and the public, and • Ensure re-used materials are fit for purpose.

4.10.2. CONTROL MEASURES Waste generation is to be minimised as far as is practicable on site and in line with the NSW Waste Avoidance and Recovery Strategy 2014-2024 hierarchy shown below.

The potential waste streams identified as part of the project include: Potential Reuse/Recycling Construction Activity Waste Type Waste Classification or Disposal Methods Topsoil Stripping/Topsoil General solid waste (non- To be collected with topsoil Vegetation (dry grasses) Replacement putrescible) and re-used at project end. Not identified as waste as VENM (Virgin Excavated product is to be utilised Bulk Earthworks – Natural Material) or ENM within the construction of Excavation of core bank/ Not Applicable (Excavated Natural banks. Note: No VENM is to Embankment Walls Material). be imported for project works. Waste generated by General Solid Waste (non- Off-site disposal at an maintenance of equipment putrescible) approved facility including oil filters and rags Oils grease, fuel. Chemicals Off-site disposal/recycling Liquid and other fluids at approved facility. Off-site disposal/recycling Batteries Hazardous waste at an approved facility General Activities Off-site disposal/recycling Hydraulic Fluid Hazardous waste at an approved facility Domestic Waste Generated General Solid Waste (non- Off-site disposal at an by workers putrescible) approved facility General solid waste Off-site disposal at an Sewerage (Portable closet) (putrescible) approved facility. Off-site disposal at an Food Waste General Solid Waste approved facility.

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 26 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Construction As identified above, the construction measures on site will consist primarily of earthworks. It is expected that most of the wastes generated on site will consist of domestic waste generated by contractors/employees. Wastes produced are to be managed as follows: Potential Impact Timing Safeguard Contamination Construction Construction staff are to undergo site induction including waste management procedures. Construction Waste areas will be clearly identified with clear instructions on the waste separation information No long-term storage of waste material is to occur on site. Waste areas on site is to be clearly identified as waste storage areas with written instructions at appropriate locations to identify recycle and waste separation. Waste is to be disposed of by appropriate measures (Ie not buried on site) Waste minimisation strategies are to be employed and recycling undertaken where possible. Disturbance of visual Construction All works are to be confined within the Project construction amenity footprint. All waste, vehicles, plant and equipment is to be stored in identified laydown areas and will be removed from the site at project completion.

4.11. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

4.11.1. OBJECTIVE To ensure that the storage is constructed to a high standard, to minimise the risk of seepage or other potential problems which may require later remediation.

4.11.2. CONTROL MEASURES For construction of the storage, the following control measures are recommended: • Adequate thickness of clay must be left in situ over the base of the storage dam to minimise the risk of seepage losses, • Borrow depths are to be limited to design specifications for each storage, • Near surface topsoil and vegetation should be stripped from embankment/borrow pit areas, o This is to ensure that vegetation and root affected/disturbed materials are removed prior to construction proceeding. This may result in localised over- excavation of some areas, o It is recommended that stripped topsoil is stockpiled on site, and that height of stockpiles is limited to 1.5m and trafficking on stockpiles is minimised to preserve soil structure. Topsoil can be later used in batter protection works or similar, • Immediately prior to embankment construction, foundation clays should be lightly tyned and moisture conditioned to approximate their optimal moisture content, • Where soils are sodic/dispersive, it may be necessary to treat soil with gypsum or lime, • to reduce the soil’s dispersive nature, • Dependent on construction timetabling, consideration should be given to irrigating the borrow areas to minimise moisture conditioning during construction, o Prior to irrigating, borrow areas should be scarified/deep ripped to assist in wetting underlying soils, o Irrigating of borrow materials is likely to be needed if construction is to occur during particularly dry periods, • The following recommendations apply for embankment fill layers: o Layers are to be placed in near horizontal layers not exceeding 0.15m, o Each lift is to be properly compacted and moisture conditioned prior to the next layer being placed (to this end, a water truck may need to be available on-site during construction), o During compaction works, it should be ensured that successive fill layers are keyed into one another, to ensure distinct interfaces do not development between adjacent fill layers, o It is recommended that a suitably qualified and experienced irrigation consultant be engaged to undertake random field density and associated laboratory testing, to ensure the following compaction and moisture criteria are met: . Embankment materials should be compacted to a target density ratio of 95% of maximum dry density when determined in accordance with Australian Standard AS1289 – Methods of Testing Soils for Engineering Purposes – Method No 5.1.1 (Standard Compactive Effort), . They should also be moisture conditioned and compacted within the range of 0 to plus 2% of optimum moisture content as determined by the above method, • The storage dam should be constructed and operated with a minimum freeboard of 1.0 metres. It is essential that the related Soil Geotechnical report, be read in full by the Site Manager to ensure that design recommendations for the construction of the storage is met.

4.12. COMPLAINTS PROCEEDURE

4.12.1. OBJECTIVE To provide an avenue for public complaints associated with construction works to be lodged, recorded and addressed.

4.12.2. CONTROL MEASURES The contact information for public complaints will be made available at the entrance from a public road to the site and form part of the construction sign as described in section 2.2. For all complaints, the following details are to be recorded: • Date and time the complaint is lodged, • Name and contact details of the complainant (if provided), • Name of the employee recording the complaint, • Nature of the complaint (short description), • Short description of on-site activities occurring at time of complaint, • Any action(s) taken to address the complaint (where required), and • Outcome(s) of actions taken (where relevant). Each complaint record is to be signed by the Site Manager.

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 29 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Monitoring, Review and References 5. MONITORING Compliance with the requirements of this Construction Management Plan, its implementation and effectiveness will be monitored through: • Regular inspections of worksite and activities, • Fortnightly Inspections (or more depending on works/weather conditions), • Internal and external audits, and • At project completion.

6. REVIEW This plan will be reviewed and revised: • If there are major changes to the project, the design or its operations, • In response to issues raised by any authorities, and • In response to any incident which results in a failure to meet any of the commitments of this Plan.

7. REFERENCES Australian Government Dept. of Environment and Energy. (2019). National Pollutant Inventory. Retrieved from http://www.npi.gov.au/npidata/action/load/map-search BOM. (2019). Bureau of Meteorology. Retrieved from BOM: http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/data- services/education.shtml Bowler, J. a. (1963). Geomorphic sequance of the Riverine Plain near Echuca. Australian Journal of Science 26, 88. Brown, C. &. (1991). Geology of the Murray Basin South-eastern Australia. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Commonwealth of Australia. (2019). Australian Heritage Database. Retrieved from Department of the Environment and Energy: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/ahdb/search.pl DECC, N. (2009). Interim Construction Noise Guideline. DECCW. (2010). Due Diligence Code of Practice for the Protection of Aboriginal Objects in NSW. Sydney: Department of Environment, Climate Change and Water. DPI, N. (2017). NSW Murray Alluvium Water Resource Plan (GW8), Status and Issues Paper. Sydney: NSW DPI. Eco Logical Australia. (2008). Editing Mitchell Landscapes, Final Report. A report prepared for the Department of Environment and Climate Change. Environment Protection Authority. (2017). Noise Policy for Industry. Sydney. Heritage, S. o. (2019). Search for NSW Heritage. Retrieved from NSW Department of Planning Industry and Environment: https://www.environment.nsw.gov.au/heritageapp/heritagesearch.aspx Instruments, Federal Register of Legislative. (2016). National Environment Protection (Ambient Air Quality) Measure. Kuginis L. Dabovic, J. B. (2016). Methods for the identification of high probability groundwater dependant vegetation ecosystems. Sydney: DPI Water. New South Wales Government. (2019). Murray Local Environmental Plan 2011. Retrieved from NSW Legislation: https://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/#/view/EPI/2011/682 (2000). NSW Industrial Noise Policy. NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service. (2003). The Bioregions of New South Wales their biodiversity, conservation and history. Hurstville: Fast Proof Press. NSW RMS. (2018, April 9). Traffic Volume Viewer. Retrieved from NSW Roads and Maritime Services: https://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/about/corporate-publications/statistics/traffic-volumes/aadt- map/index.html#/?z=6 Williams, R. D. (1992). Deniliquin Hydrogeological Map (1:250,000 Scale). Canberra: Australian Geological Survey Organisation.

Project J115-0 Construction Management Plan Page 30 of 35 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserved Monitoring, Review and References 8. APPENDICIES 8.1. LANDCOM STANDARD DRAWINGS

8.1.1. EARTH BANK – LOW FLOW

8.1.2. STRAW BALE FILTER

8.1.3. SEDIMENT FENCE

8.1.4. ALTERNATIVE SEDIMENT FENCE

8.1.5. WIND EROSION CONTROL – STOCKPILES

8.8. GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Groundwater Management Plan Kooba PS2 Storage Dam

February 2020

Progressive Rural Solutions 0408 577 248

Document Control Document Information Record Project Details Client name: Webster Southern Ag Project: Kooba (PS2) Storage Project No: 115-0 Document Control Document Title Groundwater Management Plan for the Kooba PS2 95ML Storage Dam File Name: J115 – GWMP – V1R3 Revision: V1R3 Author Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Reviewed by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Approved by: Clare Fitzpatrick Position: Director Signature: Date: 17/02/2020

Revision history Version Issue date Reason for issue Author Reviewed by Approved by V1R1 01/10/2019 Initial Document Clare Fitzpatrick NA NA V1R2 06/02/2020 Draft Clare Fitzpatrick M Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick V1R3 10/02/2020 Draft for client review Clare Fitzpatrick Client Clare Fitzpatrick V1R4 17/02/2020 FINAL Clare Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick Clare Fitzpatrick

Distribution Version Recipient Lodgement Copies V1R3 Client for review Electronic 1 V1R4 Client Electronic & Hard 1 V1R4 Leeton Shire Council Electronic & Hard V1R4 WaterNSW Electronic 1 Disclaimer The report has been prepared for the benefit of the client and no other party. Progressive Rural Solutions assumes no responsibility and will not be liable to any other person or organisation for or in relation to any matter dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report, or for any loss or damage suffered by any other person or organisation arising from matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report (including without limitation matters arising from any negligent act or omission of Progressive Rural Solutions or for any loss or damage suffered by any other party relying upon the matters dealt with or conclusions expressed in the report). Other parties should not rely upon the report or the accuracy or completeness of any conclusions and should make their own enquiries and obtain independent advice in relation to such matters. Progressive Rural Solutions will not be liable to update or revise the report to take into account any events or emergent circumstances or facts occurring or becoming apparent after the date of the report. This report did not include any assessment of the title to or ownership of the properties, buildings and structures referred to in the report nor the application or interpretation of laws in the jurisdiction in which those properties, buildings and structures are located. In preparing the report, the author has relied upon data, surveys, analyses, designs, plans and information provided by the client and other individuals and organisations, most of which are referred to in the report (the data). Except as otherwise stated in the report, the author has not verified the accuracy or completeness of the data. To the extent that the statements, opinions, facts, information, conclusions and/or recommendations in the report (conclusions) are based in whole or part on the data, those conclusions are contingent upon the accuracy and completeness of the data. Progressive Rural Solutions will not be liable in relation to incorrect conclusions should any data, information or condition be incorrect or have been concealed, withheld, misrepresented or otherwise not fully disclosed to Progressive Rural Solutions. It should be recognised that site conditions, can change with time. Subject to the above conditions, this document may be transmitted, reproduced or disseminated only in its entirety. Once printed, this is an uncontrolled document unless issued and stamped Controlled Copy.

Related Documents Type Author Name Date Statement of Progressive Rural Solutions J115-SEE-V1R4 17/02/2020 Environmental Effects Design Plans PHL Surveyors A3-547276_2A 23/01/2020 Biodiversity Test of Progressive Rural Solutions J115-BTIS-V1R4 17/02/2020 Significance Due Diligence McCardle Cultural Heritage Kooba (PS2) Storage 03/02/2020 Assessment Pump Pond Construction Progressive Rural Solutions J115-CMP-V1R4 17/02/2020 Management Plan Confidentiality No information in this report has been classified as confidential.

ACN: 634 646 825 ABN: 58 634 646 825 Mobile: 0408 577 248 Email: [email protected] Mail: PO Box 74 Deniliquin NSW 2710

Project J115-0 Groundwater Management Plan Page 3 of 17 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserve Table of Contents CONTENTS 1. Introduction ...... 5 1.1. Organisation ...... 5 1.2. Purpose ...... 5 1.3. Report Format ...... 5 1.4. Objectives ...... 5 1.5. Consultation ...... 5 1.6. Background ...... 5 2. Site Description and Works ...... 7 2.1. Location ...... 7 2.2. Project Description ...... 8 3. Existing Environment ...... 9 3.1.1. Existing Groundwater Monitoring ...... 9 3.1.2. Groundwater Quality ...... 11 3.1.3. Site Monitoring ...... 12 4. Monitoring & recording ...... 12 5. Contingency & Mitigation Measures ...... 13 6. Review and Revision ...... 13 7. Appendices ...... 14 7.1. Plans ...... 14 7.2. Groundwater Graph ...... 15 7.3. Current Groundwater Levels ...... 16

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. ORGANISATION The organisation that this report has been prepared for is Webster Southern Ag who will be referred to as the Client in the following documentation.

1.2. PURPOSE This Groundwater Management Plan (GWMP) is compiled as a response to the likely Development Application Consent condition requiring a Work Approval. The WaterNSW General Terms of Approval will also likely require the following conditions to be met as part of the application. • Monitoring piezometers must be installed to monitor the groundwater levels and quality. If monitoring shows adverse changes or impacts on groundwater levels, remedial work will be required. • The application for water supply work(s) approval must include the following: o The location of monitoring piezometers: . The proposed sampling regime of proposed monitoring piezometers. . Proposed mitigation measures should dam leakage be identified.

1.3. REPORT FORMAT This report is set out in the following format: Section Address 1 Objectives, purpose and background. 2 Site description and Works proposed 3 Existing environment including existing groundwater network 4 Monitoring and recording 5 Contingency and mitigation measures. 6 Review and Revision Appendices Plans and supporting reports.

1.4. OBJECTIVES The objective of this Groundwater Management Plan is to identify a monitoring strategy for groundwater at the project site and to record mitigation and management measures should any potential impact be identified as part of the monitoring regime.

1.5. CONSULTATION

No consultation has occurred as part of the preparation of this plan however the plan will be provided to as part of the Development Application to the Leeton Shire and Work Approval Application to WaterNSW.

1.6. BACKGROUND

Project J115-0 Groundwater Management Plan Page 5 of 17 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserve Groundwater Management Plan • Location. The site is located within existing irrigation area to optimise the supply of water to and from the storage and therefore improve overall farm water distribution efficiencies. • Vegetation. No vegetation is required to be removed and there is unlikely to be a loss of habitat as part of the project works, • Soils. The site offers suitable soils for construction, • Pollution. There is no potential for pollution, • Surrounding land uses and residences. There is minimal impact on surrounding land uses and receptors based on the separation distances, and • Heritage. The site has no identified heritage or archaeological sites that would be disturbed during the development.

Project Site

Figure 1 - Image showing overview of the location proposed works

2. SITE DESCRIPTION AND WORKS

2.1. LOCATION The project is located in New South Wales in the Riverina region. Specifically, the site is 1.6kms south west of Whitton 15.2kms south east of Wilbriggie and 16.1kms north east of Darlington point. The irrigation storage dam is located on privately owned freehold land and is over 8kms north of the Murrumbidgee River. Access to the site is via internal private access roads with the property entry being from the Darlington Point Whitton Rd. The project site is surrounded by farming land to the north, west and south and is separated from the Murrumbidgee Irrigation Area irrigation channel by approximately 170m. The specific location of the project site is shown below in Figure 2 & 3 and Table 1.

Project Site

Figure 2 - Location of project site in relation to the region

Figure 3 - Location of projects in relation to the local area

Project J115-0 Groundwater Management Plan Page 7 of 17 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserve Groundwater Management Plan The land details of the project are summarised as follows: Table 1 - Land details of the project Details Specific related to project site Lot number 2 Deposited Plan 785724 Parish Bringan County Cooper Local Shire Leeton Shire Council LEP Zone Zone RU1 – Primary Production Catchment Area Murrumbidgee IBRA Sub-region Riverina - Murrumbidgee Mitchell Landscapes Murrumbidgee Channels and Floodplains Traditional Owners/Land Council Griffith Local Aboriginal Land Council Floodplain Management Plan Nil Land Stature Freehold Area of project 7.7ha GPS Reference MGA Zone 55 E:423803 N:6178975

2.2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION This proposal is for the construction of a 95ML irrigation and storage dam. These works include the following components: • Stripping of a portion of topsoil from site and stockpiling, • Excavation and construction of core trench and embankment, • Construction of embankment walls, • Installation of pipes through the bank for a recycle and lift pump, and • Placement of topsoil on banks.

An overview of the proposed project is shown below.

Figure 4 - Overview plan of project (Source (PHL Surveyors)

Project J115-0 Groundwater Management Plan Page 8 of 17 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserve Groundwater Management Plan Specific details of the size and dimensions of the project are shown in the table below. Table 2 - Project earthworks detail Detail Project specifics Floor Length 340 Metres Floor Width 110 Metres Orientation East West Maximum height of bank 2.8 Metres Crest Width 4.2 Metres Maximum depth of cut 0.8 Metres Maximum depth of water 2.4 Metres Land area inside banks 4.7 Ha Land area of project 7.7 Ha Storage capacity 95ML Internal batters 8:1 External batters 3:1 Volume core trench 6,245 m³ Volume Topsoil 4,835 m³ Floor Volume of Cut 51,910 m³ Main embankment (98% compaction) 21,850 m³ Core embankment (95% compaction) 13,950m³ Design freeboard 1.0 Metres

3. EXISTING ENVIRONMENT This site is identified within the groundwater vulnerability overlay of the Leeton LEP. As a result, further investigations have been undertaken on the local groundwater network and their dependent ecosystems. The objectives of clause 6.4 Groundwater Vulnerability are as follows: (a) to maintain the hydrological functions of key groundwater systems, (b) to protect vulnerable groundwater resources from depletion and contamination as a result of development. This investigation is also provided as part of the requirement for a Work Approval and to assist with ongoing monitoring.

3.1.1. EXISTING GROUNDWATER MONITORING There are 4 monitoring bores located within the vicinity of the project with their locations shown below. A search on the NSW DPI-water’s Groundwater map on the 22nd February 2019 showed the following distances to the monitoring bores: Table 3 - Ground water bores in the vicinity of the project Bore Distance Direction GW036359.3.3 20.4kms North west GW041937 0.4kms North east GW036366.2.2 33kms West South west GW036358.33 34kms West North west

Project Site

Figure 5 - Image showing location of Groundwater monitoring bores in the vicinity of project site. A review of the groundwater bores in the vicinity has been undertaken. This assessment shows the general trends of the water tables in the regions with their historic and current depths. The below graphs show the water table readings for Summer being taken in March each year and the Winter being taken in September each year recording the effects of the irrigation season and winter rainfall on the groundwater network in the region.

Summer Peizometer Readings

Year NORTHING 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

21.69 23.1 23.09 23.36 22.74 23.8624.8 24.0424.323.8 23.74 23.67 25.4 26.2 25.8 26.63 27.826.7 27.1 29.3 29.6 31.1 31.3 30.5 31.4 Depth Depth to Water Table 33.2 33.1 33.132.3 33.332.5 34.3 35.4 37.7 38.5

GW036358.3.3 GW041937 GW036359.3.3 GW036366.2.2

Figure 6 (above) - Graph showing summer Ground Water Levels 2010-2018

Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

20.8 21.722.4 22.522.1 21.8 22.29 22.29 23.54 23.49 22.76 23.0422.8 23.68 23.3423.822.9 24.6325.1 24.423.9 24 25.123.9 24.7 23.9 26.6

Depth Depth to Water Table 29.9 30.1 29.85 30.731.5 30.3

37.5337.72

GW036358.3.3 GW041937 GW036359.3.3 GW036366.2.2

Figure 7 (above) - Graph showing winter ground water levels 2010-2018

3.1.2. GROUNDWATER QUALITY Identified in the “EIS for the construction and operation of 12C irrigation storage on Kooba Station” which investigated other sites located in the vicinity of this project, the NSW Office of Water in 2011 published the Murrumbidgee Catchment Overview shown below in Figure 8. The area in the region of the project shows the groundwater quality as good and of low salinity.

PROJECT SITE

Figure 8 - Groundwater Quality in the Murrumbidgee Catchment Project J115-0 Groundwater Management Plan Page 11 of 17 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserve Groundwater Management Plan

3.1.3. SITE MONITORING The ongoing monitoring of the groundwater levels in the area of this project is likely to be a requirement of the WaterNSW Work approval which will form part of the Leeton Shire Council Development Application conditions of consent. Further details relating to this are discussed in Section 4. To enable on-site monitoring, a monitoring bore or piezometer located approximately in the position indicated on the plan below is proposed to be installed prior to the operation of the storage dam.

Proposed Monitoring Bore Location

Figure 9 – Location of proposed monitoring bore

4. MONITORING & RECORDING The site groundwater levels will be monitored, and the results recorded prior to and following the filling of the dam. As this storage dam is proposed to hold water as a balancing supply more regular readings should also be taken whilst the storage is in use. The manual measurement method of groundwater will be undertaken following the procedure outlined below. Two measurements are required in order to determine groundwater depth below ground level (bgl), as per the below: • Measure and record the bore top of casing (ToC) height to ground level • Measure and record and the depth to water within the bore from the ToC • Calculation: Groundwater depth bgl = Water level from ToC – Height of ToC to ground level Additional physical monitoring should be undertaken to ensure continued functionality of the bore: • Total depth of the bore measured from the top of casing (to track any silting up of the bore) • Condition of the bore (evidence of interference, damage etc) Water level measurements are generally undertaken using water level sensors (dippers). Use/ servicing/ maintenance/ calibration of dippers or interface probes should always be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. A record of the results of the tests must be kept and a comparison made with the previous results. Where changes to groundwater levels are consistent with the level within the storage dam or a significant rise in groundwater levels occurs the following process should be undertaken: • Records made of site groundwater levels should be tabulated, • Regional groundwater monitoring results from the above assessment should be updated, Project J115-0 Groundwater Management Plan Page 12 of 17 Copyright © 2020 Progressive Rural Solutions. All rights Reserve Groundwater Management Plan • A review of the site trends and the regional trends should be undertaken. Where site groundwater trends are consistent with the regional trends, no further action should be undertaken, and the current monitoring regime should continue. Where the site groundwater trends are not consistent with regional trends, the following Contingency and Mitigation measures should be followed.

5. CONTINGENCY & MITIGATION MEASURES Should it be identified that the groundwater level in this monitoring bore is rising or influenced by the filling or holding of water within the storage dam and a subsequent comparison of regional trends confirms the potential of the storage to be impacting on groundwater levels, the following activities should be occur: • The storage dam will be emptied as soon as practical following the identification of a potential issue, • A geotechnical engineer or soil scientist will be commissioned to undertake an assessment of the earthen structure. This investigation will include but not be limited to: o EM31 sampling to identify “hot spots”. o Where appropriate - soil compaction tests on the floor and lower walls of the dam. o A review of infrastructure and pipe through the wall. • Remediation measures will be undertaken to address any leakage issues based on the recommendation of the assessing person. Once all remediation works have been completed, only then will the storage dam be recommissioned. • WaterNSW will be informed of the above process as soon as any issue is identified. • Monitoring of the site will be undertaken in closer intervals following the remediation measures to confirm works have been successful.

6. REVIEW AND REVISION This plan will be reviewed and revised on an as needed basis or: • If there are major changes to the project, the design or its operations, • In response to issues raised by any authorities, and • In response to any incident which results in a failure to meet any of the commitments of this plan.

7. APPENDICES 7.1. PLANS

Peizometer Readings

Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER SUMMER WINTER

20.8 21.7 22.1 21.8 22.29 21.69 22.29 22.4 23.1 22.5 23.09 22.76 23.04 22.8 22.9 22.74 23.86 23.5423.9 24.0423.8 23.4924 23.36 23.9 23.74 23.68 23.67 23.3423.8 23.9 24.63 24.8 24.4 24.3 24.7 25.1 25.4 25.1 25.8 26.63 26.2 26.7 26.6 27.8 27.1 Depth Depth to Water Table 29.9 29.3 29.6 29.85 30.5 30.7 30.1 30.3 31.1 31.3 31.5 31.4 32.3 32.5 33.2 33.1 33.1 33.3 34.3 35.4 37.7 37.5337.72 38.5

GW036358.3.3 GW041937 GW036359.3.3 GW036366.2.2 Linear (GW036359.3.3)

7.3. CURRENT GROUNDWATER LEVELS

WORK_NO 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter GW036358.3.3 31.1 24.63 24.8 23.9 24.3 24 27.8 29.9 30.5 31.5 33.1 30.1 33.1 22.9 25.8 30.3 33.3 GW036396.1.1 25.8 19.6 19.1 17.8 20.4 17.4 21.8 20.4 24.7 24 26.1 21.1 28 18.7 24.8 23.4 28.2 GW036359.3.3 31.1 23.1 21.7 23.8 20.8 26.7 22.1 29.3 23.9 31.4 22.8 32.3 21.8 27.1 23.9 32.5 GW036366.2.2 34.3 25.1 25.4 24.4 26.2 22.5 31.3 25.1 33.2 30.7 35.4 24.7 37.7 23.8 29.6 26.6 38.5

End of Document